The proportion of older adults in the world population is growing rapidly. In the next 10 to 15 years, the population age >60 will grow 3.5 times more rapidly than the general population.1 As a result, there is an increased urgency in examining benefits vs risks of antipsychotics in older individuals. In a 2010 U.S. nationally representative observational study, antipsychotic use was observed to rise slowly during early and middle adulthood, peaking at approximately age 55, declining slightly between ages 55 and 65, and then rising again after age 65, with >2% of individuals ages 80 to 84 receiving an antipsychotic.2 This is likely due to the chronology of psychotic, mood, and neurocognitive disorders across the life span. In this large national study, long-term antipsychotic treatment was common, and older patients were more likely to receive their prescriptions from non-psychiatrist physicians than from psychiatrists.2 Among patients receiving an antipsychotic, the proportion of those receiving it for >120 days was 54% for individuals ages 70 to 74; 49% for individuals ages 75 to 79; and 46% for individuals ages 80 to 84.
This 3-part review summarizes findings and risk–benefit considerations when prescribing antipsychotics to older individuals. Part 1 focused on those with chronic psychotic disorders, such as schizophrenia or bipolar disorder,3 and part 3 will cover patients with dementia. This review (part 2) aims to:
briefly summarize the results of randomized controlled trials (RCTs) of second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) and other major studies and analyses in older patients with major depressive disorder (MDD)
provide a summative opinion on the relative risks and benefits associated with using antipsychotics in older adults with MDD
highlight the gaps in the evidence base and areas that need additional research.
Summary of benefits, place in treatment armamentarium
The prevalence of MDD and clinically significant depressive symptoms in communitydwelling older adults is 3% to 4% and 15%, respectively, and as high as 16% and 50%, respectively, in nursing home residents.4 Because late-life depression is associated with suffering, disability, and excessive mortality, it needs to be recognized and treated aggressively.5 Antidepressants are the mainstay of pharmacotherapy for late-life depression. Guidelines and expert opinion informed by the current evidence recommend using selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, such as escitalopram or sertraline, as a first-line treatment; serotonin norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, such as duloxetine or venlafaxine, as a second-line treatment; and other antidepressants, such as bupropion or nortriptyline, as a third-line treatment.5,6 However, antipsychotics also have a role in treating late-life depression.
Over the past decade, several antipsychotics have been FDA-approved for treating MDD: aripiprazole and brexpiprazole as adjunctive treatment of MDD in adults; olanzapine-fluoxetine combination for acute and maintenance treatment of treatment-resistant depression in adults and geriatric adults; and quetiapine extended-release (XR) as monotherapy for MDD in adults and as adjunctive treatment of MDD in adults and geriatric adults who have had an inadequate response to antidepressants alone (Table 1). However, “black-box” warnings for all first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs) and SGAs alert clinicians that these medications have been associated with serious adverse events in older adults with dementia, including “deaths […] due to heart-related events (eg, heart failure, sudden death) or infections (mostly pneumonia),” with 15 of 17 placebo-controlled trials showing a higher number of deaths with an antipsychotic compared with placebo.7 Although similar controlled data on the mortality risk of antipsychotics in older adults with mood disorders do not exist, most experts limit their use to 2 groups of older patients: those with MDD and psychotic features (“psychotic depression”) and those with treatment-resistant depression.
Data from several rigorously conducted RCTs support using an antidepressant plus an FGA or SGA as first-line pharmacotherapy in younger and older patients with “psychotic depression.”8-12 SGAs also can be used as augmenting agents when there is only a partial response to antidepressants.13-15 In this situation, guidelines and experts favor an augmentation strategy over switching to another antidepressant.5,9,10,16 Until recently, most published pharmacologic trials for late-life treatment-resistant depression supported using lithium to augment antidepressants.14,17 However, because several antipsychotics are now FDA-approved for treating MDD, and in light of positive findings from several studies relevant to older patients,18-21 many experts now support using SGAs to augment antidepressants in older patients with nonpsychotic depression.5,15
Clinical trials
Olanzapine plus sertraline as first-line pharmacotherapy for MDD with psychotic features. Meyers et al11 reported on a double-blind randomized comparison of olanzapine plus placebo vs olanzapine plus sertraline in 259 patients with MDD with psychotic features. An unusual feature of this trial is that it included a similar number of younger and older participants (ages 18 to 93): 117 participants were age <60 (mean age [standard deviation (SD)]: 41.3 [10.8]) and 142 were age ≥60 (mean age [SD]: 71.7 [7.8]). The same dose titration schedules based on efficacy and tolerability were used in both younger and older participants. At the end of the study, the mean dose (SD) of sertraline (or placebo) did not differ significantly in younger (174.3 mg/d [34.1]) and older participants (165.7 mg/d [43.4]). However, the mean dose (SD) of olanzapine was significantly higher in younger patients (15.7 mg/d [4.7]) than in older participants (13.4 mg/d [5.1]).
In both age groups, olanzapine plus sertraline was more efficacious than olanzapine plus placebo, and there was no statistical interaction between age, time, and treatment group (ie, the trajectories of improvement were similar in older and younger patients receiving either olanzapine or olanzapine plus sertraline). Similarly, drop-out rates because of poor tolerability did not differ significantly in younger (4.3%) and older participants (5.6%). However, in a multinomial regression, older participants were more likely to discontinue treatment because of poor tolerability.22 Older participants were significantly less likely to experience weight gain (mean [SD]: +3.3 [4.9] vs +6.5 [6.6] kg) or an increase in fasting glucose and more likely to experience a fall, pedal edema, or extrapyramidal symptoms.11,22-24 Cholesterol and triglyceride increased significantly and similarly in both age groups. The incidence of symptoms of tardive dyskinesia (TD) over the 12-week trial was low (<5%) in both younger and older participants, and clinically diagnosed TD was reported in only 1 (older) participant.25
Venlafaxine plus aripiprazole for treatment-resistant MDD.In the largest double-blind randomized study of augmentation pharmacotherapy for late-life treatment-resistant depression published to date, Lenze et al21 compared venlafaxine plus aripiprazole vs venlafaxine plus placebo in 181 patients age >60 (mean age 66, with 49 participants age >70) with MDD who did not remit after 12 weeks of treatment with venlafaxine (up to 300 mg/d). After 12 weeks of augmentation, remission rates were significantly higher with aripiprazole than with placebo: 40 (44%) vs 26 (29%); odds ratio (95% confidence interval [CI]): 2.0 (1.1 to 3.7). The median final aripiprazole dose was 7 mg/d (range 2 to 15 mg/d) in remitters and 10 mg/d (range 2 to 15 mg/d) in nonremitters.
Five of 90 participants (5%) discontinued aripiprazole (1 each: suicide, jitteriness/akathisia, worsening parkinsonism; and 2 withdrew consent); 8 of 90 (9%) discontinued placebo (2 each: lack of efficacy, headache; 1: worsening parkinsonism; and 3 withdrew consent). The completed suicide occurred after 5 weeks of treatment with aripiprazole and was judged to be “neither due to emergent suicidal ideation nor to aripiprazole side-effects, but was concluded by investigators to be a result of the individual’s persisting and long-standing suicidal ideation.”21 Including the suicide, there were 4 serious adverse events (5%) in those receiving aripiprazole (1 each: suicide, congestive heart failure, mild stroke, and diverticulitis) and 2 (2%) in those receiving placebo (1 each: myocardial infarction, hospitalized for vomiting due to accidentally taking extra venlafaxine). In 86 participants receiving aripiprazole and 87 receiving placebo, the most frequently reported adverse effects were increased dream activity (aripiprazole: 23 [27%] vs placebo: 12 [14%]), weight gain (17 [20%] vs 8 [9%]), and tremor (5 [6%] vs 0). Akathisia and parkinsonism were observed more frequently with aripiprazole than with placebo (akathisia: 24 [26%] of 91 vs 11 [12%] of 90; parkinsonism: 15 [17%] of 86 vs 2 [2%] of 81). Akathisia was generally mild and resolved with dose adjustment; however, it was associated with a transient increase in suicidality in 3 (3%) participants receiving aripiprazole vs 0 receiving placebo and persisted at the end of the trial in 5 (5%) participants receiving aripiprazole vs 2 (2%) receiving placebo. Participants receiving aripiprazole had a significantly larger increase in weight (mean [SD]: +1.93 [3.00] vs +0.01 [3.15] kg), but there were no differences between aripiprazole and placebo in changes in body fat, total cholesterol, high-density lipoprotein, low-density lipoprotein, triglycerides, glucose, insulin concentration, or QTc.
Citalopram plus risperidone for treatment-resistant MDD. Alexopoulos et al26 reported an analysis of data from 110 patients age ≥55 years (mean age [SD]: 63.4 [4.8]), among 489 mixed-age patients with MDD. Participants (n = 110) who did not respond to 1 to 3 antidepressants (venlafaxine, sertraline, mirtazapine, fluoxetine, paroxetine, or bupropion in >90%) during their current depressive episode completed 4 to 6 weeks of treatment with citalopram up to 40 mg/d; 93 did not respond and were treated with open-label risperidone (0.25 to 1 mg/d) augmentation for 4 to 6 weeks. Sixty-three (68%) of these 93 patients remitted and were randomized to 24 weeks of double-blind continuation treatment with citalopram plus risperidone vs citalopram plus placebo. Neither the median times to relapse (105 vs 57 days) nor the relapse rates (risperidone: 18 of 32 [56%] vs placebo: 20 of 31 [65%]) differed significantly. During the open-label risperidone augmentation, the most common adverse events were dizziness and dry mouth (n = 9 each, 9.7% of 93). During the continuation phase, headache (n = 3; 9.1% of 32) was observed with risperidone but not with placebo (n = 0). There was no incident parkinsonism or abnormal movements noted, but risperidone was associated with weight gain during both the open-label risperidone augmentation phase (mean [SD]: +0.9 [2.1] kg) and the continuation phase (risperidone: +0.8 [3.5] vs placebo: −0.3 [2.8] kg).
Quetiapine XR monotherapy for MDD.Katila et al27 reported on a placebo-controlled RCT of quetiapine XR (median dose, 158.7 mg/d; range, 50 to 300 mg/d) in 338 patients age ≥66 years (mean age [SD], 71.3 [7.5]) presenting with MDD and a major depressive episode with a duration <1 year and no history of failed antidepressants trials from 2 classes (more than two-thirds of participants had not received treatment). After 9 weeks, the reduction in depressive symptoms on the Montgomery-Åsberg Depression Rating Scale was significantly larger with quetiapine XR than with placebo (mean [SD]: −16.0 [9.3] vs −9.0 [9.9]). There were congruent, significant differences between quetiapine and placebo in terms of response rate (quetiapine XR: 105 of 164 [64%] vs placebo: 52 of 171 [30.4%]) and remission rate (92 of 164 [56.1%] vs placebo: 40 of 171 [23.4%]). The drop-out rates for all causes were similar, but the drop-out rate attributed to adverse events was higher with quetiapine than placebo (16 of 166 [9.6%] vs 7 of 172 [4.1%]). Most quetiapine drop-outs were attributable to dizziness, headache, and somnolence (n = 4 each), and placebo drop-outs were because of headache (n = 2). Consistent with the profile of quetiapine, adverse events with a rate that was at least 5% higher with quetiapine than with placebo included somnolence (64 of 166 [38.6%] vs 16 of 172 [9.3%]), dry mouth (34 [20.5%] vs 18 [10.5%]), and extrapyramidal symptoms (12 [7.2%] vs 4 [2.3%]). Changes in weight and laboratory test results (eg, glucose, lipid profile) were minimal and not clinically meaningful.
Other clinical data. The efficacy and relatively good tolerability of aripiprazole in older patients with treatment-resistant depression observed in the RCT by Lenze et al21 is congruent with the earlier results of 2 small (N = 20 and 24) pilot studies.18,19 In both studies, the remission rate was 50%, and the most prevalent adverse effects were agitation/restlessness/akathisia or drowsiness/sedation. Similarly, in a post hoc pooled analysis of 409 participants ages 50 to 67 from 3 placebo-controlled randomized trials, the remission rate was significantly higher with aripiprazole than with placebo (32.5% vs 17.1%), and the most common adverse effects were akathisia or restlessness (64 of 210 [30.4%]), somnolence (18 [8.6%]), and insomnia (17 [8.1%]).20
Clinical considerations
When assessing the relative benefits and risks of antipsychotics in older patients, it is important to remember that conclusions and summative opinions are necessarily influenced by the source of the data. Because much of what we know about the use of antipsychotics in geriatric adults is from clinical trials, we know more about their acute efficacy and tolerability than their long-term effectiveness and safety.28 There are similar issues regarding the role of antipsychotics in treating MDD in late life. Based on the results of several RCTs,8,11 a combination of an antidepressant plus an antipsychotic is the recommended pharmacotherapy for the acute treatment of MDD with psychotic features (Table 2).8,11,12,19-21,23-27 However, there are no published data to guide how long the antipsychotic should be continued.29
In older patients with MDD without psychotic features, 1 relatively large placebo-controlled RCT,21 2 smaller open studies,18,19 and a post hoc analysis of a large placebo-controlled RCT in mixed-age adults20 support the efficacy and relatively good tolerability of aripiprazole augmentation of an antidepressant for treatment-resistant MDD. Similarly, 1 large placebo-controlled RCT supports the efficacy and relatively good tolerability of quetiapine for non–treatment-resistant MDD. However, there are no comparative data assessing the relative merits of using these antipsychotics vs other pharmacologic strategies (eg, switching to another antidepressant, lithium augmentation, or combination of 2 antidepressants). Because older patients are more likely to experience adverse effects that may have more serious consequences (Table 3), many prudent clinicians reserve using antipsychotics as a third-line treatment in older patients with MDD without psychotic features and limit the duration of their use to a few months.30
Unfortunately, the existing literature does not provide much evidence or guidance on using antipsychotics in older people with medical comorbidity or the risks of adverse effects related to the concomitant use of other medications for chronic medical conditions. Thus, safety and tolerability data obtained from secondary analyses of mixed-age sample should be interpreted with “a grain of salt,” because the older participants included in these analyses were both relatively physically healthy and young. Individuals with acute or significant physical illness are typically excluded from many clinical trials. Based on both pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic changes associated with aging,5 people who are frail or age >75 should receive antipsychotic dosages that are lower (ie, between one-half to two-thirds) than typical “adult” dosages. Ideally, future research will include older adults with more extensive and generalizable medical comorbidity to inform practice recommendations.
Although some data have accumulated in recent years, there are significant gaps in knowledge on the safety and tolerability of antipsychotics in older adults. The era of “big data” may provide important answers to questions such as the relative place of antipsychotics vs lithium in preserving brain health among people with bipolar disorder or treatment-resistant MDD31; whether there are true ethnic differences in terms of drugs response and adverse effect prevalence in antipsychotics32,33; or the role of pharmacogenetic evaluation in establishing individual risk–benefit ratios of antipsychotics.34
Bottom Line
Current evidence supports the use of an antidepressant and a lower dose of an antipsychotic as first-line therapy in patients with major depressive disorder (MDD) with psychotic features or those with treatment-resistant depression. The literature does not provide much evidence or guidance on using antipsychotics in older patients with MDD and comorbid illness, or the duration of their use.
Related Resources
Rege S, Sura S, Aparasu RR. Atypical antipsychotic prescribing in elderly patients with depression [published online August 2, 2017]. Res Social Adm Pharm. doi: 10.1016/j.sapharm.2017.07.013.
Kotbi N. Depression in older adults: how to treat its distinct clinical manifestations. Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(8):39-46.
1. United Nations. Department of Economic and Social Affairs Population Division. World Population Ageing: 1950-2050. http://www.un.org/esa/population/publications/worldageing19502050. Published 2001. Accessed September 27, 2017. 2. Olfson M, King M, Schoenbaum M. Antipsychotic treatment of adults in the United States. J Clin Psychiatry. 2015;76(10):1346-1353. 3. Sajatovic M, Kales HC, Mulsant BH. Prescribing antipsychotics in geriatric patients: focus on schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(10):20-26,28. 4. Hybels CF, Blazer DG. Epidemiology of late-life mental disorders. Clin Geriatr Med. 2003;19(4):663-696,v. 5. Mulsant BH, Blumberger DM, Ismail Z, et al. A systematic approach to pharmacotherapy for geriatric major depression. Clin Geriatr Med. 2014;30(3):517-534. 6. Mulsant BH, Pollock BG. Psychopharmacology. In: Steffens DC, Blazer DG, Thakur ME, eds. The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of geriatric psychiatry. 5th ed. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2015:527-587. 7. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Public health advisory. deaths with antipsychotics in elderly patients with behavioral disturbances. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/drugsafety/postmarketdrugsafetyinformationforpatientsandproviders/ucm053171. Updated August 16, 2013. Accessed September 27, 2017. 8. Andreescu C, Mulsant BH, Rothschild AJ, et al. Pharmacotherapy of major depression with psychotic features: what is the evidence? Psychiatric Annals. 2006;35(1):31-38. 9. Buchanan D, Tourigny-Rivard MF, Cappeliez P, et al. National guidelines for seniors’ mental health: the assessment and treatment of depression. Canadian Journal of Geriatrics. 2006;9(suppl 2):S52-S58. 10. Canadian Coalition for Senior’s Mental Health. National guidelines for senior’s mental health. The assessment and treatment of depression 2006. http://www.ccsmh.ca/projects/depression. Accessed February 28, 2016. 11. Meyers BS, Flint AJ, Rothschild AJ, et al. A double-blind randomized controlled trial of olanzapine plus sertraline vs olanzapine plus placebo for psychotic depression: the study of pharmacotherapy of psychotic depression (STOP-PD). Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2009;66(8):838-847. 12. Mulsant BH, Sweet RA, Rosen J, et al. A double-blind randomized comparison of nortriptyline plus perphenazine versus nortriptyline plus placebo in the treatment of psychotic depression in late life. J Clin Psychiatry. 2001;62(8):597-604. 13. Cakir S, Senkal Z. Atypical antipsychotics as add-on treatment in late-life depression. Clin Interv Aging. 2016;11:1193-1198. 14. Maust DT, Oslin DW, Thase ME. Going beyond antidepressant monotherapy for incomplete response in nonpsychotic late-life depression: a critical review. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2013;21(10):973-986. 15. Patel K, Abdool PS, Rajji TK, et al. Pharmacotherapy of major depression in late life: what is the role of new agents? Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2017;18(6):599-609. 16. Alexopoulos GS, Katz IR, Reynolds CF 3rd, et al. Pharmacotherapy of depression in older patients: a summary of the expert consensus guidelines. J Psychiatr Pract. 2001;7(6):361-376. 17. Cooper C, Katona C, Lyketsos K, et al. A systematic review of treatments for refractory depression in older people. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(7):681-688. 18. Rutherford B, Sneed J, Miyazaki M, et al. An open trial of aripiprazole augmentation for SSRI non-remitters with late-life depression. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;22(10):986-991. 19. Sheffrin M, Driscoll HC, Lenze EJ, et al. Pilot study of augmentation with aripiprazole for incomplete response in late-life depression: getting to remission. J Clin Psychiatry. 2009;70(2):208-213. 20. Steffens DC, Nelson JC, Eudicone JM, et al. Efficacy and safety of adjunctive aripiprazole in major depressive disorder in older patients: a pooled subpopulation analysis. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2011;26(6):564-572. 21. Lenze EJ, Mulsant BH, Blumberger DM, et al. Efficacy, safety, and tolerability of augmentation pharmacotherapy with aripiprazole for treatment-resistant depression in late life: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2015;386(10011):2404-2412. 22. Deligiannidis KM, Rothschild AJ, Barton BA, et al. A gender analysis of the study of pharmacotherapy of psychotic depression (STOP-PD): gender and age as predictors of response and treatment-associated changes in body mass index and metabolic measures. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74(10):1003-1009. 23. Flint AJ, Iaboni A, Mulsant BH, et al. Effect of sertraline on risk of falling in older adults with psychotic depression on olanzapine: results of a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2014;22(4):332-336. 24. Smith E, Rothschild AJ, Heo M, et al. Weight gain during olanzapine treatment for psychotic depression: effects of dose and age. Int Clin Psychopharmacol. 2008;23(3):130-137. 25. Blumberger DM, Mulsant BH, Kanellopoulos D, et al. The incidence of tardive dyskinesia in the study of pharmacotherapy for psychotic depression. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2013;33(3):391-397. 26. Alexopoulos GS, Canuso CM, Gharabawi GM, et al. Placebo-controlled study of relapse prevention with risperidone augmentation in older patients with resistant depression. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(1):21-30. 27. Katila H, Mezhebovsky I, Mulroy A, et al. Randomized, double-blind study of the efficacy and tolerability of extended release quetiapine fumarate (quetiapine XR) monotherapy in elderly patients with major depressive disorder. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2013;21(8):769-784. 28. Sultana J, Trifiro G. Drug safety warnings: a message in a bottle. J Drug Des Res. 2014;1(1):1004. 29. Flint A, Meyers BS, Rothschild AR, et al; STOP-PD II Study Group. Sustaining remission of psychotic depression: rationale, design and methodology of STOP-PD II. BMC Psychiatry. 2013;13:38. 30. Alexopoulos GS; PROSPECT Group. Interventions for depressed elderly primary care patients. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2001;16(6):553-559. 31. Sajatovic M, Forester BP, Gildengers A, et al. Aging changes and medical complexity in late-life bipolar disorder: emerging research findings that may help advance care. Neuropsychiatry (London). 2013;3(6):621-633. 32. Bigos KL, Bies RR, Pollock BG, et al. Genetic variation in CYP3A43 explains racial difference in olanzapine clearance. Mol Psychiatry. 2011;16(6):620-625. 33. Jin Y, Pollock BG, Coley K, et al. Population pharmacokinetics of perphenazine in schizophrenia patients from CATIE: impact of race and smoking. J Clin Pharmacol. 2010;50(1):73-80. 34. Mulsant BH. Is there a role for antidepressant and antipsychotic pharmacogenetics in clinical practice in 2014? Can J Psychiatry. 2014;59(2):59-61.
Benoit H. Mulsant, MD, MS Professor and Chair Department of Psychiatry University of Toronto Senior Scientist Centre for Addiction and Mental Health Toronto, Ontario
Helen C. Kales, MD Professor of Psychiatry Department of Psychiatry University of Michigan VA Center for Clinical Management Research Ann Arbor, Michigan
Martha Sajatovic, MD Professor of Psychiatry and Professor of Neurology Department of Psychiatry and Department of Neurology Case Western Reserve University University Hospitals Cleveland Medical Center Cleveland, Ohio
Disclosures Dr. Mulsant has received research support from Brain Canada, the Centre for Addiction and Mental Health, the Canadian Institutes of Health Research, the National Institutes of Health (NIH), Bristol-Myers Squibb (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), Eli Lilly (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), and Pfizer (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial). Within the past 5 years, he also has received travel support from Roche. Dr. Kales reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Sajatovic has received research grants from Alkermes, Merck, Janssen, Reuter Foundation, Woodruff Foundation, Reinberger Foundation, NIH, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; has been a consultant to Bracket, Prophase, Otsuka, Sunovion, Supernus, and Neurocrine; and has received royalties from Springer Press, Johns Hopkins University Press, Oxford Press, UpToDate, and Lexicomp, and compensation for CME activities from American Physician’s Institute, MCM Education, and CMEology.
Benoit H. Mulsant, MD, MS Professor and Chair Department of Psychiatry University of Toronto Senior Scientist Centre for Addiction and Mental Health Toronto, Ontario
Helen C. Kales, MD Professor of Psychiatry Department of Psychiatry University of Michigan VA Center for Clinical Management Research Ann Arbor, Michigan
Martha Sajatovic, MD Professor of Psychiatry and Professor of Neurology Department of Psychiatry and Department of Neurology Case Western Reserve University University Hospitals Cleveland Medical Center Cleveland, Ohio
Disclosures Dr. Mulsant has received research support from Brain Canada, the Centre for Addiction and Mental Health, the Canadian Institutes of Health Research, the National Institutes of Health (NIH), Bristol-Myers Squibb (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), Eli Lilly (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), and Pfizer (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial). Within the past 5 years, he also has received travel support from Roche. Dr. Kales reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Sajatovic has received research grants from Alkermes, Merck, Janssen, Reuter Foundation, Woodruff Foundation, Reinberger Foundation, NIH, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; has been a consultant to Bracket, Prophase, Otsuka, Sunovion, Supernus, and Neurocrine; and has received royalties from Springer Press, Johns Hopkins University Press, Oxford Press, UpToDate, and Lexicomp, and compensation for CME activities from American Physician’s Institute, MCM Education, and CMEology.
Author and Disclosure Information
Benoit H. Mulsant, MD, MS Professor and Chair Department of Psychiatry University of Toronto Senior Scientist Centre for Addiction and Mental Health Toronto, Ontario
Helen C. Kales, MD Professor of Psychiatry Department of Psychiatry University of Michigan VA Center for Clinical Management Research Ann Arbor, Michigan
Martha Sajatovic, MD Professor of Psychiatry and Professor of Neurology Department of Psychiatry and Department of Neurology Case Western Reserve University University Hospitals Cleveland Medical Center Cleveland, Ohio
Disclosures Dr. Mulsant has received research support from Brain Canada, the Centre for Addiction and Mental Health, the Canadian Institutes of Health Research, the National Institutes of Health (NIH), Bristol-Myers Squibb (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), Eli Lilly (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), and Pfizer (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial). Within the past 5 years, he also has received travel support from Roche. Dr. Kales reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Sajatovic has received research grants from Alkermes, Merck, Janssen, Reuter Foundation, Woodruff Foundation, Reinberger Foundation, NIH, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; has been a consultant to Bracket, Prophase, Otsuka, Sunovion, Supernus, and Neurocrine; and has received royalties from Springer Press, Johns Hopkins University Press, Oxford Press, UpToDate, and Lexicomp, and compensation for CME activities from American Physician’s Institute, MCM Education, and CMEology.
The proportion of older adults in the world population is growing rapidly. In the next 10 to 15 years, the population age >60 will grow 3.5 times more rapidly than the general population.1 As a result, there is an increased urgency in examining benefits vs risks of antipsychotics in older individuals. In a 2010 U.S. nationally representative observational study, antipsychotic use was observed to rise slowly during early and middle adulthood, peaking at approximately age 55, declining slightly between ages 55 and 65, and then rising again after age 65, with >2% of individuals ages 80 to 84 receiving an antipsychotic.2 This is likely due to the chronology of psychotic, mood, and neurocognitive disorders across the life span. In this large national study, long-term antipsychotic treatment was common, and older patients were more likely to receive their prescriptions from non-psychiatrist physicians than from psychiatrists.2 Among patients receiving an antipsychotic, the proportion of those receiving it for >120 days was 54% for individuals ages 70 to 74; 49% for individuals ages 75 to 79; and 46% for individuals ages 80 to 84.
This 3-part review summarizes findings and risk–benefit considerations when prescribing antipsychotics to older individuals. Part 1 focused on those with chronic psychotic disorders, such as schizophrenia or bipolar disorder,3 and part 3 will cover patients with dementia. This review (part 2) aims to:
briefly summarize the results of randomized controlled trials (RCTs) of second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) and other major studies and analyses in older patients with major depressive disorder (MDD)
provide a summative opinion on the relative risks and benefits associated with using antipsychotics in older adults with MDD
highlight the gaps in the evidence base and areas that need additional research.
Summary of benefits, place in treatment armamentarium
The prevalence of MDD and clinically significant depressive symptoms in communitydwelling older adults is 3% to 4% and 15%, respectively, and as high as 16% and 50%, respectively, in nursing home residents.4 Because late-life depression is associated with suffering, disability, and excessive mortality, it needs to be recognized and treated aggressively.5 Antidepressants are the mainstay of pharmacotherapy for late-life depression. Guidelines and expert opinion informed by the current evidence recommend using selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, such as escitalopram or sertraline, as a first-line treatment; serotonin norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, such as duloxetine or venlafaxine, as a second-line treatment; and other antidepressants, such as bupropion or nortriptyline, as a third-line treatment.5,6 However, antipsychotics also have a role in treating late-life depression.
Over the past decade, several antipsychotics have been FDA-approved for treating MDD: aripiprazole and brexpiprazole as adjunctive treatment of MDD in adults; olanzapine-fluoxetine combination for acute and maintenance treatment of treatment-resistant depression in adults and geriatric adults; and quetiapine extended-release (XR) as monotherapy for MDD in adults and as adjunctive treatment of MDD in adults and geriatric adults who have had an inadequate response to antidepressants alone (Table 1). However, “black-box” warnings for all first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs) and SGAs alert clinicians that these medications have been associated with serious adverse events in older adults with dementia, including “deaths […] due to heart-related events (eg, heart failure, sudden death) or infections (mostly pneumonia),” with 15 of 17 placebo-controlled trials showing a higher number of deaths with an antipsychotic compared with placebo.7 Although similar controlled data on the mortality risk of antipsychotics in older adults with mood disorders do not exist, most experts limit their use to 2 groups of older patients: those with MDD and psychotic features (“psychotic depression”) and those with treatment-resistant depression.
Data from several rigorously conducted RCTs support using an antidepressant plus an FGA or SGA as first-line pharmacotherapy in younger and older patients with “psychotic depression.”8-12 SGAs also can be used as augmenting agents when there is only a partial response to antidepressants.13-15 In this situation, guidelines and experts favor an augmentation strategy over switching to another antidepressant.5,9,10,16 Until recently, most published pharmacologic trials for late-life treatment-resistant depression supported using lithium to augment antidepressants.14,17 However, because several antipsychotics are now FDA-approved for treating MDD, and in light of positive findings from several studies relevant to older patients,18-21 many experts now support using SGAs to augment antidepressants in older patients with nonpsychotic depression.5,15
Clinical trials
Olanzapine plus sertraline as first-line pharmacotherapy for MDD with psychotic features. Meyers et al11 reported on a double-blind randomized comparison of olanzapine plus placebo vs olanzapine plus sertraline in 259 patients with MDD with psychotic features. An unusual feature of this trial is that it included a similar number of younger and older participants (ages 18 to 93): 117 participants were age <60 (mean age [standard deviation (SD)]: 41.3 [10.8]) and 142 were age ≥60 (mean age [SD]: 71.7 [7.8]). The same dose titration schedules based on efficacy and tolerability were used in both younger and older participants. At the end of the study, the mean dose (SD) of sertraline (or placebo) did not differ significantly in younger (174.3 mg/d [34.1]) and older participants (165.7 mg/d [43.4]). However, the mean dose (SD) of olanzapine was significantly higher in younger patients (15.7 mg/d [4.7]) than in older participants (13.4 mg/d [5.1]).
In both age groups, olanzapine plus sertraline was more efficacious than olanzapine plus placebo, and there was no statistical interaction between age, time, and treatment group (ie, the trajectories of improvement were similar in older and younger patients receiving either olanzapine or olanzapine plus sertraline). Similarly, drop-out rates because of poor tolerability did not differ significantly in younger (4.3%) and older participants (5.6%). However, in a multinomial regression, older participants were more likely to discontinue treatment because of poor tolerability.22 Older participants were significantly less likely to experience weight gain (mean [SD]: +3.3 [4.9] vs +6.5 [6.6] kg) or an increase in fasting glucose and more likely to experience a fall, pedal edema, or extrapyramidal symptoms.11,22-24 Cholesterol and triglyceride increased significantly and similarly in both age groups. The incidence of symptoms of tardive dyskinesia (TD) over the 12-week trial was low (<5%) in both younger and older participants, and clinically diagnosed TD was reported in only 1 (older) participant.25
Venlafaxine plus aripiprazole for treatment-resistant MDD.In the largest double-blind randomized study of augmentation pharmacotherapy for late-life treatment-resistant depression published to date, Lenze et al21 compared venlafaxine plus aripiprazole vs venlafaxine plus placebo in 181 patients age >60 (mean age 66, with 49 participants age >70) with MDD who did not remit after 12 weeks of treatment with venlafaxine (up to 300 mg/d). After 12 weeks of augmentation, remission rates were significantly higher with aripiprazole than with placebo: 40 (44%) vs 26 (29%); odds ratio (95% confidence interval [CI]): 2.0 (1.1 to 3.7). The median final aripiprazole dose was 7 mg/d (range 2 to 15 mg/d) in remitters and 10 mg/d (range 2 to 15 mg/d) in nonremitters.
Five of 90 participants (5%) discontinued aripiprazole (1 each: suicide, jitteriness/akathisia, worsening parkinsonism; and 2 withdrew consent); 8 of 90 (9%) discontinued placebo (2 each: lack of efficacy, headache; 1: worsening parkinsonism; and 3 withdrew consent). The completed suicide occurred after 5 weeks of treatment with aripiprazole and was judged to be “neither due to emergent suicidal ideation nor to aripiprazole side-effects, but was concluded by investigators to be a result of the individual’s persisting and long-standing suicidal ideation.”21 Including the suicide, there were 4 serious adverse events (5%) in those receiving aripiprazole (1 each: suicide, congestive heart failure, mild stroke, and diverticulitis) and 2 (2%) in those receiving placebo (1 each: myocardial infarction, hospitalized for vomiting due to accidentally taking extra venlafaxine). In 86 participants receiving aripiprazole and 87 receiving placebo, the most frequently reported adverse effects were increased dream activity (aripiprazole: 23 [27%] vs placebo: 12 [14%]), weight gain (17 [20%] vs 8 [9%]), and tremor (5 [6%] vs 0). Akathisia and parkinsonism were observed more frequently with aripiprazole than with placebo (akathisia: 24 [26%] of 91 vs 11 [12%] of 90; parkinsonism: 15 [17%] of 86 vs 2 [2%] of 81). Akathisia was generally mild and resolved with dose adjustment; however, it was associated with a transient increase in suicidality in 3 (3%) participants receiving aripiprazole vs 0 receiving placebo and persisted at the end of the trial in 5 (5%) participants receiving aripiprazole vs 2 (2%) receiving placebo. Participants receiving aripiprazole had a significantly larger increase in weight (mean [SD]: +1.93 [3.00] vs +0.01 [3.15] kg), but there were no differences between aripiprazole and placebo in changes in body fat, total cholesterol, high-density lipoprotein, low-density lipoprotein, triglycerides, glucose, insulin concentration, or QTc.
Citalopram plus risperidone for treatment-resistant MDD. Alexopoulos et al26 reported an analysis of data from 110 patients age ≥55 years (mean age [SD]: 63.4 [4.8]), among 489 mixed-age patients with MDD. Participants (n = 110) who did not respond to 1 to 3 antidepressants (venlafaxine, sertraline, mirtazapine, fluoxetine, paroxetine, or bupropion in >90%) during their current depressive episode completed 4 to 6 weeks of treatment with citalopram up to 40 mg/d; 93 did not respond and were treated with open-label risperidone (0.25 to 1 mg/d) augmentation for 4 to 6 weeks. Sixty-three (68%) of these 93 patients remitted and were randomized to 24 weeks of double-blind continuation treatment with citalopram plus risperidone vs citalopram plus placebo. Neither the median times to relapse (105 vs 57 days) nor the relapse rates (risperidone: 18 of 32 [56%] vs placebo: 20 of 31 [65%]) differed significantly. During the open-label risperidone augmentation, the most common adverse events were dizziness and dry mouth (n = 9 each, 9.7% of 93). During the continuation phase, headache (n = 3; 9.1% of 32) was observed with risperidone but not with placebo (n = 0). There was no incident parkinsonism or abnormal movements noted, but risperidone was associated with weight gain during both the open-label risperidone augmentation phase (mean [SD]: +0.9 [2.1] kg) and the continuation phase (risperidone: +0.8 [3.5] vs placebo: −0.3 [2.8] kg).
Quetiapine XR monotherapy for MDD.Katila et al27 reported on a placebo-controlled RCT of quetiapine XR (median dose, 158.7 mg/d; range, 50 to 300 mg/d) in 338 patients age ≥66 years (mean age [SD], 71.3 [7.5]) presenting with MDD and a major depressive episode with a duration <1 year and no history of failed antidepressants trials from 2 classes (more than two-thirds of participants had not received treatment). After 9 weeks, the reduction in depressive symptoms on the Montgomery-Åsberg Depression Rating Scale was significantly larger with quetiapine XR than with placebo (mean [SD]: −16.0 [9.3] vs −9.0 [9.9]). There were congruent, significant differences between quetiapine and placebo in terms of response rate (quetiapine XR: 105 of 164 [64%] vs placebo: 52 of 171 [30.4%]) and remission rate (92 of 164 [56.1%] vs placebo: 40 of 171 [23.4%]). The drop-out rates for all causes were similar, but the drop-out rate attributed to adverse events was higher with quetiapine than placebo (16 of 166 [9.6%] vs 7 of 172 [4.1%]). Most quetiapine drop-outs were attributable to dizziness, headache, and somnolence (n = 4 each), and placebo drop-outs were because of headache (n = 2). Consistent with the profile of quetiapine, adverse events with a rate that was at least 5% higher with quetiapine than with placebo included somnolence (64 of 166 [38.6%] vs 16 of 172 [9.3%]), dry mouth (34 [20.5%] vs 18 [10.5%]), and extrapyramidal symptoms (12 [7.2%] vs 4 [2.3%]). Changes in weight and laboratory test results (eg, glucose, lipid profile) were minimal and not clinically meaningful.
Other clinical data. The efficacy and relatively good tolerability of aripiprazole in older patients with treatment-resistant depression observed in the RCT by Lenze et al21 is congruent with the earlier results of 2 small (N = 20 and 24) pilot studies.18,19 In both studies, the remission rate was 50%, and the most prevalent adverse effects were agitation/restlessness/akathisia or drowsiness/sedation. Similarly, in a post hoc pooled analysis of 409 participants ages 50 to 67 from 3 placebo-controlled randomized trials, the remission rate was significantly higher with aripiprazole than with placebo (32.5% vs 17.1%), and the most common adverse effects were akathisia or restlessness (64 of 210 [30.4%]), somnolence (18 [8.6%]), and insomnia (17 [8.1%]).20
Clinical considerations
When assessing the relative benefits and risks of antipsychotics in older patients, it is important to remember that conclusions and summative opinions are necessarily influenced by the source of the data. Because much of what we know about the use of antipsychotics in geriatric adults is from clinical trials, we know more about their acute efficacy and tolerability than their long-term effectiveness and safety.28 There are similar issues regarding the role of antipsychotics in treating MDD in late life. Based on the results of several RCTs,8,11 a combination of an antidepressant plus an antipsychotic is the recommended pharmacotherapy for the acute treatment of MDD with psychotic features (Table 2).8,11,12,19-21,23-27 However, there are no published data to guide how long the antipsychotic should be continued.29
In older patients with MDD without psychotic features, 1 relatively large placebo-controlled RCT,21 2 smaller open studies,18,19 and a post hoc analysis of a large placebo-controlled RCT in mixed-age adults20 support the efficacy and relatively good tolerability of aripiprazole augmentation of an antidepressant for treatment-resistant MDD. Similarly, 1 large placebo-controlled RCT supports the efficacy and relatively good tolerability of quetiapine for non–treatment-resistant MDD. However, there are no comparative data assessing the relative merits of using these antipsychotics vs other pharmacologic strategies (eg, switching to another antidepressant, lithium augmentation, or combination of 2 antidepressants). Because older patients are more likely to experience adverse effects that may have more serious consequences (Table 3), many prudent clinicians reserve using antipsychotics as a third-line treatment in older patients with MDD without psychotic features and limit the duration of their use to a few months.30
Unfortunately, the existing literature does not provide much evidence or guidance on using antipsychotics in older people with medical comorbidity or the risks of adverse effects related to the concomitant use of other medications for chronic medical conditions. Thus, safety and tolerability data obtained from secondary analyses of mixed-age sample should be interpreted with “a grain of salt,” because the older participants included in these analyses were both relatively physically healthy and young. Individuals with acute or significant physical illness are typically excluded from many clinical trials. Based on both pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic changes associated with aging,5 people who are frail or age >75 should receive antipsychotic dosages that are lower (ie, between one-half to two-thirds) than typical “adult” dosages. Ideally, future research will include older adults with more extensive and generalizable medical comorbidity to inform practice recommendations.
Although some data have accumulated in recent years, there are significant gaps in knowledge on the safety and tolerability of antipsychotics in older adults. The era of “big data” may provide important answers to questions such as the relative place of antipsychotics vs lithium in preserving brain health among people with bipolar disorder or treatment-resistant MDD31; whether there are true ethnic differences in terms of drugs response and adverse effect prevalence in antipsychotics32,33; or the role of pharmacogenetic evaluation in establishing individual risk–benefit ratios of antipsychotics.34
Bottom Line
Current evidence supports the use of an antidepressant and a lower dose of an antipsychotic as first-line therapy in patients with major depressive disorder (MDD) with psychotic features or those with treatment-resistant depression. The literature does not provide much evidence or guidance on using antipsychotics in older patients with MDD and comorbid illness, or the duration of their use.
Related Resources
Rege S, Sura S, Aparasu RR. Atypical antipsychotic prescribing in elderly patients with depression [published online August 2, 2017]. Res Social Adm Pharm. doi: 10.1016/j.sapharm.2017.07.013.
Kotbi N. Depression in older adults: how to treat its distinct clinical manifestations. Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(8):39-46.
The proportion of older adults in the world population is growing rapidly. In the next 10 to 15 years, the population age >60 will grow 3.5 times more rapidly than the general population.1 As a result, there is an increased urgency in examining benefits vs risks of antipsychotics in older individuals. In a 2010 U.S. nationally representative observational study, antipsychotic use was observed to rise slowly during early and middle adulthood, peaking at approximately age 55, declining slightly between ages 55 and 65, and then rising again after age 65, with >2% of individuals ages 80 to 84 receiving an antipsychotic.2 This is likely due to the chronology of psychotic, mood, and neurocognitive disorders across the life span. In this large national study, long-term antipsychotic treatment was common, and older patients were more likely to receive their prescriptions from non-psychiatrist physicians than from psychiatrists.2 Among patients receiving an antipsychotic, the proportion of those receiving it for >120 days was 54% for individuals ages 70 to 74; 49% for individuals ages 75 to 79; and 46% for individuals ages 80 to 84.
This 3-part review summarizes findings and risk–benefit considerations when prescribing antipsychotics to older individuals. Part 1 focused on those with chronic psychotic disorders, such as schizophrenia or bipolar disorder,3 and part 3 will cover patients with dementia. This review (part 2) aims to:
briefly summarize the results of randomized controlled trials (RCTs) of second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) and other major studies and analyses in older patients with major depressive disorder (MDD)
provide a summative opinion on the relative risks and benefits associated with using antipsychotics in older adults with MDD
highlight the gaps in the evidence base and areas that need additional research.
Summary of benefits, place in treatment armamentarium
The prevalence of MDD and clinically significant depressive symptoms in communitydwelling older adults is 3% to 4% and 15%, respectively, and as high as 16% and 50%, respectively, in nursing home residents.4 Because late-life depression is associated with suffering, disability, and excessive mortality, it needs to be recognized and treated aggressively.5 Antidepressants are the mainstay of pharmacotherapy for late-life depression. Guidelines and expert opinion informed by the current evidence recommend using selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, such as escitalopram or sertraline, as a first-line treatment; serotonin norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, such as duloxetine or venlafaxine, as a second-line treatment; and other antidepressants, such as bupropion or nortriptyline, as a third-line treatment.5,6 However, antipsychotics also have a role in treating late-life depression.
Over the past decade, several antipsychotics have been FDA-approved for treating MDD: aripiprazole and brexpiprazole as adjunctive treatment of MDD in adults; olanzapine-fluoxetine combination for acute and maintenance treatment of treatment-resistant depression in adults and geriatric adults; and quetiapine extended-release (XR) as monotherapy for MDD in adults and as adjunctive treatment of MDD in adults and geriatric adults who have had an inadequate response to antidepressants alone (Table 1). However, “black-box” warnings for all first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs) and SGAs alert clinicians that these medications have been associated with serious adverse events in older adults with dementia, including “deaths […] due to heart-related events (eg, heart failure, sudden death) or infections (mostly pneumonia),” with 15 of 17 placebo-controlled trials showing a higher number of deaths with an antipsychotic compared with placebo.7 Although similar controlled data on the mortality risk of antipsychotics in older adults with mood disorders do not exist, most experts limit their use to 2 groups of older patients: those with MDD and psychotic features (“psychotic depression”) and those with treatment-resistant depression.
Data from several rigorously conducted RCTs support using an antidepressant plus an FGA or SGA as first-line pharmacotherapy in younger and older patients with “psychotic depression.”8-12 SGAs also can be used as augmenting agents when there is only a partial response to antidepressants.13-15 In this situation, guidelines and experts favor an augmentation strategy over switching to another antidepressant.5,9,10,16 Until recently, most published pharmacologic trials for late-life treatment-resistant depression supported using lithium to augment antidepressants.14,17 However, because several antipsychotics are now FDA-approved for treating MDD, and in light of positive findings from several studies relevant to older patients,18-21 many experts now support using SGAs to augment antidepressants in older patients with nonpsychotic depression.5,15
Clinical trials
Olanzapine plus sertraline as first-line pharmacotherapy for MDD with psychotic features. Meyers et al11 reported on a double-blind randomized comparison of olanzapine plus placebo vs olanzapine plus sertraline in 259 patients with MDD with psychotic features. An unusual feature of this trial is that it included a similar number of younger and older participants (ages 18 to 93): 117 participants were age <60 (mean age [standard deviation (SD)]: 41.3 [10.8]) and 142 were age ≥60 (mean age [SD]: 71.7 [7.8]). The same dose titration schedules based on efficacy and tolerability were used in both younger and older participants. At the end of the study, the mean dose (SD) of sertraline (or placebo) did not differ significantly in younger (174.3 mg/d [34.1]) and older participants (165.7 mg/d [43.4]). However, the mean dose (SD) of olanzapine was significantly higher in younger patients (15.7 mg/d [4.7]) than in older participants (13.4 mg/d [5.1]).
In both age groups, olanzapine plus sertraline was more efficacious than olanzapine plus placebo, and there was no statistical interaction between age, time, and treatment group (ie, the trajectories of improvement were similar in older and younger patients receiving either olanzapine or olanzapine plus sertraline). Similarly, drop-out rates because of poor tolerability did not differ significantly in younger (4.3%) and older participants (5.6%). However, in a multinomial regression, older participants were more likely to discontinue treatment because of poor tolerability.22 Older participants were significantly less likely to experience weight gain (mean [SD]: +3.3 [4.9] vs +6.5 [6.6] kg) or an increase in fasting glucose and more likely to experience a fall, pedal edema, or extrapyramidal symptoms.11,22-24 Cholesterol and triglyceride increased significantly and similarly in both age groups. The incidence of symptoms of tardive dyskinesia (TD) over the 12-week trial was low (<5%) in both younger and older participants, and clinically diagnosed TD was reported in only 1 (older) participant.25
Venlafaxine plus aripiprazole for treatment-resistant MDD.In the largest double-blind randomized study of augmentation pharmacotherapy for late-life treatment-resistant depression published to date, Lenze et al21 compared venlafaxine plus aripiprazole vs venlafaxine plus placebo in 181 patients age >60 (mean age 66, with 49 participants age >70) with MDD who did not remit after 12 weeks of treatment with venlafaxine (up to 300 mg/d). After 12 weeks of augmentation, remission rates were significantly higher with aripiprazole than with placebo: 40 (44%) vs 26 (29%); odds ratio (95% confidence interval [CI]): 2.0 (1.1 to 3.7). The median final aripiprazole dose was 7 mg/d (range 2 to 15 mg/d) in remitters and 10 mg/d (range 2 to 15 mg/d) in nonremitters.
Five of 90 participants (5%) discontinued aripiprazole (1 each: suicide, jitteriness/akathisia, worsening parkinsonism; and 2 withdrew consent); 8 of 90 (9%) discontinued placebo (2 each: lack of efficacy, headache; 1: worsening parkinsonism; and 3 withdrew consent). The completed suicide occurred after 5 weeks of treatment with aripiprazole and was judged to be “neither due to emergent suicidal ideation nor to aripiprazole side-effects, but was concluded by investigators to be a result of the individual’s persisting and long-standing suicidal ideation.”21 Including the suicide, there were 4 serious adverse events (5%) in those receiving aripiprazole (1 each: suicide, congestive heart failure, mild stroke, and diverticulitis) and 2 (2%) in those receiving placebo (1 each: myocardial infarction, hospitalized for vomiting due to accidentally taking extra venlafaxine). In 86 participants receiving aripiprazole and 87 receiving placebo, the most frequently reported adverse effects were increased dream activity (aripiprazole: 23 [27%] vs placebo: 12 [14%]), weight gain (17 [20%] vs 8 [9%]), and tremor (5 [6%] vs 0). Akathisia and parkinsonism were observed more frequently with aripiprazole than with placebo (akathisia: 24 [26%] of 91 vs 11 [12%] of 90; parkinsonism: 15 [17%] of 86 vs 2 [2%] of 81). Akathisia was generally mild and resolved with dose adjustment; however, it was associated with a transient increase in suicidality in 3 (3%) participants receiving aripiprazole vs 0 receiving placebo and persisted at the end of the trial in 5 (5%) participants receiving aripiprazole vs 2 (2%) receiving placebo. Participants receiving aripiprazole had a significantly larger increase in weight (mean [SD]: +1.93 [3.00] vs +0.01 [3.15] kg), but there were no differences between aripiprazole and placebo in changes in body fat, total cholesterol, high-density lipoprotein, low-density lipoprotein, triglycerides, glucose, insulin concentration, or QTc.
Citalopram plus risperidone for treatment-resistant MDD. Alexopoulos et al26 reported an analysis of data from 110 patients age ≥55 years (mean age [SD]: 63.4 [4.8]), among 489 mixed-age patients with MDD. Participants (n = 110) who did not respond to 1 to 3 antidepressants (venlafaxine, sertraline, mirtazapine, fluoxetine, paroxetine, or bupropion in >90%) during their current depressive episode completed 4 to 6 weeks of treatment with citalopram up to 40 mg/d; 93 did not respond and were treated with open-label risperidone (0.25 to 1 mg/d) augmentation for 4 to 6 weeks. Sixty-three (68%) of these 93 patients remitted and were randomized to 24 weeks of double-blind continuation treatment with citalopram plus risperidone vs citalopram plus placebo. Neither the median times to relapse (105 vs 57 days) nor the relapse rates (risperidone: 18 of 32 [56%] vs placebo: 20 of 31 [65%]) differed significantly. During the open-label risperidone augmentation, the most common adverse events were dizziness and dry mouth (n = 9 each, 9.7% of 93). During the continuation phase, headache (n = 3; 9.1% of 32) was observed with risperidone but not with placebo (n = 0). There was no incident parkinsonism or abnormal movements noted, but risperidone was associated with weight gain during both the open-label risperidone augmentation phase (mean [SD]: +0.9 [2.1] kg) and the continuation phase (risperidone: +0.8 [3.5] vs placebo: −0.3 [2.8] kg).
Quetiapine XR monotherapy for MDD.Katila et al27 reported on a placebo-controlled RCT of quetiapine XR (median dose, 158.7 mg/d; range, 50 to 300 mg/d) in 338 patients age ≥66 years (mean age [SD], 71.3 [7.5]) presenting with MDD and a major depressive episode with a duration <1 year and no history of failed antidepressants trials from 2 classes (more than two-thirds of participants had not received treatment). After 9 weeks, the reduction in depressive symptoms on the Montgomery-Åsberg Depression Rating Scale was significantly larger with quetiapine XR than with placebo (mean [SD]: −16.0 [9.3] vs −9.0 [9.9]). There were congruent, significant differences between quetiapine and placebo in terms of response rate (quetiapine XR: 105 of 164 [64%] vs placebo: 52 of 171 [30.4%]) and remission rate (92 of 164 [56.1%] vs placebo: 40 of 171 [23.4%]). The drop-out rates for all causes were similar, but the drop-out rate attributed to adverse events was higher with quetiapine than placebo (16 of 166 [9.6%] vs 7 of 172 [4.1%]). Most quetiapine drop-outs were attributable to dizziness, headache, and somnolence (n = 4 each), and placebo drop-outs were because of headache (n = 2). Consistent with the profile of quetiapine, adverse events with a rate that was at least 5% higher with quetiapine than with placebo included somnolence (64 of 166 [38.6%] vs 16 of 172 [9.3%]), dry mouth (34 [20.5%] vs 18 [10.5%]), and extrapyramidal symptoms (12 [7.2%] vs 4 [2.3%]). Changes in weight and laboratory test results (eg, glucose, lipid profile) were minimal and not clinically meaningful.
Other clinical data. The efficacy and relatively good tolerability of aripiprazole in older patients with treatment-resistant depression observed in the RCT by Lenze et al21 is congruent with the earlier results of 2 small (N = 20 and 24) pilot studies.18,19 In both studies, the remission rate was 50%, and the most prevalent adverse effects were agitation/restlessness/akathisia or drowsiness/sedation. Similarly, in a post hoc pooled analysis of 409 participants ages 50 to 67 from 3 placebo-controlled randomized trials, the remission rate was significantly higher with aripiprazole than with placebo (32.5% vs 17.1%), and the most common adverse effects were akathisia or restlessness (64 of 210 [30.4%]), somnolence (18 [8.6%]), and insomnia (17 [8.1%]).20
Clinical considerations
When assessing the relative benefits and risks of antipsychotics in older patients, it is important to remember that conclusions and summative opinions are necessarily influenced by the source of the data. Because much of what we know about the use of antipsychotics in geriatric adults is from clinical trials, we know more about their acute efficacy and tolerability than their long-term effectiveness and safety.28 There are similar issues regarding the role of antipsychotics in treating MDD in late life. Based on the results of several RCTs,8,11 a combination of an antidepressant plus an antipsychotic is the recommended pharmacotherapy for the acute treatment of MDD with psychotic features (Table 2).8,11,12,19-21,23-27 However, there are no published data to guide how long the antipsychotic should be continued.29
In older patients with MDD without psychotic features, 1 relatively large placebo-controlled RCT,21 2 smaller open studies,18,19 and a post hoc analysis of a large placebo-controlled RCT in mixed-age adults20 support the efficacy and relatively good tolerability of aripiprazole augmentation of an antidepressant for treatment-resistant MDD. Similarly, 1 large placebo-controlled RCT supports the efficacy and relatively good tolerability of quetiapine for non–treatment-resistant MDD. However, there are no comparative data assessing the relative merits of using these antipsychotics vs other pharmacologic strategies (eg, switching to another antidepressant, lithium augmentation, or combination of 2 antidepressants). Because older patients are more likely to experience adverse effects that may have more serious consequences (Table 3), many prudent clinicians reserve using antipsychotics as a third-line treatment in older patients with MDD without psychotic features and limit the duration of their use to a few months.30
Unfortunately, the existing literature does not provide much evidence or guidance on using antipsychotics in older people with medical comorbidity or the risks of adverse effects related to the concomitant use of other medications for chronic medical conditions. Thus, safety and tolerability data obtained from secondary analyses of mixed-age sample should be interpreted with “a grain of salt,” because the older participants included in these analyses were both relatively physically healthy and young. Individuals with acute or significant physical illness are typically excluded from many clinical trials. Based on both pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic changes associated with aging,5 people who are frail or age >75 should receive antipsychotic dosages that are lower (ie, between one-half to two-thirds) than typical “adult” dosages. Ideally, future research will include older adults with more extensive and generalizable medical comorbidity to inform practice recommendations.
Although some data have accumulated in recent years, there are significant gaps in knowledge on the safety and tolerability of antipsychotics in older adults. The era of “big data” may provide important answers to questions such as the relative place of antipsychotics vs lithium in preserving brain health among people with bipolar disorder or treatment-resistant MDD31; whether there are true ethnic differences in terms of drugs response and adverse effect prevalence in antipsychotics32,33; or the role of pharmacogenetic evaluation in establishing individual risk–benefit ratios of antipsychotics.34
Bottom Line
Current evidence supports the use of an antidepressant and a lower dose of an antipsychotic as first-line therapy in patients with major depressive disorder (MDD) with psychotic features or those with treatment-resistant depression. The literature does not provide much evidence or guidance on using antipsychotics in older patients with MDD and comorbid illness, or the duration of their use.
Related Resources
Rege S, Sura S, Aparasu RR. Atypical antipsychotic prescribing in elderly patients with depression [published online August 2, 2017]. Res Social Adm Pharm. doi: 10.1016/j.sapharm.2017.07.013.
Kotbi N. Depression in older adults: how to treat its distinct clinical manifestations. Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(8):39-46.
1. United Nations. Department of Economic and Social Affairs Population Division. World Population Ageing: 1950-2050. http://www.un.org/esa/population/publications/worldageing19502050. Published 2001. Accessed September 27, 2017. 2. Olfson M, King M, Schoenbaum M. Antipsychotic treatment of adults in the United States. J Clin Psychiatry. 2015;76(10):1346-1353. 3. Sajatovic M, Kales HC, Mulsant BH. Prescribing antipsychotics in geriatric patients: focus on schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(10):20-26,28. 4. Hybels CF, Blazer DG. Epidemiology of late-life mental disorders. Clin Geriatr Med. 2003;19(4):663-696,v. 5. Mulsant BH, Blumberger DM, Ismail Z, et al. A systematic approach to pharmacotherapy for geriatric major depression. Clin Geriatr Med. 2014;30(3):517-534. 6. Mulsant BH, Pollock BG. Psychopharmacology. In: Steffens DC, Blazer DG, Thakur ME, eds. The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of geriatric psychiatry. 5th ed. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2015:527-587. 7. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Public health advisory. deaths with antipsychotics in elderly patients with behavioral disturbances. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/drugsafety/postmarketdrugsafetyinformationforpatientsandproviders/ucm053171. Updated August 16, 2013. Accessed September 27, 2017. 8. Andreescu C, Mulsant BH, Rothschild AJ, et al. Pharmacotherapy of major depression with psychotic features: what is the evidence? Psychiatric Annals. 2006;35(1):31-38. 9. Buchanan D, Tourigny-Rivard MF, Cappeliez P, et al. National guidelines for seniors’ mental health: the assessment and treatment of depression. Canadian Journal of Geriatrics. 2006;9(suppl 2):S52-S58. 10. Canadian Coalition for Senior’s Mental Health. National guidelines for senior’s mental health. The assessment and treatment of depression 2006. http://www.ccsmh.ca/projects/depression. Accessed February 28, 2016. 11. Meyers BS, Flint AJ, Rothschild AJ, et al. A double-blind randomized controlled trial of olanzapine plus sertraline vs olanzapine plus placebo for psychotic depression: the study of pharmacotherapy of psychotic depression (STOP-PD). Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2009;66(8):838-847. 12. Mulsant BH, Sweet RA, Rosen J, et al. A double-blind randomized comparison of nortriptyline plus perphenazine versus nortriptyline plus placebo in the treatment of psychotic depression in late life. J Clin Psychiatry. 2001;62(8):597-604. 13. Cakir S, Senkal Z. Atypical antipsychotics as add-on treatment in late-life depression. Clin Interv Aging. 2016;11:1193-1198. 14. Maust DT, Oslin DW, Thase ME. Going beyond antidepressant monotherapy for incomplete response in nonpsychotic late-life depression: a critical review. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2013;21(10):973-986. 15. Patel K, Abdool PS, Rajji TK, et al. Pharmacotherapy of major depression in late life: what is the role of new agents? Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2017;18(6):599-609. 16. Alexopoulos GS, Katz IR, Reynolds CF 3rd, et al. Pharmacotherapy of depression in older patients: a summary of the expert consensus guidelines. J Psychiatr Pract. 2001;7(6):361-376. 17. Cooper C, Katona C, Lyketsos K, et al. A systematic review of treatments for refractory depression in older people. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(7):681-688. 18. Rutherford B, Sneed J, Miyazaki M, et al. An open trial of aripiprazole augmentation for SSRI non-remitters with late-life depression. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;22(10):986-991. 19. Sheffrin M, Driscoll HC, Lenze EJ, et al. Pilot study of augmentation with aripiprazole for incomplete response in late-life depression: getting to remission. J Clin Psychiatry. 2009;70(2):208-213. 20. Steffens DC, Nelson JC, Eudicone JM, et al. Efficacy and safety of adjunctive aripiprazole in major depressive disorder in older patients: a pooled subpopulation analysis. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2011;26(6):564-572. 21. Lenze EJ, Mulsant BH, Blumberger DM, et al. Efficacy, safety, and tolerability of augmentation pharmacotherapy with aripiprazole for treatment-resistant depression in late life: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2015;386(10011):2404-2412. 22. Deligiannidis KM, Rothschild AJ, Barton BA, et al. A gender analysis of the study of pharmacotherapy of psychotic depression (STOP-PD): gender and age as predictors of response and treatment-associated changes in body mass index and metabolic measures. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74(10):1003-1009. 23. Flint AJ, Iaboni A, Mulsant BH, et al. Effect of sertraline on risk of falling in older adults with psychotic depression on olanzapine: results of a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2014;22(4):332-336. 24. Smith E, Rothschild AJ, Heo M, et al. Weight gain during olanzapine treatment for psychotic depression: effects of dose and age. Int Clin Psychopharmacol. 2008;23(3):130-137. 25. Blumberger DM, Mulsant BH, Kanellopoulos D, et al. The incidence of tardive dyskinesia in the study of pharmacotherapy for psychotic depression. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2013;33(3):391-397. 26. Alexopoulos GS, Canuso CM, Gharabawi GM, et al. Placebo-controlled study of relapse prevention with risperidone augmentation in older patients with resistant depression. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(1):21-30. 27. Katila H, Mezhebovsky I, Mulroy A, et al. Randomized, double-blind study of the efficacy and tolerability of extended release quetiapine fumarate (quetiapine XR) monotherapy in elderly patients with major depressive disorder. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2013;21(8):769-784. 28. Sultana J, Trifiro G. Drug safety warnings: a message in a bottle. J Drug Des Res. 2014;1(1):1004. 29. Flint A, Meyers BS, Rothschild AR, et al; STOP-PD II Study Group. Sustaining remission of psychotic depression: rationale, design and methodology of STOP-PD II. BMC Psychiatry. 2013;13:38. 30. Alexopoulos GS; PROSPECT Group. Interventions for depressed elderly primary care patients. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2001;16(6):553-559. 31. Sajatovic M, Forester BP, Gildengers A, et al. Aging changes and medical complexity in late-life bipolar disorder: emerging research findings that may help advance care. Neuropsychiatry (London). 2013;3(6):621-633. 32. Bigos KL, Bies RR, Pollock BG, et al. Genetic variation in CYP3A43 explains racial difference in olanzapine clearance. Mol Psychiatry. 2011;16(6):620-625. 33. Jin Y, Pollock BG, Coley K, et al. Population pharmacokinetics of perphenazine in schizophrenia patients from CATIE: impact of race and smoking. J Clin Pharmacol. 2010;50(1):73-80. 34. Mulsant BH. Is there a role for antidepressant and antipsychotic pharmacogenetics in clinical practice in 2014? Can J Psychiatry. 2014;59(2):59-61.
References
1. United Nations. Department of Economic and Social Affairs Population Division. World Population Ageing: 1950-2050. http://www.un.org/esa/population/publications/worldageing19502050. Published 2001. Accessed September 27, 2017. 2. Olfson M, King M, Schoenbaum M. Antipsychotic treatment of adults in the United States. J Clin Psychiatry. 2015;76(10):1346-1353. 3. Sajatovic M, Kales HC, Mulsant BH. Prescribing antipsychotics in geriatric patients: focus on schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. Current Psychiatry. 2017;16(10):20-26,28. 4. Hybels CF, Blazer DG. Epidemiology of late-life mental disorders. Clin Geriatr Med. 2003;19(4):663-696,v. 5. Mulsant BH, Blumberger DM, Ismail Z, et al. A systematic approach to pharmacotherapy for geriatric major depression. Clin Geriatr Med. 2014;30(3):517-534. 6. Mulsant BH, Pollock BG. Psychopharmacology. In: Steffens DC, Blazer DG, Thakur ME, eds. The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of geriatric psychiatry. 5th ed. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2015:527-587. 7. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Public health advisory. deaths with antipsychotics in elderly patients with behavioral disturbances. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/drugsafety/postmarketdrugsafetyinformationforpatientsandproviders/ucm053171. Updated August 16, 2013. Accessed September 27, 2017. 8. Andreescu C, Mulsant BH, Rothschild AJ, et al. Pharmacotherapy of major depression with psychotic features: what is the evidence? Psychiatric Annals. 2006;35(1):31-38. 9. Buchanan D, Tourigny-Rivard MF, Cappeliez P, et al. National guidelines for seniors’ mental health: the assessment and treatment of depression. Canadian Journal of Geriatrics. 2006;9(suppl 2):S52-S58. 10. Canadian Coalition for Senior’s Mental Health. National guidelines for senior’s mental health. The assessment and treatment of depression 2006. http://www.ccsmh.ca/projects/depression. Accessed February 28, 2016. 11. Meyers BS, Flint AJ, Rothschild AJ, et al. A double-blind randomized controlled trial of olanzapine plus sertraline vs olanzapine plus placebo for psychotic depression: the study of pharmacotherapy of psychotic depression (STOP-PD). Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2009;66(8):838-847. 12. Mulsant BH, Sweet RA, Rosen J, et al. A double-blind randomized comparison of nortriptyline plus perphenazine versus nortriptyline plus placebo in the treatment of psychotic depression in late life. J Clin Psychiatry. 2001;62(8):597-604. 13. Cakir S, Senkal Z. Atypical antipsychotics as add-on treatment in late-life depression. Clin Interv Aging. 2016;11:1193-1198. 14. Maust DT, Oslin DW, Thase ME. Going beyond antidepressant monotherapy for incomplete response in nonpsychotic late-life depression: a critical review. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2013;21(10):973-986. 15. Patel K, Abdool PS, Rajji TK, et al. Pharmacotherapy of major depression in late life: what is the role of new agents? Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2017;18(6):599-609. 16. Alexopoulos GS, Katz IR, Reynolds CF 3rd, et al. Pharmacotherapy of depression in older patients: a summary of the expert consensus guidelines. J Psychiatr Pract. 2001;7(6):361-376. 17. Cooper C, Katona C, Lyketsos K, et al. A systematic review of treatments for refractory depression in older people. Am J Psychiatry. 2011;168(7):681-688. 18. Rutherford B, Sneed J, Miyazaki M, et al. An open trial of aripiprazole augmentation for SSRI non-remitters with late-life depression. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2007;22(10):986-991. 19. Sheffrin M, Driscoll HC, Lenze EJ, et al. Pilot study of augmentation with aripiprazole for incomplete response in late-life depression: getting to remission. J Clin Psychiatry. 2009;70(2):208-213. 20. Steffens DC, Nelson JC, Eudicone JM, et al. Efficacy and safety of adjunctive aripiprazole in major depressive disorder in older patients: a pooled subpopulation analysis. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2011;26(6):564-572. 21. Lenze EJ, Mulsant BH, Blumberger DM, et al. Efficacy, safety, and tolerability of augmentation pharmacotherapy with aripiprazole for treatment-resistant depression in late life: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2015;386(10011):2404-2412. 22. Deligiannidis KM, Rothschild AJ, Barton BA, et al. A gender analysis of the study of pharmacotherapy of psychotic depression (STOP-PD): gender and age as predictors of response and treatment-associated changes in body mass index and metabolic measures. J Clin Psychiatry. 2013;74(10):1003-1009. 23. Flint AJ, Iaboni A, Mulsant BH, et al. Effect of sertraline on risk of falling in older adults with psychotic depression on olanzapine: results of a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2014;22(4):332-336. 24. Smith E, Rothschild AJ, Heo M, et al. Weight gain during olanzapine treatment for psychotic depression: effects of dose and age. Int Clin Psychopharmacol. 2008;23(3):130-137. 25. Blumberger DM, Mulsant BH, Kanellopoulos D, et al. The incidence of tardive dyskinesia in the study of pharmacotherapy for psychotic depression. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2013;33(3):391-397. 26. Alexopoulos GS, Canuso CM, Gharabawi GM, et al. Placebo-controlled study of relapse prevention with risperidone augmentation in older patients with resistant depression. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(1):21-30. 27. Katila H, Mezhebovsky I, Mulroy A, et al. Randomized, double-blind study of the efficacy and tolerability of extended release quetiapine fumarate (quetiapine XR) monotherapy in elderly patients with major depressive disorder. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2013;21(8):769-784. 28. Sultana J, Trifiro G. Drug safety warnings: a message in a bottle. J Drug Des Res. 2014;1(1):1004. 29. Flint A, Meyers BS, Rothschild AR, et al; STOP-PD II Study Group. Sustaining remission of psychotic depression: rationale, design and methodology of STOP-PD II. BMC Psychiatry. 2013;13:38. 30. Alexopoulos GS; PROSPECT Group. Interventions for depressed elderly primary care patients. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2001;16(6):553-559. 31. Sajatovic M, Forester BP, Gildengers A, et al. Aging changes and medical complexity in late-life bipolar disorder: emerging research findings that may help advance care. Neuropsychiatry (London). 2013;3(6):621-633. 32. Bigos KL, Bies RR, Pollock BG, et al. Genetic variation in CYP3A43 explains racial difference in olanzapine clearance. Mol Psychiatry. 2011;16(6):620-625. 33. Jin Y, Pollock BG, Coley K, et al. Population pharmacokinetics of perphenazine in schizophrenia patients from CATIE: impact of race and smoking. J Clin Pharmacol. 2010;50(1):73-80. 34. Mulsant BH. Is there a role for antidepressant and antipsychotic pharmacogenetics in clinical practice in 2014? Can J Psychiatry. 2014;59(2):59-61.
“It is a mystery how a ubiquitous treatment used since antiquity was unknown, unnamed, and unidentified until recently. It is even more remarkable because this is the only treatment common to all societies and cultures.”1
The treatment discussed above is not a specific pill, surgery, plant, or herb. Rather, the authors are referring to placebo. Indeed, the history of medical treatment is largely a chronicle of placebos. When subjected to scientific scrutiny, the overwhelming majority of treatments have turned out to be devoid of intrinsic therapeutic value; they derived their benefits from the placebo effect. Despite these benefits, the term “placebo” comes with unfortunate baggage. Latin for “I shall please,” it is the first word of the Christian vespers for the dead. In the 12th century these vespers were commonly referred to as placebos. By the 1300s, the term had become secular and pejorative, suggesting a flatterer or sycophant. When the word entered medical terminology in the late 18th century, the negative connotation stuck. A placebo was defined as a medicine given to please patients rather than to benefit them. In the modern era, the lack of pharmacologic activity became part of the definition as well.
The word placebo brings with it connotations of deception, fakery, and ineffectiveness. But one of the things about placebos that contribute mightily to the health care community’s aversion toward them is, in fact, their effectiveness. They bring relief across a wide range of medical conditions.2 In doing so, placebos impugn the value of our most cherished remedies, hamper the development of new therapeutics, and threaten our livelihoods as health professionals.3
Placebos often are conceptualized as any treatment that lacks intrinsic therapeutic value, such as sugar pills. But looking at what placebo treatment actually entails, both in placebo-controlled treatment trials and in clinical settings, suggests a more comprehensive definition. Placebos encompass all the elements common to any treatment or healing situation. These include a recognized healer, evaluation, diagnosis, prognosis, plausible treatment, and most importantly, the expectation that one will recover. Along these lines, the placebo response can be thought of as the response to the common elements of the treatment or healing situation.3
Research regarding the placebo effect has mushroomed in the past 2 decades. Over this time, we have learned a good deal about both the mechanisms underlying the placebo effect and how the placebo effect can be applied to enhance the benefit of conventional treatment. Brain imaging technology has revealed that when placebo treatment alleviates pain, Parkinson’s disease, and depression, brain changes occur that are similar to those observed with active pharmacologic treatment.4,5 Recent studies also show that deliberate, open (nondeceptive) use of placebo can improve the symptoms of several conditions, including depression, pain, and irritable bowel syndrome.6 Furthermore, intermittent substitution of placebo pills for pharmacologically active treatment in a conditioning paradigm can be as effective as the “real” treatment.7 Also, research over the past decade has verified that certain common features of the treatment situation, particularly the quality of the doctor–patient encounter, contribute to the placebo response and have a demonstrable impact on the outcome of treatment.8 Clearly, the placebo effect has gone from being simply a nuisance that interferes with the evaluation of new treatments to a variable worthy of study and application in its own right. Although, for the most part, clinical practice has not kept up with these advances.
Placebos seem to have their greatest impact on the subjective symptoms of disease—pain, distress, and discouragement. It should come as no surprise, then, that placebos are particularly effective in certain psychiatric conditions. In some forms of anxiety and depressive disorders, for example, distress is the illness, and placebos reliably bring relief. Patients with panic disorder, mild to moderate depression, or generalized anxiety disorder get almost as much relief with placebo as they do with conventional treatment (about one-half improve with placebo).9-11 But <20% of those with obsessive-compulsive disorder improve with placebo, and placebo response rates are also low in patients with schizophrenia or dementia. Mania, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), and severe depression fall somewhere in the middle.3
Harnessing the placebo response
There may be a few circumstances in psychiatric practice when it makes sense to intentionally prescribe a placebo as treatment, and we discuss those below. But far more frequently, what we know about the elements that contribute to the placebo effect can be applied to enhance the benefits of any treatment. Patients might be best served if deliberate mobilization of the placebo effect was a standard adjunct to conventional clinical care.
Various components of the treatment situation, collectively referred to as placebo, are a powerful antidote for illness, and some of these healing components exert their influence without special activity on the clinician’s part:
Simply seeking psychiatric care can bring relief by providing some sense of control over distressing symptoms. The standard trappings of the office or clinic and customary office procedures—from the presentation of one’s insurance card to taking a history—offer reassurance and evoke the expectation that improvement or recovery is around the corner.
The comfort provided by the psychiatrist’s presence is enhanced when patients feel that they are in the hands of a recognized healer. Psychiatrists inspire confidence when they look like a psychiatrist, or more precisely, like the patient’s idea of what a psychiatrist should look like. In our culture, that means a white coat or business attire.
A thorough evaluationis one of the common treatment elements that does the most to reduce distress and inspire confidence. The quality of an evaluation bears a strong relationship to patients’ satisfaction with the medical encounter, and can influence the amount of disability they suffer.3,12-15
Although guidelines for conducting effective psychiatric interviews have been around for almost 100 years, psychiatrists vary considerably in the extent to which they elicit complete and accurate information, build rapport, give patients the sense that they are listened to, and provide a thorough assessment. The degree to which patients feel that the clinician is responsive to their concerns depends as much on the style of the interview as on the amount of time devoted to it. Nonverbal behavior can carry the message that the clinician is paying full attention. Something as simple as not answering the phone during an interview (this seems obvious, but a surprising and troubling number of mental health professionals take phone calls during interviews and treatment sessions) conveys an important message about the importance that the clinician places on the patient’s problems.3
The idea that the treatment situation itself provides reassurance and reduces distress, and in doing so,powers a good bit of the placebo effect, is enshrined in such concepts as the importance of good bedside manner. Many feel that the doctor’s thoughtful attention, positive regard, and optimism—so valued by patients—are justified on humanitarian grounds alone; actual evidence that this caring behavior contributes to healing isn’t required. To many, the healing properties of the treatment situation are self-evident. But as the costs of health care snowball and the demands for efficiency and cost-effectiveness rise, the time that psychiatrists can devote to patients has dwindled. Third-party payors demand evidence, beyond intuition and common sense, that diagnostic procedures and treatments have some usefulness, and rightly so.
Is there any evidence that the common components of the treatment situation provide benefit?3 More specifically, does the quality of the doctor–patient relationship and the patient’s feelings about a therapeutic encounter promote healing? Several studies suggest that the doctor–patient relationship has a demonstrable impact on symptom relief.16 In 1 study, oncologists were randomly assigned to receive a Communication Skills Training (CST) program or not. CST included a 1.5-day face-to-face workshop and 6 hours of monthly videoconferencing that focused on improving communication skills with patients.17 Lessons included building rapport, engaging in appropriate eye contact, and normalizing difficult experiences. One week after initially consulting with their physician, patients who saw an oncologist in the CST group experienced less anxiety and depression than those who saw an oncologist who did not receive CST. The benefit of CST for patient anxiety mostly persisted at a 3-month follow-up.
A recent meta-analysis pooled the results of 47 studies to examine the relationship between how much trust patients have for their doctors and health outcomes. There was a small to medium association: More trust was associated with greater improvement.18 It is possible that a good doctor–patient relationship enhances expectancies. However, it is also likely that a positive therapeutic relationship is inherently soothing and reduces distress or dysfunction independent of expectation. Regardless of the precise mechanism, these studies warrant attention. We all understand that it is important on ethical grounds to treat patients with respect and kindness. Research shows that this type of behavior also promotes recovery.
Patient expectations.The idea that expectation of improvement has a major impact on treatment outcome is firmly grounded in research on the placebo effect. Studies have shown that what people expect to experience as an outcome of treatment has a substantial impact on what they actually experience. In a classic study, a doctor told some patients with symptoms of minor illness that they would feel better soon and another group with the same symptoms that he didn’t know what ailed them.19 Two weeks later, 64% of patients in the “positive expectation” group were improved, compared with only 39% of patients in the “negative” group. In another study, adults were exposed to an allergen that caused a skin reaction.20 Hand lotion (ie, a therapeutically inert substance) was then spread on the skin. Patients were led to believe that the cream would either alleviate or exacerbate the itching. The experimentally-induced wheal-and-flare was measured in both groups a few minutes after the allergen and cream were applied. The wheal-and-flare were worse for participants in the group that expected exacerbation.
Not uncommonly, expectation can have more impact on clinical outcome than a drug’s pharmacologic activity. In a double-blind placebo-controlled study, patients with depression were treated with St. John’s wort, sertraline, or placebo.21 They improved to the same extent with all 3 treatments. But when patients were asked to guess the treatment to which they had been assigned, those who thought they had received placebo showed little improvement, irrespective of which intervention they actually received, and those who guessed they had been given St. John’s wort or sertraline showed uniformly large improvement, irrespective of which intervention they actually received (including placebo). The researchers concluded that “Patient beliefs regarding treatment may have a stronger association with clinical outcome than the actual medication received.”
Psychiatrists who wish to use all the therapeutic tools at their disposal must attend to and manage patient expectations. One part of channeling a patient’s expectation is to thoroughly assess the patient’s beliefs regarding the efficacy of various treatments. If a patient’s uncle said that a certain drug is a miracle cure for anxiety, and the patient believes it to be true, then that expectation must be taken into consideration. Many patients prefer alternative treatments to conventional therapies. As long as there is no reason to think an alternative treatment will cause harm, a compromise might be reasonable. For example, if a patient with schizophrenia wants to treat her symptoms with herbal tea, the psychiatrist could say, “In addition to the tea, I recommend that you also take clozapine. The combination is likely to improve your symptoms.”3 More than anything else, the words a psychiatrist uses when recommending treatment shape the patient’s expectations. “You should be feeling a lot less anxious soon after you start taking this” has a different effect than “Try this. It may help.”
Prescribing ‘open-label’ placebo
There may be some limited circumstances where an actual placebo (eg, a sugar pill) might be suitable as a treatment. These include when placebo and conventional treatment provide similar results and a patient is reluctant to take conventional medicine, or when there is no effective conventional treatment. The deceptive prescription of placebo (providing placebo and calling it a drug) has a long history and was considered ethical—and recommended by medical authorities—until the latter half of the 20th century. This practice was deemed unethical in the 1980s, because it was dishonest and violated patient autonomy. Because it was widely believed that placebos given openly would be ineffective, the end of placebo treatment seemed at hand. An intriguing body of evidence, however, suggests that placebos can be effective even when patients know they are taking a placebo. Patients given an “open-label” placebo are told something along the lines of “the pill being prescribed contains no medicine, but some people improve with it, perhaps because the pill stimulates the body’s self-healing.” Open-label placebo has been evaluated for depression,22 low back pain,23 irritable bowel syndrome,24 neurosis,25 allergic rhinitis,26 and anxiety.27 Most of these studies are small, and some were uncontrolled. Yet they consistently have shown that symptoms improve with a nondeceptive placebo, and improve to a greater extent than with no treatment.
The most recent trial is a promising example of the potential of open-label placebos. In this study, 96 patients with chronic low back pain were randomly assigned to 3 weeks of treatment as usual (TAU) or 3 weeks of TAU plus open-label placebo.23 Patients who received open-label placebo were educated about the placebo effect and shown a film clip describing promising results of a prior open-label placebo study. They were then given placebo pills to be take once daily, and clearly told the pills contained no active medication. After 3 weeks, patients in the TAU plus placebo group reported less pain and less disability than patients who received TAU without a placebo. Some patients even requested a placebo prescription at the end of the study.
The placebo response provides a rational basis for prescribing innocuous alternative therapies with no intrinsic therapeutic value. Patients who prefer and believe in the effectiveness of alternative remedies—herbal compounds, massage, magnets, homeopathic solutions, etc.—can be recommended these treatments to mobilize a placebo response.
Using a conditioning model.Prescribing a placebo to obtain a conditioned drug response has enormous but untapped clinical potential. Both animal and human research indicates that a wide range of drug responses, from immune suppression to motor stimulation, can be conditioned (a neutral stimulus, such as a pill or injection, associated with drug administration can in itself evoke the drug effect). In many conditioning or dose-extending models, a particular response to real medication (such as pain relief after analgesics) first becomes conditioned due to repeated exposure to the drug given in a particular vehicle. Then, the treatment shifts to some doses comprising of real medicine and some doses comprising of placebo. Because the drug response has been conditioned, it is thought that the response to an identically appearing placebo will mirror the drug response. The active drug often is only replaced by placebo for certain doses under a schedule of partial reinforcement, given the ubiquity of extinction (the conditioned response lessens when the conditioned stimulus is presented alone on repeated trials).
In 1 version of a conditioning study, children with ADHD were randomized to 1 of 3 groups.28 One group (full dose) took the standard dose of medication for 2 months, a second group (reduced dose) took a standard dose during 1 month followed by a half dose during the second month, and children in the third group (reduced dose with placebo) took the standard dose plus a visually distinctive placebo during the first month, followed by a half dose plus the visually distinctive placebo during the second month. Not surprisingly, ADHD symptoms were worse among children in the reduced-dose group. However, there was no difference between those in the reduced-dose with placebo group and those in the full-dose group. It appears as though the symptom reduction associated with a 100% dose was an unconditioned response that could be mimicked with the addition of a placebo pill.
In another study, patients with psoriasis were randomly assigned to receive a full dose of active medication (0.1% triamcinolone cream) twice a day, or a full dose of active medication for 25% to 50% of the doses, with a placebo (moisturizing cream) given for the other 50% to 75% of the doses.29 Relapse rates were not statistically different between groups.
These types of conditioning models hold great promise for psychiatry, particularly for substance use disorder (Box).30,31 They suggest that medication regimens that provide less overall medicine may sometimes perform as well as a standard regimen. This could become a promising strategy for minimizing the amount of medication a patient receives, thereby reducing toxicity and expense.
Bottom Line
Elements that contribute to the placebo effect, such as the quality of the doctor–patient relationship and patient expectations, can be applied to enhance the benefits of any treatment. Deliberate, open (nondeceptive) use of placebo can improve the symptoms of several conditions, including some depressive and anxiety disorders.
Related Resource
Wager TD, Atlas LY. The neuroscience of placebo effects: connecting context, learning and health. Nat Rev Neurosci. 2015;16(7):403-418.
Portions of this article have been taken or adapted from Brown WA. The placebo effect in clinical practice. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2013. Michael Bernstein was supported by F31AA024358 and 4T32DA016184 during the preparation of this manuscript.
References
1. Shapiro AK, Shapiro E. The powerful placebo: from ancient priest to modern physician. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press; 1997. 2. Beecher HK. The powerful placebo. J Am Med Assoc. 1955;159(17):1602-1606. 3. Brown WA. The placebo effect in clinical practice. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2013. 4. Mayberg HS, Silva JA, Brannan SK, et al. The functional neuroanatomy of the placebo effect. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(5):728-737. 5. de la Fuente-Fernández R, Ruth TJ, Sossi V, et al. Expectation and dopamine release: mechanism of the placebo effect in Parkinson’s disease. Science. 2001;293(5532):1164-1166. 6. Charlesworth JEG, Petkovic G, Kelley JM, et al. Effects of placebos without deception compared with no treatment: a systematic review and meta‐analysis. J Evid Based Med. 2017;10(2):97-107. 7. Colloca L, Enck P, DeGrazia D. Relieving pain using dose-extending placebos: a scoping review. Pain. 2016;157(8):1590-1598. 8. Kaptchuk TJ, Kelley JM, Conboy LA, et al. Components of placebo effect: randomised controlled trial in patients with irritable bowel syndrome. BMJ. 2008;336(7651):999-1003. 9. Khan A, Kolts RL, Rapaport MH, et al. Magnitude of placebo response and drug-placebo differences across psychiatric disorders. Psychol Med. 2005;35(5):743-749. 10. Walsh BT, Seidman SN, Sysko R, Gould M. Placebo response in studies of major depression: variable, substantial, and growing. JAMA. 2002;287(14):1840-1847. 11. Kirsch I, Deacon BJ, Huedo-Medina TB, et al. Initial severity and antidepressant benefits: a meta-analysis of data submitted to the Food and Drug Administration. PLoS Med. 2008;5(2):e45. 12. Kaptchuk TJ. Acupuncture: theory, efficacy, and practice. Ann Intern Med. 2002;136(5):374-383. 13. Kelley JM, Kraft-Todd G, Schapira L, et al. The influence of the patient-clinician relationship on healthcare outcomes: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. PLoS One. 2014;9(4):e94207. 14. Olsson B, Olsson B, Tibblin G. Effect of patients’ expectations on recovery from acute tonsillitis. Fam Pract. 1989;6(3):188-192. 15. Sox HC, Margulies I, Sox CH. Psychologically mediated effects of diagnostic tests. Ann Intern Med. 1981;95(6):680-685. 16. Stewart MA. Effective physician-patient communication and health outcomes: a review. CMAJ. 1995;152(9):1423-1433. 17. Girgis A, Cockburn J, Butow P, et al. Improving patient emotional functioning and psychological morbidity: evaluation of a consultation skills training program for oncologists. Patient Educ Couns. 2009;77(3):456-462. 18. Birkhäuer J, Gaab J, Kossowsky J, et al. Trust in the health care professional and health outcome: a meta-analysis. PLoS One. 2017;12(2):e0170988. 19. Thomas KB. General practice consultations: is there any point in being positive? Br Med J (Clin Res Ed). 1987;294(6581):1200-1202. 20. Howe LC, Goyer JP, Crum AJ. Harnessing the placebo effect: exploring the influence of physician characteristics on placebo response [published online May 9, 2017]. Health Psychol. doi: 10.1037/hea0000499. 21. Chen JA, Papakostas GI, Youn SJ, et al. Association between patient beliefs regarding assigned treatment and clinical response: reanalysis of data from the Hypericum Depression Trial Study Group. J Clin Psychiatry. 2011;72(12):1669-1676. 22. Kelley JM, Kaptchuk TJ, Cusin C, et al. Open-label placebo for major depressive disorder: a pilot randomized controlled trial. Psychother Psychosom. 2012;81(5):312-314. 23. Carvalho C, Caetano JM, Cunha L, et al. Open-label placebo treatment in chronic low back pain: a randomized controlled trial. Pain. 2016;157(12):2766-2772. 24. Kaptchuk TJ, Friedlander E, Kelley JM, et al. Placebos without deception: a randomized controlled trial in irritable bowel syndrome. PLoS One. 2010;5(12):e15591. 25. Park LC, Covi L. Nonblind placebo trial: an exploration of neurotic patients’ responses to placebo when its inert content is disclosed. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1965;12(4):336-345. 26. Schaefer M, Harke R, Denke C. Open-label placebos improve symptoms in allergic rhinitis: a randomized controlled trial. Psychother Psychosom. 2016;85(6):373-374. 27. Aulas JJ, Rosner I. Efficacy of a non blind placebo prescription [in French]. Encephale. 2003;29(1):68-71. 28. Sandler AD, Glesne CE, Bodfish JW. Conditioned placebo dose reduction: a new treatment in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder? J Dev Behav Pediatr. 2010;31(5):369-375. 29. Ader R, Mercurio MG, Walton J, et al. Conditioned pharmacotherapeutic effects: a preliminary study. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(2):192-197. 30. Weiss RD, O’Malley SS, Hosking JD, et al; COMBINE Study Research Group. Do patients with alcohol dependence respond to placebo? Results from the COMBINE Study. J Stud Alcohol Drugs. 2008;69(6):878-884. 31. Mattick RP, Breen C, Kimber J, et al. Buprenorphine maintenance versus placebo or methadone maintenance for opioid dependence. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(2):CD002207.
Michael H. Bernstein, PhD Fellow, Postdoctoral Training Program School of Public Health, Center for Alcohol and Addiction Studies Brown University Providence, Rhode Island Department of PsychologyThe University of Rhode Island Kingston, Rhode Island
Walter A. Brown, MD Clinical Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior Brown University Providence, Rhode Island
Disclosures The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Michael H. Bernstein, PhD Fellow, Postdoctoral Training Program School of Public Health, Center for Alcohol and Addiction Studies Brown University Providence, Rhode Island Department of PsychologyThe University of Rhode Island Kingston, Rhode Island
Walter A. Brown, MD Clinical Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior Brown University Providence, Rhode Island
Disclosures The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Author and Disclosure Information
Michael H. Bernstein, PhD Fellow, Postdoctoral Training Program School of Public Health, Center for Alcohol and Addiction Studies Brown University Providence, Rhode Island Department of PsychologyThe University of Rhode Island Kingston, Rhode Island
Walter A. Brown, MD Clinical Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior Brown University Providence, Rhode Island
Disclosures The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
“It is a mystery how a ubiquitous treatment used since antiquity was unknown, unnamed, and unidentified until recently. It is even more remarkable because this is the only treatment common to all societies and cultures.”1
The treatment discussed above is not a specific pill, surgery, plant, or herb. Rather, the authors are referring to placebo. Indeed, the history of medical treatment is largely a chronicle of placebos. When subjected to scientific scrutiny, the overwhelming majority of treatments have turned out to be devoid of intrinsic therapeutic value; they derived their benefits from the placebo effect. Despite these benefits, the term “placebo” comes with unfortunate baggage. Latin for “I shall please,” it is the first word of the Christian vespers for the dead. In the 12th century these vespers were commonly referred to as placebos. By the 1300s, the term had become secular and pejorative, suggesting a flatterer or sycophant. When the word entered medical terminology in the late 18th century, the negative connotation stuck. A placebo was defined as a medicine given to please patients rather than to benefit them. In the modern era, the lack of pharmacologic activity became part of the definition as well.
The word placebo brings with it connotations of deception, fakery, and ineffectiveness. But one of the things about placebos that contribute mightily to the health care community’s aversion toward them is, in fact, their effectiveness. They bring relief across a wide range of medical conditions.2 In doing so, placebos impugn the value of our most cherished remedies, hamper the development of new therapeutics, and threaten our livelihoods as health professionals.3
Placebos often are conceptualized as any treatment that lacks intrinsic therapeutic value, such as sugar pills. But looking at what placebo treatment actually entails, both in placebo-controlled treatment trials and in clinical settings, suggests a more comprehensive definition. Placebos encompass all the elements common to any treatment or healing situation. These include a recognized healer, evaluation, diagnosis, prognosis, plausible treatment, and most importantly, the expectation that one will recover. Along these lines, the placebo response can be thought of as the response to the common elements of the treatment or healing situation.3
Research regarding the placebo effect has mushroomed in the past 2 decades. Over this time, we have learned a good deal about both the mechanisms underlying the placebo effect and how the placebo effect can be applied to enhance the benefit of conventional treatment. Brain imaging technology has revealed that when placebo treatment alleviates pain, Parkinson’s disease, and depression, brain changes occur that are similar to those observed with active pharmacologic treatment.4,5 Recent studies also show that deliberate, open (nondeceptive) use of placebo can improve the symptoms of several conditions, including depression, pain, and irritable bowel syndrome.6 Furthermore, intermittent substitution of placebo pills for pharmacologically active treatment in a conditioning paradigm can be as effective as the “real” treatment.7 Also, research over the past decade has verified that certain common features of the treatment situation, particularly the quality of the doctor–patient encounter, contribute to the placebo response and have a demonstrable impact on the outcome of treatment.8 Clearly, the placebo effect has gone from being simply a nuisance that interferes with the evaluation of new treatments to a variable worthy of study and application in its own right. Although, for the most part, clinical practice has not kept up with these advances.
Placebos seem to have their greatest impact on the subjective symptoms of disease—pain, distress, and discouragement. It should come as no surprise, then, that placebos are particularly effective in certain psychiatric conditions. In some forms of anxiety and depressive disorders, for example, distress is the illness, and placebos reliably bring relief. Patients with panic disorder, mild to moderate depression, or generalized anxiety disorder get almost as much relief with placebo as they do with conventional treatment (about one-half improve with placebo).9-11 But <20% of those with obsessive-compulsive disorder improve with placebo, and placebo response rates are also low in patients with schizophrenia or dementia. Mania, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), and severe depression fall somewhere in the middle.3
Harnessing the placebo response
There may be a few circumstances in psychiatric practice when it makes sense to intentionally prescribe a placebo as treatment, and we discuss those below. But far more frequently, what we know about the elements that contribute to the placebo effect can be applied to enhance the benefits of any treatment. Patients might be best served if deliberate mobilization of the placebo effect was a standard adjunct to conventional clinical care.
Various components of the treatment situation, collectively referred to as placebo, are a powerful antidote for illness, and some of these healing components exert their influence without special activity on the clinician’s part:
Simply seeking psychiatric care can bring relief by providing some sense of control over distressing symptoms. The standard trappings of the office or clinic and customary office procedures—from the presentation of one’s insurance card to taking a history—offer reassurance and evoke the expectation that improvement or recovery is around the corner.
The comfort provided by the psychiatrist’s presence is enhanced when patients feel that they are in the hands of a recognized healer. Psychiatrists inspire confidence when they look like a psychiatrist, or more precisely, like the patient’s idea of what a psychiatrist should look like. In our culture, that means a white coat or business attire.
A thorough evaluationis one of the common treatment elements that does the most to reduce distress and inspire confidence. The quality of an evaluation bears a strong relationship to patients’ satisfaction with the medical encounter, and can influence the amount of disability they suffer.3,12-15
Although guidelines for conducting effective psychiatric interviews have been around for almost 100 years, psychiatrists vary considerably in the extent to which they elicit complete and accurate information, build rapport, give patients the sense that they are listened to, and provide a thorough assessment. The degree to which patients feel that the clinician is responsive to their concerns depends as much on the style of the interview as on the amount of time devoted to it. Nonverbal behavior can carry the message that the clinician is paying full attention. Something as simple as not answering the phone during an interview (this seems obvious, but a surprising and troubling number of mental health professionals take phone calls during interviews and treatment sessions) conveys an important message about the importance that the clinician places on the patient’s problems.3
The idea that the treatment situation itself provides reassurance and reduces distress, and in doing so,powers a good bit of the placebo effect, is enshrined in such concepts as the importance of good bedside manner. Many feel that the doctor’s thoughtful attention, positive regard, and optimism—so valued by patients—are justified on humanitarian grounds alone; actual evidence that this caring behavior contributes to healing isn’t required. To many, the healing properties of the treatment situation are self-evident. But as the costs of health care snowball and the demands for efficiency and cost-effectiveness rise, the time that psychiatrists can devote to patients has dwindled. Third-party payors demand evidence, beyond intuition and common sense, that diagnostic procedures and treatments have some usefulness, and rightly so.
Is there any evidence that the common components of the treatment situation provide benefit?3 More specifically, does the quality of the doctor–patient relationship and the patient’s feelings about a therapeutic encounter promote healing? Several studies suggest that the doctor–patient relationship has a demonstrable impact on symptom relief.16 In 1 study, oncologists were randomly assigned to receive a Communication Skills Training (CST) program or not. CST included a 1.5-day face-to-face workshop and 6 hours of monthly videoconferencing that focused on improving communication skills with patients.17 Lessons included building rapport, engaging in appropriate eye contact, and normalizing difficult experiences. One week after initially consulting with their physician, patients who saw an oncologist in the CST group experienced less anxiety and depression than those who saw an oncologist who did not receive CST. The benefit of CST for patient anxiety mostly persisted at a 3-month follow-up.
A recent meta-analysis pooled the results of 47 studies to examine the relationship between how much trust patients have for their doctors and health outcomes. There was a small to medium association: More trust was associated with greater improvement.18 It is possible that a good doctor–patient relationship enhances expectancies. However, it is also likely that a positive therapeutic relationship is inherently soothing and reduces distress or dysfunction independent of expectation. Regardless of the precise mechanism, these studies warrant attention. We all understand that it is important on ethical grounds to treat patients with respect and kindness. Research shows that this type of behavior also promotes recovery.
Patient expectations.The idea that expectation of improvement has a major impact on treatment outcome is firmly grounded in research on the placebo effect. Studies have shown that what people expect to experience as an outcome of treatment has a substantial impact on what they actually experience. In a classic study, a doctor told some patients with symptoms of minor illness that they would feel better soon and another group with the same symptoms that he didn’t know what ailed them.19 Two weeks later, 64% of patients in the “positive expectation” group were improved, compared with only 39% of patients in the “negative” group. In another study, adults were exposed to an allergen that caused a skin reaction.20 Hand lotion (ie, a therapeutically inert substance) was then spread on the skin. Patients were led to believe that the cream would either alleviate or exacerbate the itching. The experimentally-induced wheal-and-flare was measured in both groups a few minutes after the allergen and cream were applied. The wheal-and-flare were worse for participants in the group that expected exacerbation.
Not uncommonly, expectation can have more impact on clinical outcome than a drug’s pharmacologic activity. In a double-blind placebo-controlled study, patients with depression were treated with St. John’s wort, sertraline, or placebo.21 They improved to the same extent with all 3 treatments. But when patients were asked to guess the treatment to which they had been assigned, those who thought they had received placebo showed little improvement, irrespective of which intervention they actually received, and those who guessed they had been given St. John’s wort or sertraline showed uniformly large improvement, irrespective of which intervention they actually received (including placebo). The researchers concluded that “Patient beliefs regarding treatment may have a stronger association with clinical outcome than the actual medication received.”
Psychiatrists who wish to use all the therapeutic tools at their disposal must attend to and manage patient expectations. One part of channeling a patient’s expectation is to thoroughly assess the patient’s beliefs regarding the efficacy of various treatments. If a patient’s uncle said that a certain drug is a miracle cure for anxiety, and the patient believes it to be true, then that expectation must be taken into consideration. Many patients prefer alternative treatments to conventional therapies. As long as there is no reason to think an alternative treatment will cause harm, a compromise might be reasonable. For example, if a patient with schizophrenia wants to treat her symptoms with herbal tea, the psychiatrist could say, “In addition to the tea, I recommend that you also take clozapine. The combination is likely to improve your symptoms.”3 More than anything else, the words a psychiatrist uses when recommending treatment shape the patient’s expectations. “You should be feeling a lot less anxious soon after you start taking this” has a different effect than “Try this. It may help.”
Prescribing ‘open-label’ placebo
There may be some limited circumstances where an actual placebo (eg, a sugar pill) might be suitable as a treatment. These include when placebo and conventional treatment provide similar results and a patient is reluctant to take conventional medicine, or when there is no effective conventional treatment. The deceptive prescription of placebo (providing placebo and calling it a drug) has a long history and was considered ethical—and recommended by medical authorities—until the latter half of the 20th century. This practice was deemed unethical in the 1980s, because it was dishonest and violated patient autonomy. Because it was widely believed that placebos given openly would be ineffective, the end of placebo treatment seemed at hand. An intriguing body of evidence, however, suggests that placebos can be effective even when patients know they are taking a placebo. Patients given an “open-label” placebo are told something along the lines of “the pill being prescribed contains no medicine, but some people improve with it, perhaps because the pill stimulates the body’s self-healing.” Open-label placebo has been evaluated for depression,22 low back pain,23 irritable bowel syndrome,24 neurosis,25 allergic rhinitis,26 and anxiety.27 Most of these studies are small, and some were uncontrolled. Yet they consistently have shown that symptoms improve with a nondeceptive placebo, and improve to a greater extent than with no treatment.
The most recent trial is a promising example of the potential of open-label placebos. In this study, 96 patients with chronic low back pain were randomly assigned to 3 weeks of treatment as usual (TAU) or 3 weeks of TAU plus open-label placebo.23 Patients who received open-label placebo were educated about the placebo effect and shown a film clip describing promising results of a prior open-label placebo study. They were then given placebo pills to be take once daily, and clearly told the pills contained no active medication. After 3 weeks, patients in the TAU plus placebo group reported less pain and less disability than patients who received TAU without a placebo. Some patients even requested a placebo prescription at the end of the study.
The placebo response provides a rational basis for prescribing innocuous alternative therapies with no intrinsic therapeutic value. Patients who prefer and believe in the effectiveness of alternative remedies—herbal compounds, massage, magnets, homeopathic solutions, etc.—can be recommended these treatments to mobilize a placebo response.
Using a conditioning model.Prescribing a placebo to obtain a conditioned drug response has enormous but untapped clinical potential. Both animal and human research indicates that a wide range of drug responses, from immune suppression to motor stimulation, can be conditioned (a neutral stimulus, such as a pill or injection, associated with drug administration can in itself evoke the drug effect). In many conditioning or dose-extending models, a particular response to real medication (such as pain relief after analgesics) first becomes conditioned due to repeated exposure to the drug given in a particular vehicle. Then, the treatment shifts to some doses comprising of real medicine and some doses comprising of placebo. Because the drug response has been conditioned, it is thought that the response to an identically appearing placebo will mirror the drug response. The active drug often is only replaced by placebo for certain doses under a schedule of partial reinforcement, given the ubiquity of extinction (the conditioned response lessens when the conditioned stimulus is presented alone on repeated trials).
In 1 version of a conditioning study, children with ADHD were randomized to 1 of 3 groups.28 One group (full dose) took the standard dose of medication for 2 months, a second group (reduced dose) took a standard dose during 1 month followed by a half dose during the second month, and children in the third group (reduced dose with placebo) took the standard dose plus a visually distinctive placebo during the first month, followed by a half dose plus the visually distinctive placebo during the second month. Not surprisingly, ADHD symptoms were worse among children in the reduced-dose group. However, there was no difference between those in the reduced-dose with placebo group and those in the full-dose group. It appears as though the symptom reduction associated with a 100% dose was an unconditioned response that could be mimicked with the addition of a placebo pill.
In another study, patients with psoriasis were randomly assigned to receive a full dose of active medication (0.1% triamcinolone cream) twice a day, or a full dose of active medication for 25% to 50% of the doses, with a placebo (moisturizing cream) given for the other 50% to 75% of the doses.29 Relapse rates were not statistically different between groups.
These types of conditioning models hold great promise for psychiatry, particularly for substance use disorder (Box).30,31 They suggest that medication regimens that provide less overall medicine may sometimes perform as well as a standard regimen. This could become a promising strategy for minimizing the amount of medication a patient receives, thereby reducing toxicity and expense.
Bottom Line
Elements that contribute to the placebo effect, such as the quality of the doctor–patient relationship and patient expectations, can be applied to enhance the benefits of any treatment. Deliberate, open (nondeceptive) use of placebo can improve the symptoms of several conditions, including some depressive and anxiety disorders.
Related Resource
Wager TD, Atlas LY. The neuroscience of placebo effects: connecting context, learning and health. Nat Rev Neurosci. 2015;16(7):403-418.
Portions of this article have been taken or adapted from Brown WA. The placebo effect in clinical practice. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2013. Michael Bernstein was supported by F31AA024358 and 4T32DA016184 during the preparation of this manuscript.
“It is a mystery how a ubiquitous treatment used since antiquity was unknown, unnamed, and unidentified until recently. It is even more remarkable because this is the only treatment common to all societies and cultures.”1
The treatment discussed above is not a specific pill, surgery, plant, or herb. Rather, the authors are referring to placebo. Indeed, the history of medical treatment is largely a chronicle of placebos. When subjected to scientific scrutiny, the overwhelming majority of treatments have turned out to be devoid of intrinsic therapeutic value; they derived their benefits from the placebo effect. Despite these benefits, the term “placebo” comes with unfortunate baggage. Latin for “I shall please,” it is the first word of the Christian vespers for the dead. In the 12th century these vespers were commonly referred to as placebos. By the 1300s, the term had become secular and pejorative, suggesting a flatterer or sycophant. When the word entered medical terminology in the late 18th century, the negative connotation stuck. A placebo was defined as a medicine given to please patients rather than to benefit them. In the modern era, the lack of pharmacologic activity became part of the definition as well.
The word placebo brings with it connotations of deception, fakery, and ineffectiveness. But one of the things about placebos that contribute mightily to the health care community’s aversion toward them is, in fact, their effectiveness. They bring relief across a wide range of medical conditions.2 In doing so, placebos impugn the value of our most cherished remedies, hamper the development of new therapeutics, and threaten our livelihoods as health professionals.3
Placebos often are conceptualized as any treatment that lacks intrinsic therapeutic value, such as sugar pills. But looking at what placebo treatment actually entails, both in placebo-controlled treatment trials and in clinical settings, suggests a more comprehensive definition. Placebos encompass all the elements common to any treatment or healing situation. These include a recognized healer, evaluation, diagnosis, prognosis, plausible treatment, and most importantly, the expectation that one will recover. Along these lines, the placebo response can be thought of as the response to the common elements of the treatment or healing situation.3
Research regarding the placebo effect has mushroomed in the past 2 decades. Over this time, we have learned a good deal about both the mechanisms underlying the placebo effect and how the placebo effect can be applied to enhance the benefit of conventional treatment. Brain imaging technology has revealed that when placebo treatment alleviates pain, Parkinson’s disease, and depression, brain changes occur that are similar to those observed with active pharmacologic treatment.4,5 Recent studies also show that deliberate, open (nondeceptive) use of placebo can improve the symptoms of several conditions, including depression, pain, and irritable bowel syndrome.6 Furthermore, intermittent substitution of placebo pills for pharmacologically active treatment in a conditioning paradigm can be as effective as the “real” treatment.7 Also, research over the past decade has verified that certain common features of the treatment situation, particularly the quality of the doctor–patient encounter, contribute to the placebo response and have a demonstrable impact on the outcome of treatment.8 Clearly, the placebo effect has gone from being simply a nuisance that interferes with the evaluation of new treatments to a variable worthy of study and application in its own right. Although, for the most part, clinical practice has not kept up with these advances.
Placebos seem to have their greatest impact on the subjective symptoms of disease—pain, distress, and discouragement. It should come as no surprise, then, that placebos are particularly effective in certain psychiatric conditions. In some forms of anxiety and depressive disorders, for example, distress is the illness, and placebos reliably bring relief. Patients with panic disorder, mild to moderate depression, or generalized anxiety disorder get almost as much relief with placebo as they do with conventional treatment (about one-half improve with placebo).9-11 But <20% of those with obsessive-compulsive disorder improve with placebo, and placebo response rates are also low in patients with schizophrenia or dementia. Mania, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), and severe depression fall somewhere in the middle.3
Harnessing the placebo response
There may be a few circumstances in psychiatric practice when it makes sense to intentionally prescribe a placebo as treatment, and we discuss those below. But far more frequently, what we know about the elements that contribute to the placebo effect can be applied to enhance the benefits of any treatment. Patients might be best served if deliberate mobilization of the placebo effect was a standard adjunct to conventional clinical care.
Various components of the treatment situation, collectively referred to as placebo, are a powerful antidote for illness, and some of these healing components exert their influence without special activity on the clinician’s part:
Simply seeking psychiatric care can bring relief by providing some sense of control over distressing symptoms. The standard trappings of the office or clinic and customary office procedures—from the presentation of one’s insurance card to taking a history—offer reassurance and evoke the expectation that improvement or recovery is around the corner.
The comfort provided by the psychiatrist’s presence is enhanced when patients feel that they are in the hands of a recognized healer. Psychiatrists inspire confidence when they look like a psychiatrist, or more precisely, like the patient’s idea of what a psychiatrist should look like. In our culture, that means a white coat or business attire.
A thorough evaluationis one of the common treatment elements that does the most to reduce distress and inspire confidence. The quality of an evaluation bears a strong relationship to patients’ satisfaction with the medical encounter, and can influence the amount of disability they suffer.3,12-15
Although guidelines for conducting effective psychiatric interviews have been around for almost 100 years, psychiatrists vary considerably in the extent to which they elicit complete and accurate information, build rapport, give patients the sense that they are listened to, and provide a thorough assessment. The degree to which patients feel that the clinician is responsive to their concerns depends as much on the style of the interview as on the amount of time devoted to it. Nonverbal behavior can carry the message that the clinician is paying full attention. Something as simple as not answering the phone during an interview (this seems obvious, but a surprising and troubling number of mental health professionals take phone calls during interviews and treatment sessions) conveys an important message about the importance that the clinician places on the patient’s problems.3
The idea that the treatment situation itself provides reassurance and reduces distress, and in doing so,powers a good bit of the placebo effect, is enshrined in such concepts as the importance of good bedside manner. Many feel that the doctor’s thoughtful attention, positive regard, and optimism—so valued by patients—are justified on humanitarian grounds alone; actual evidence that this caring behavior contributes to healing isn’t required. To many, the healing properties of the treatment situation are self-evident. But as the costs of health care snowball and the demands for efficiency and cost-effectiveness rise, the time that psychiatrists can devote to patients has dwindled. Third-party payors demand evidence, beyond intuition and common sense, that diagnostic procedures and treatments have some usefulness, and rightly so.
Is there any evidence that the common components of the treatment situation provide benefit?3 More specifically, does the quality of the doctor–patient relationship and the patient’s feelings about a therapeutic encounter promote healing? Several studies suggest that the doctor–patient relationship has a demonstrable impact on symptom relief.16 In 1 study, oncologists were randomly assigned to receive a Communication Skills Training (CST) program or not. CST included a 1.5-day face-to-face workshop and 6 hours of monthly videoconferencing that focused on improving communication skills with patients.17 Lessons included building rapport, engaging in appropriate eye contact, and normalizing difficult experiences. One week after initially consulting with their physician, patients who saw an oncologist in the CST group experienced less anxiety and depression than those who saw an oncologist who did not receive CST. The benefit of CST for patient anxiety mostly persisted at a 3-month follow-up.
A recent meta-analysis pooled the results of 47 studies to examine the relationship between how much trust patients have for their doctors and health outcomes. There was a small to medium association: More trust was associated with greater improvement.18 It is possible that a good doctor–patient relationship enhances expectancies. However, it is also likely that a positive therapeutic relationship is inherently soothing and reduces distress or dysfunction independent of expectation. Regardless of the precise mechanism, these studies warrant attention. We all understand that it is important on ethical grounds to treat patients with respect and kindness. Research shows that this type of behavior also promotes recovery.
Patient expectations.The idea that expectation of improvement has a major impact on treatment outcome is firmly grounded in research on the placebo effect. Studies have shown that what people expect to experience as an outcome of treatment has a substantial impact on what they actually experience. In a classic study, a doctor told some patients with symptoms of minor illness that they would feel better soon and another group with the same symptoms that he didn’t know what ailed them.19 Two weeks later, 64% of patients in the “positive expectation” group were improved, compared with only 39% of patients in the “negative” group. In another study, adults were exposed to an allergen that caused a skin reaction.20 Hand lotion (ie, a therapeutically inert substance) was then spread on the skin. Patients were led to believe that the cream would either alleviate or exacerbate the itching. The experimentally-induced wheal-and-flare was measured in both groups a few minutes after the allergen and cream were applied. The wheal-and-flare were worse for participants in the group that expected exacerbation.
Not uncommonly, expectation can have more impact on clinical outcome than a drug’s pharmacologic activity. In a double-blind placebo-controlled study, patients with depression were treated with St. John’s wort, sertraline, or placebo.21 They improved to the same extent with all 3 treatments. But when patients were asked to guess the treatment to which they had been assigned, those who thought they had received placebo showed little improvement, irrespective of which intervention they actually received, and those who guessed they had been given St. John’s wort or sertraline showed uniformly large improvement, irrespective of which intervention they actually received (including placebo). The researchers concluded that “Patient beliefs regarding treatment may have a stronger association with clinical outcome than the actual medication received.”
Psychiatrists who wish to use all the therapeutic tools at their disposal must attend to and manage patient expectations. One part of channeling a patient’s expectation is to thoroughly assess the patient’s beliefs regarding the efficacy of various treatments. If a patient’s uncle said that a certain drug is a miracle cure for anxiety, and the patient believes it to be true, then that expectation must be taken into consideration. Many patients prefer alternative treatments to conventional therapies. As long as there is no reason to think an alternative treatment will cause harm, a compromise might be reasonable. For example, if a patient with schizophrenia wants to treat her symptoms with herbal tea, the psychiatrist could say, “In addition to the tea, I recommend that you also take clozapine. The combination is likely to improve your symptoms.”3 More than anything else, the words a psychiatrist uses when recommending treatment shape the patient’s expectations. “You should be feeling a lot less anxious soon after you start taking this” has a different effect than “Try this. It may help.”
Prescribing ‘open-label’ placebo
There may be some limited circumstances where an actual placebo (eg, a sugar pill) might be suitable as a treatment. These include when placebo and conventional treatment provide similar results and a patient is reluctant to take conventional medicine, or when there is no effective conventional treatment. The deceptive prescription of placebo (providing placebo and calling it a drug) has a long history and was considered ethical—and recommended by medical authorities—until the latter half of the 20th century. This practice was deemed unethical in the 1980s, because it was dishonest and violated patient autonomy. Because it was widely believed that placebos given openly would be ineffective, the end of placebo treatment seemed at hand. An intriguing body of evidence, however, suggests that placebos can be effective even when patients know they are taking a placebo. Patients given an “open-label” placebo are told something along the lines of “the pill being prescribed contains no medicine, but some people improve with it, perhaps because the pill stimulates the body’s self-healing.” Open-label placebo has been evaluated for depression,22 low back pain,23 irritable bowel syndrome,24 neurosis,25 allergic rhinitis,26 and anxiety.27 Most of these studies are small, and some were uncontrolled. Yet they consistently have shown that symptoms improve with a nondeceptive placebo, and improve to a greater extent than with no treatment.
The most recent trial is a promising example of the potential of open-label placebos. In this study, 96 patients with chronic low back pain were randomly assigned to 3 weeks of treatment as usual (TAU) or 3 weeks of TAU plus open-label placebo.23 Patients who received open-label placebo were educated about the placebo effect and shown a film clip describing promising results of a prior open-label placebo study. They were then given placebo pills to be take once daily, and clearly told the pills contained no active medication. After 3 weeks, patients in the TAU plus placebo group reported less pain and less disability than patients who received TAU without a placebo. Some patients even requested a placebo prescription at the end of the study.
The placebo response provides a rational basis for prescribing innocuous alternative therapies with no intrinsic therapeutic value. Patients who prefer and believe in the effectiveness of alternative remedies—herbal compounds, massage, magnets, homeopathic solutions, etc.—can be recommended these treatments to mobilize a placebo response.
Using a conditioning model.Prescribing a placebo to obtain a conditioned drug response has enormous but untapped clinical potential. Both animal and human research indicates that a wide range of drug responses, from immune suppression to motor stimulation, can be conditioned (a neutral stimulus, such as a pill or injection, associated with drug administration can in itself evoke the drug effect). In many conditioning or dose-extending models, a particular response to real medication (such as pain relief after analgesics) first becomes conditioned due to repeated exposure to the drug given in a particular vehicle. Then, the treatment shifts to some doses comprising of real medicine and some doses comprising of placebo. Because the drug response has been conditioned, it is thought that the response to an identically appearing placebo will mirror the drug response. The active drug often is only replaced by placebo for certain doses under a schedule of partial reinforcement, given the ubiquity of extinction (the conditioned response lessens when the conditioned stimulus is presented alone on repeated trials).
In 1 version of a conditioning study, children with ADHD were randomized to 1 of 3 groups.28 One group (full dose) took the standard dose of medication for 2 months, a second group (reduced dose) took a standard dose during 1 month followed by a half dose during the second month, and children in the third group (reduced dose with placebo) took the standard dose plus a visually distinctive placebo during the first month, followed by a half dose plus the visually distinctive placebo during the second month. Not surprisingly, ADHD symptoms were worse among children in the reduced-dose group. However, there was no difference between those in the reduced-dose with placebo group and those in the full-dose group. It appears as though the symptom reduction associated with a 100% dose was an unconditioned response that could be mimicked with the addition of a placebo pill.
In another study, patients with psoriasis were randomly assigned to receive a full dose of active medication (0.1% triamcinolone cream) twice a day, or a full dose of active medication for 25% to 50% of the doses, with a placebo (moisturizing cream) given for the other 50% to 75% of the doses.29 Relapse rates were not statistically different between groups.
These types of conditioning models hold great promise for psychiatry, particularly for substance use disorder (Box).30,31 They suggest that medication regimens that provide less overall medicine may sometimes perform as well as a standard regimen. This could become a promising strategy for minimizing the amount of medication a patient receives, thereby reducing toxicity and expense.
Bottom Line
Elements that contribute to the placebo effect, such as the quality of the doctor–patient relationship and patient expectations, can be applied to enhance the benefits of any treatment. Deliberate, open (nondeceptive) use of placebo can improve the symptoms of several conditions, including some depressive and anxiety disorders.
Related Resource
Wager TD, Atlas LY. The neuroscience of placebo effects: connecting context, learning and health. Nat Rev Neurosci. 2015;16(7):403-418.
Portions of this article have been taken or adapted from Brown WA. The placebo effect in clinical practice. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2013. Michael Bernstein was supported by F31AA024358 and 4T32DA016184 during the preparation of this manuscript.
References
1. Shapiro AK, Shapiro E. The powerful placebo: from ancient priest to modern physician. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press; 1997. 2. Beecher HK. The powerful placebo. J Am Med Assoc. 1955;159(17):1602-1606. 3. Brown WA. The placebo effect in clinical practice. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2013. 4. Mayberg HS, Silva JA, Brannan SK, et al. The functional neuroanatomy of the placebo effect. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(5):728-737. 5. de la Fuente-Fernández R, Ruth TJ, Sossi V, et al. Expectation and dopamine release: mechanism of the placebo effect in Parkinson’s disease. Science. 2001;293(5532):1164-1166. 6. Charlesworth JEG, Petkovic G, Kelley JM, et al. Effects of placebos without deception compared with no treatment: a systematic review and meta‐analysis. J Evid Based Med. 2017;10(2):97-107. 7. Colloca L, Enck P, DeGrazia D. Relieving pain using dose-extending placebos: a scoping review. Pain. 2016;157(8):1590-1598. 8. Kaptchuk TJ, Kelley JM, Conboy LA, et al. Components of placebo effect: randomised controlled trial in patients with irritable bowel syndrome. BMJ. 2008;336(7651):999-1003. 9. Khan A, Kolts RL, Rapaport MH, et al. Magnitude of placebo response and drug-placebo differences across psychiatric disorders. Psychol Med. 2005;35(5):743-749. 10. Walsh BT, Seidman SN, Sysko R, Gould M. Placebo response in studies of major depression: variable, substantial, and growing. JAMA. 2002;287(14):1840-1847. 11. Kirsch I, Deacon BJ, Huedo-Medina TB, et al. Initial severity and antidepressant benefits: a meta-analysis of data submitted to the Food and Drug Administration. PLoS Med. 2008;5(2):e45. 12. Kaptchuk TJ. Acupuncture: theory, efficacy, and practice. Ann Intern Med. 2002;136(5):374-383. 13. Kelley JM, Kraft-Todd G, Schapira L, et al. The influence of the patient-clinician relationship on healthcare outcomes: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. PLoS One. 2014;9(4):e94207. 14. Olsson B, Olsson B, Tibblin G. Effect of patients’ expectations on recovery from acute tonsillitis. Fam Pract. 1989;6(3):188-192. 15. Sox HC, Margulies I, Sox CH. Psychologically mediated effects of diagnostic tests. Ann Intern Med. 1981;95(6):680-685. 16. Stewart MA. Effective physician-patient communication and health outcomes: a review. CMAJ. 1995;152(9):1423-1433. 17. Girgis A, Cockburn J, Butow P, et al. Improving patient emotional functioning and psychological morbidity: evaluation of a consultation skills training program for oncologists. Patient Educ Couns. 2009;77(3):456-462. 18. Birkhäuer J, Gaab J, Kossowsky J, et al. Trust in the health care professional and health outcome: a meta-analysis. PLoS One. 2017;12(2):e0170988. 19. Thomas KB. General practice consultations: is there any point in being positive? Br Med J (Clin Res Ed). 1987;294(6581):1200-1202. 20. Howe LC, Goyer JP, Crum AJ. Harnessing the placebo effect: exploring the influence of physician characteristics on placebo response [published online May 9, 2017]. Health Psychol. doi: 10.1037/hea0000499. 21. Chen JA, Papakostas GI, Youn SJ, et al. Association between patient beliefs regarding assigned treatment and clinical response: reanalysis of data from the Hypericum Depression Trial Study Group. J Clin Psychiatry. 2011;72(12):1669-1676. 22. Kelley JM, Kaptchuk TJ, Cusin C, et al. Open-label placebo for major depressive disorder: a pilot randomized controlled trial. Psychother Psychosom. 2012;81(5):312-314. 23. Carvalho C, Caetano JM, Cunha L, et al. Open-label placebo treatment in chronic low back pain: a randomized controlled trial. Pain. 2016;157(12):2766-2772. 24. Kaptchuk TJ, Friedlander E, Kelley JM, et al. Placebos without deception: a randomized controlled trial in irritable bowel syndrome. PLoS One. 2010;5(12):e15591. 25. Park LC, Covi L. Nonblind placebo trial: an exploration of neurotic patients’ responses to placebo when its inert content is disclosed. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1965;12(4):336-345. 26. Schaefer M, Harke R, Denke C. Open-label placebos improve symptoms in allergic rhinitis: a randomized controlled trial. Psychother Psychosom. 2016;85(6):373-374. 27. Aulas JJ, Rosner I. Efficacy of a non blind placebo prescription [in French]. Encephale. 2003;29(1):68-71. 28. Sandler AD, Glesne CE, Bodfish JW. Conditioned placebo dose reduction: a new treatment in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder? J Dev Behav Pediatr. 2010;31(5):369-375. 29. Ader R, Mercurio MG, Walton J, et al. Conditioned pharmacotherapeutic effects: a preliminary study. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(2):192-197. 30. Weiss RD, O’Malley SS, Hosking JD, et al; COMBINE Study Research Group. Do patients with alcohol dependence respond to placebo? Results from the COMBINE Study. J Stud Alcohol Drugs. 2008;69(6):878-884. 31. Mattick RP, Breen C, Kimber J, et al. Buprenorphine maintenance versus placebo or methadone maintenance for opioid dependence. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(2):CD002207.
References
1. Shapiro AK, Shapiro E. The powerful placebo: from ancient priest to modern physician. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press; 1997. 2. Beecher HK. The powerful placebo. J Am Med Assoc. 1955;159(17):1602-1606. 3. Brown WA. The placebo effect in clinical practice. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2013. 4. Mayberg HS, Silva JA, Brannan SK, et al. The functional neuroanatomy of the placebo effect. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(5):728-737. 5. de la Fuente-Fernández R, Ruth TJ, Sossi V, et al. Expectation and dopamine release: mechanism of the placebo effect in Parkinson’s disease. Science. 2001;293(5532):1164-1166. 6. Charlesworth JEG, Petkovic G, Kelley JM, et al. Effects of placebos without deception compared with no treatment: a systematic review and meta‐analysis. J Evid Based Med. 2017;10(2):97-107. 7. Colloca L, Enck P, DeGrazia D. Relieving pain using dose-extending placebos: a scoping review. Pain. 2016;157(8):1590-1598. 8. Kaptchuk TJ, Kelley JM, Conboy LA, et al. Components of placebo effect: randomised controlled trial in patients with irritable bowel syndrome. BMJ. 2008;336(7651):999-1003. 9. Khan A, Kolts RL, Rapaport MH, et al. Magnitude of placebo response and drug-placebo differences across psychiatric disorders. Psychol Med. 2005;35(5):743-749. 10. Walsh BT, Seidman SN, Sysko R, Gould M. Placebo response in studies of major depression: variable, substantial, and growing. JAMA. 2002;287(14):1840-1847. 11. Kirsch I, Deacon BJ, Huedo-Medina TB, et al. Initial severity and antidepressant benefits: a meta-analysis of data submitted to the Food and Drug Administration. PLoS Med. 2008;5(2):e45. 12. Kaptchuk TJ. Acupuncture: theory, efficacy, and practice. Ann Intern Med. 2002;136(5):374-383. 13. Kelley JM, Kraft-Todd G, Schapira L, et al. The influence of the patient-clinician relationship on healthcare outcomes: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. PLoS One. 2014;9(4):e94207. 14. Olsson B, Olsson B, Tibblin G. Effect of patients’ expectations on recovery from acute tonsillitis. Fam Pract. 1989;6(3):188-192. 15. Sox HC, Margulies I, Sox CH. Psychologically mediated effects of diagnostic tests. Ann Intern Med. 1981;95(6):680-685. 16. Stewart MA. Effective physician-patient communication and health outcomes: a review. CMAJ. 1995;152(9):1423-1433. 17. Girgis A, Cockburn J, Butow P, et al. Improving patient emotional functioning and psychological morbidity: evaluation of a consultation skills training program for oncologists. Patient Educ Couns. 2009;77(3):456-462. 18. Birkhäuer J, Gaab J, Kossowsky J, et al. Trust in the health care professional and health outcome: a meta-analysis. PLoS One. 2017;12(2):e0170988. 19. Thomas KB. General practice consultations: is there any point in being positive? Br Med J (Clin Res Ed). 1987;294(6581):1200-1202. 20. Howe LC, Goyer JP, Crum AJ. Harnessing the placebo effect: exploring the influence of physician characteristics on placebo response [published online May 9, 2017]. Health Psychol. doi: 10.1037/hea0000499. 21. Chen JA, Papakostas GI, Youn SJ, et al. Association between patient beliefs regarding assigned treatment and clinical response: reanalysis of data from the Hypericum Depression Trial Study Group. J Clin Psychiatry. 2011;72(12):1669-1676. 22. Kelley JM, Kaptchuk TJ, Cusin C, et al. Open-label placebo for major depressive disorder: a pilot randomized controlled trial. Psychother Psychosom. 2012;81(5):312-314. 23. Carvalho C, Caetano JM, Cunha L, et al. Open-label placebo treatment in chronic low back pain: a randomized controlled trial. Pain. 2016;157(12):2766-2772. 24. Kaptchuk TJ, Friedlander E, Kelley JM, et al. Placebos without deception: a randomized controlled trial in irritable bowel syndrome. PLoS One. 2010;5(12):e15591. 25. Park LC, Covi L. Nonblind placebo trial: an exploration of neurotic patients’ responses to placebo when its inert content is disclosed. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1965;12(4):336-345. 26. Schaefer M, Harke R, Denke C. Open-label placebos improve symptoms in allergic rhinitis: a randomized controlled trial. Psychother Psychosom. 2016;85(6):373-374. 27. Aulas JJ, Rosner I. Efficacy of a non blind placebo prescription [in French]. Encephale. 2003;29(1):68-71. 28. Sandler AD, Glesne CE, Bodfish JW. Conditioned placebo dose reduction: a new treatment in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder? J Dev Behav Pediatr. 2010;31(5):369-375. 29. Ader R, Mercurio MG, Walton J, et al. Conditioned pharmacotherapeutic effects: a preliminary study. Psychosom Med. 2010;72(2):192-197. 30. Weiss RD, O’Malley SS, Hosking JD, et al; COMBINE Study Research Group. Do patients with alcohol dependence respond to placebo? Results from the COMBINE Study. J Stud Alcohol Drugs. 2008;69(6):878-884. 31. Mattick RP, Breen C, Kimber J, et al. Buprenorphine maintenance versus placebo or methadone maintenance for opioid dependence. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(2):CD002207.
Although the biological aspects of psychiatry are crucial, psychotherapy is an integral part of psychiatry. Unfortunately, the emphasis on psychotherapy training in psychiatry residency programs has declined compared with a decade or more ago. In an era of dwindling psychotherapy training and resources, the quality and type of psychotherapy training has become more variable. In addition to helping maintain the therapeutic alliance, nuanced psychotherapy by a trained professional can be transformational by helping patients to:
process complex life events and emotions
feel understood
overcome psychological barriers to recovery
enhance self-esteem.
For the therapist, effective psychotherapy usually involves warmth and empathy, active listening, an authentic and genuine positive regard for the patient and his (her) experiences. The therapist should also pay attention to her (his) own emotions and internal responses, as well as the patient’s, while having the perseverance to address and help the patient work through challenging aspects.
When providing psychotherapy for adult patients, consider these basic, but salient points that are often overlooked.
Refrain from making life decisions for patients, except in exceptional circumstances, such as in situations of abuse and other crises.1 Telling an adult patient what to do about life decisions that he finds challenging fits more under life coaching than psychotherapy. Through therapy, patients should be helped in processing the pros and cons of certain decisions and in navigating the decision-making process to arrive at a decision that makes the most sense to them. Also, it’s not uncommon for therapeutic relationships to rupture when therapists give advice such as suggesting that a patient divorce his spouse, date a certain individual, or have children.
There are many reasons why giving advice in psychotherapy is not recommended. Giving advice can be an impediment to the therapeutic process.2 What is good advice for one patient may not be good for another. Therapists who give advice often do so from their own lens and perspective. This perspective may not only be different from the patient’s priorities and life circumstances, but the therapist also may have inadequate information about the patient’s situation,1,2 which could lead to providing advice that could even harm the patient. In addition, providing advice might prevent a patient from gaining adequate agency or self-directedness while promoting an unhealthy dependence on the therapist and reinforcing the patient’s self-doubt or lack of confidence. In these cases, the patient may later resent the therapist for the advice.
Address the ‘here and now.’1 Pay attention to immediate issues or themes that emerge, and address them with the patient gently and thoughtfully, as appropriate. Ignoring these may create risks of missing vital, underlying material that could reveal more of the patient’s inner world, as these themes can sometimes reflect other themes of the patient’s life outside of treatment.
Acknowledging and empathizing, when appropriate, are key initial steps that help decrease resistance and facilitate the therapeutic process.
Explore the affect.Paying attention to the patient’s emotional state is critical.3 This holds true for all types of psychotherapy. For example, if a patient suddenly becomes tearful when telling his story or describing recent events, this is usually a sign that the subject matter affects or holds value to the patient in a significant or meaningful way and should be further explored.
‘Meet the patient where they are.’ This doesn’t mean you should yield to the patient or give in to his demands. It implies that you should assess the patient’s readiness for a particular intervention and devise interventions from that standpoint, exploring the patient’s ambivalence, noticing resistance, and continuing to acknowledge and empathize with where the patient is in life or treatment. When utilized judiciously, this technique can help the therapist align with the patient, and help the patient move forward through resistance and ambivalence.
Be nonjudgmental and empathetic.Patients place trust in their therapists when they disclose thoughts or emotions that are sensitive, meaningful, or close to the heart. A nonjudgmental response helps the patient accept his experiences and emotions. Being empathetic requires putting oneself in another’s shoes; it does not mean agreeing with the patient. Of course, if you learn that your patient abused a child or an older adult, you are required to report it to the appropriate state agency. In addition, follow the duty to warn and protect in case of any other safety issues, as appropriate.
Do not assume.Open-ended questions and exploration are key. For example, a patient told her resident therapist that her father recently passed away. The therapist expressed to the patient how hard this must be for her. However, the patient said she was relieved by her father’s death, because he had been abusive to her for years. Because of the therapist’s comment, the patient doubted her own reaction and felt guilty for not being more upset about her father’s death.
Avoid over-identifying with your patient.If you find yourself over-identifying with a patient because you have a common background or life events, seek supervision. Over-identification not only can pose barriers to objectively identifying patterns and trends in the patient’s behavior or presentation but also can increase the risk of crossing boundaries or even minimizing the patient’s experience. Exercise caution if you find yourself wanting to be liked by your patient; this is a common mistake among beginning therapists.4
Seek supervision. If you are feeling angry, frustrated, indifferent, or overly attached toward a patient, recognize this countertransference and seek consultation or supervision from an experienced colleague or supervisor. These emotions can be valuable tools that shed light not only on the patient’s life and the session itself, but also help you identify any other factors, such as your own feelings or experiences, that might be contributing to these reactions.
References
1. Yalom ID. The gift of therapy: an open letter to a new generation of therapists and their patients. New York, NY: HarperCollins Publishers; 2002:46-73,142-145. 2. Bender S, Messner E. Management of impasses. In: Bender S, Messner E. Becoming a therapist: what do I say, and why? New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2003:235-258. 3. Summers RF, Barber JP. Therapist strengths, or managing your countertransference. In: Summers RF, Barber JP. Psychodynamic therapy: a guide to evidence-based practice. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2010:249-264. 4. Buckley P, Karasu TB, Charles E. Common mistakes in psychotherapy. Am J Psychiatry. 1979;136(12):1578-1580.
Dr. Bhatia is Medical Director, Child and Adolescent OCD Institute, McLean Hospital, Belmont, Massachusetts, and Instructor in Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts.
Disclosure The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Bhatia is Medical Director, Child and Adolescent OCD Institute, McLean Hospital, Belmont, Massachusetts, and Instructor in Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts.
Disclosure The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Author and Disclosure Information
Dr. Bhatia is Medical Director, Child and Adolescent OCD Institute, McLean Hospital, Belmont, Massachusetts, and Instructor in Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts.
Disclosure The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Although the biological aspects of psychiatry are crucial, psychotherapy is an integral part of psychiatry. Unfortunately, the emphasis on psychotherapy training in psychiatry residency programs has declined compared with a decade or more ago. In an era of dwindling psychotherapy training and resources, the quality and type of psychotherapy training has become more variable. In addition to helping maintain the therapeutic alliance, nuanced psychotherapy by a trained professional can be transformational by helping patients to:
process complex life events and emotions
feel understood
overcome psychological barriers to recovery
enhance self-esteem.
For the therapist, effective psychotherapy usually involves warmth and empathy, active listening, an authentic and genuine positive regard for the patient and his (her) experiences. The therapist should also pay attention to her (his) own emotions and internal responses, as well as the patient’s, while having the perseverance to address and help the patient work through challenging aspects.
When providing psychotherapy for adult patients, consider these basic, but salient points that are often overlooked.
Refrain from making life decisions for patients, except in exceptional circumstances, such as in situations of abuse and other crises.1 Telling an adult patient what to do about life decisions that he finds challenging fits more under life coaching than psychotherapy. Through therapy, patients should be helped in processing the pros and cons of certain decisions and in navigating the decision-making process to arrive at a decision that makes the most sense to them. Also, it’s not uncommon for therapeutic relationships to rupture when therapists give advice such as suggesting that a patient divorce his spouse, date a certain individual, or have children.
There are many reasons why giving advice in psychotherapy is not recommended. Giving advice can be an impediment to the therapeutic process.2 What is good advice for one patient may not be good for another. Therapists who give advice often do so from their own lens and perspective. This perspective may not only be different from the patient’s priorities and life circumstances, but the therapist also may have inadequate information about the patient’s situation,1,2 which could lead to providing advice that could even harm the patient. In addition, providing advice might prevent a patient from gaining adequate agency or self-directedness while promoting an unhealthy dependence on the therapist and reinforcing the patient’s self-doubt or lack of confidence. In these cases, the patient may later resent the therapist for the advice.
Address the ‘here and now.’1 Pay attention to immediate issues or themes that emerge, and address them with the patient gently and thoughtfully, as appropriate. Ignoring these may create risks of missing vital, underlying material that could reveal more of the patient’s inner world, as these themes can sometimes reflect other themes of the patient’s life outside of treatment.
Acknowledging and empathizing, when appropriate, are key initial steps that help decrease resistance and facilitate the therapeutic process.
Explore the affect.Paying attention to the patient’s emotional state is critical.3 This holds true for all types of psychotherapy. For example, if a patient suddenly becomes tearful when telling his story or describing recent events, this is usually a sign that the subject matter affects or holds value to the patient in a significant or meaningful way and should be further explored.
‘Meet the patient where they are.’ This doesn’t mean you should yield to the patient or give in to his demands. It implies that you should assess the patient’s readiness for a particular intervention and devise interventions from that standpoint, exploring the patient’s ambivalence, noticing resistance, and continuing to acknowledge and empathize with where the patient is in life or treatment. When utilized judiciously, this technique can help the therapist align with the patient, and help the patient move forward through resistance and ambivalence.
Be nonjudgmental and empathetic.Patients place trust in their therapists when they disclose thoughts or emotions that are sensitive, meaningful, or close to the heart. A nonjudgmental response helps the patient accept his experiences and emotions. Being empathetic requires putting oneself in another’s shoes; it does not mean agreeing with the patient. Of course, if you learn that your patient abused a child or an older adult, you are required to report it to the appropriate state agency. In addition, follow the duty to warn and protect in case of any other safety issues, as appropriate.
Do not assume.Open-ended questions and exploration are key. For example, a patient told her resident therapist that her father recently passed away. The therapist expressed to the patient how hard this must be for her. However, the patient said she was relieved by her father’s death, because he had been abusive to her for years. Because of the therapist’s comment, the patient doubted her own reaction and felt guilty for not being more upset about her father’s death.
Avoid over-identifying with your patient.If you find yourself over-identifying with a patient because you have a common background or life events, seek supervision. Over-identification not only can pose barriers to objectively identifying patterns and trends in the patient’s behavior or presentation but also can increase the risk of crossing boundaries or even minimizing the patient’s experience. Exercise caution if you find yourself wanting to be liked by your patient; this is a common mistake among beginning therapists.4
Seek supervision. If you are feeling angry, frustrated, indifferent, or overly attached toward a patient, recognize this countertransference and seek consultation or supervision from an experienced colleague or supervisor. These emotions can be valuable tools that shed light not only on the patient’s life and the session itself, but also help you identify any other factors, such as your own feelings or experiences, that might be contributing to these reactions.
Although the biological aspects of psychiatry are crucial, psychotherapy is an integral part of psychiatry. Unfortunately, the emphasis on psychotherapy training in psychiatry residency programs has declined compared with a decade or more ago. In an era of dwindling psychotherapy training and resources, the quality and type of psychotherapy training has become more variable. In addition to helping maintain the therapeutic alliance, nuanced psychotherapy by a trained professional can be transformational by helping patients to:
process complex life events and emotions
feel understood
overcome psychological barriers to recovery
enhance self-esteem.
For the therapist, effective psychotherapy usually involves warmth and empathy, active listening, an authentic and genuine positive regard for the patient and his (her) experiences. The therapist should also pay attention to her (his) own emotions and internal responses, as well as the patient’s, while having the perseverance to address and help the patient work through challenging aspects.
When providing psychotherapy for adult patients, consider these basic, but salient points that are often overlooked.
Refrain from making life decisions for patients, except in exceptional circumstances, such as in situations of abuse and other crises.1 Telling an adult patient what to do about life decisions that he finds challenging fits more under life coaching than psychotherapy. Through therapy, patients should be helped in processing the pros and cons of certain decisions and in navigating the decision-making process to arrive at a decision that makes the most sense to them. Also, it’s not uncommon for therapeutic relationships to rupture when therapists give advice such as suggesting that a patient divorce his spouse, date a certain individual, or have children.
There are many reasons why giving advice in psychotherapy is not recommended. Giving advice can be an impediment to the therapeutic process.2 What is good advice for one patient may not be good for another. Therapists who give advice often do so from their own lens and perspective. This perspective may not only be different from the patient’s priorities and life circumstances, but the therapist also may have inadequate information about the patient’s situation,1,2 which could lead to providing advice that could even harm the patient. In addition, providing advice might prevent a patient from gaining adequate agency or self-directedness while promoting an unhealthy dependence on the therapist and reinforcing the patient’s self-doubt or lack of confidence. In these cases, the patient may later resent the therapist for the advice.
Address the ‘here and now.’1 Pay attention to immediate issues or themes that emerge, and address them with the patient gently and thoughtfully, as appropriate. Ignoring these may create risks of missing vital, underlying material that could reveal more of the patient’s inner world, as these themes can sometimes reflect other themes of the patient’s life outside of treatment.
Acknowledging and empathizing, when appropriate, are key initial steps that help decrease resistance and facilitate the therapeutic process.
Explore the affect.Paying attention to the patient’s emotional state is critical.3 This holds true for all types of psychotherapy. For example, if a patient suddenly becomes tearful when telling his story or describing recent events, this is usually a sign that the subject matter affects or holds value to the patient in a significant or meaningful way and should be further explored.
‘Meet the patient where they are.’ This doesn’t mean you should yield to the patient or give in to his demands. It implies that you should assess the patient’s readiness for a particular intervention and devise interventions from that standpoint, exploring the patient’s ambivalence, noticing resistance, and continuing to acknowledge and empathize with where the patient is in life or treatment. When utilized judiciously, this technique can help the therapist align with the patient, and help the patient move forward through resistance and ambivalence.
Be nonjudgmental and empathetic.Patients place trust in their therapists when they disclose thoughts or emotions that are sensitive, meaningful, or close to the heart. A nonjudgmental response helps the patient accept his experiences and emotions. Being empathetic requires putting oneself in another’s shoes; it does not mean agreeing with the patient. Of course, if you learn that your patient abused a child or an older adult, you are required to report it to the appropriate state agency. In addition, follow the duty to warn and protect in case of any other safety issues, as appropriate.
Do not assume.Open-ended questions and exploration are key. For example, a patient told her resident therapist that her father recently passed away. The therapist expressed to the patient how hard this must be for her. However, the patient said she was relieved by her father’s death, because he had been abusive to her for years. Because of the therapist’s comment, the patient doubted her own reaction and felt guilty for not being more upset about her father’s death.
Avoid over-identifying with your patient.If you find yourself over-identifying with a patient because you have a common background or life events, seek supervision. Over-identification not only can pose barriers to objectively identifying patterns and trends in the patient’s behavior or presentation but also can increase the risk of crossing boundaries or even minimizing the patient’s experience. Exercise caution if you find yourself wanting to be liked by your patient; this is a common mistake among beginning therapists.4
Seek supervision. If you are feeling angry, frustrated, indifferent, or overly attached toward a patient, recognize this countertransference and seek consultation or supervision from an experienced colleague or supervisor. These emotions can be valuable tools that shed light not only on the patient’s life and the session itself, but also help you identify any other factors, such as your own feelings or experiences, that might be contributing to these reactions.
References
1. Yalom ID. The gift of therapy: an open letter to a new generation of therapists and their patients. New York, NY: HarperCollins Publishers; 2002:46-73,142-145. 2. Bender S, Messner E. Management of impasses. In: Bender S, Messner E. Becoming a therapist: what do I say, and why? New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2003:235-258. 3. Summers RF, Barber JP. Therapist strengths, or managing your countertransference. In: Summers RF, Barber JP. Psychodynamic therapy: a guide to evidence-based practice. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2010:249-264. 4. Buckley P, Karasu TB, Charles E. Common mistakes in psychotherapy. Am J Psychiatry. 1979;136(12):1578-1580.
References
1. Yalom ID. The gift of therapy: an open letter to a new generation of therapists and their patients. New York, NY: HarperCollins Publishers; 2002:46-73,142-145. 2. Bender S, Messner E. Management of impasses. In: Bender S, Messner E. Becoming a therapist: what do I say, and why? New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2003:235-258. 3. Summers RF, Barber JP. Therapist strengths, or managing your countertransference. In: Summers RF, Barber JP. Psychodynamic therapy: a guide to evidence-based practice. New York, NY: The Guilford Press; 2010:249-264. 4. Buckley P, Karasu TB, Charles E. Common mistakes in psychotherapy. Am J Psychiatry. 1979;136(12):1578-1580.
Despite a lack of evidence, polypharmacy often is used to treat autism spectrum disorder (ASD),1 while educational techniques are underutilized. Compared with the general population, children with ASD may be more prone to the adverse effects of the medications used to treat symptoms, such as antipsychotics and antidepressants.2 Therefore, when addressing problem behaviors, such as tantrums, aggressiveness, or self-injury, in a patient with ASD, before prescribing a medication, consider the ABCs of these behaviors.3
Antecedents.What happened before the behavior occurred? Where and when did the behavior occur? Was the individual unable to get a desired tangible item, such as a preferred food, toy, or another object? Was the individual told complete a task that he (she) did not want to do? Did the individual see someone else getting attention?
Behaviors.What behavior(s) occurred after each antecedent?
Consequences.What happened after the behavior occurred? Did the caregiver give the individual the item he wanted? Was the individual able to get out of doing work that he did not want to do or become the center of attention?
Having parents document the ABCs is useful not only for finding out why a behavior occurred, but also for objectively determining if and how a medication is affecting the frequency of a behavior. Charts that parents can use to document ABC data are available online (eg, http://www.positivelyautism.com/downloads/datasheet_abc.pdf). Once this data is collected, it can be used to implement appropriate interventions, which I describe as DEFG.
Differential reinforcement of other behaviorsis a procedure that provides positive reinforcement for not engaging in a problem behavior or for staying on task. For example, use a token board to reward positive behaviors, with physical tokens or written marks. However, some patients require immediate reinforcement. I suggest that parents or caregivers carry small pieces of preferred food to give to the patient to reinforce positive behavior.
Exercise. A review of 18 studies reported that physical exercise, such as jogging, weight training, and bike riding, can help reduce problem behaviors in individuals with ASD.4 Among 64 participants with ASD, there was a decrease in aggression, stereotypy, off-task behavior, and elopement, and improvements in on-task and motor behavior such as playing catch.
Function.Refer to the ABCs to determine why a specific problem behavior is occurring.Each behavior can have 1 or multiple functions; therefore, develop a plan specific to the reason the patient engages in the behavior. For example, if the individual engages in a behavior to avoid a task, the parent or caregiver can give individual tokens that the individual can later exchange for a break, instead of engaging in the problem behavior to avoid the task. If a behavior appears to be done for attention, instruct the caregivers to provide frequent periods of attention when the individual engages in positive behaviors.
Go to the appropriate placement.By law, persons age ≤21 have the right to an education and to make meaningful progress. If a patient with ASD exhibits behaviors that interfere with learning, he is entitled to a placement that can provide intensive applied behavior analysis. If you feel that the child needs a different school, write an evaluation for the parent or guardian to submit to the school district and clearly outline the patient’s needs and requirements.
References
1. Spencer D, Marshall J, Post B, et al. Psychotropic medication use and polypharmacy in children with autism spectrum disorders. Pediatrics. 2013;132(5):833-840. 2. Azeem MW, Imran N, Khawaja IS. Autism spectrum disorder: an update. Psychiatr Ann. 2016;46(1):58-62. 3. Pratt C, Dubie M. Observing behavior using A-B-C data. Indiana Resource Center for Autism. https://www.iidc.indiana.edu/pages/observing-behavior-using-a-b-c-data. Accessed October 4, 2017. 4. Lang R, Kern Koegel LK, Ashbaugh K, et al. Physical exercise and individuals with autism spectrum disorders: a systematic review. Res Autism Spectr Dis. 2010;4(4):565-576.
Dr. Ilana Slaff is a psychiatrist, Premier HealthCare, Young Adult Institute, Bayside, New York.
Disclosure The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Ilana Slaff is a psychiatrist, Premier HealthCare, Young Adult Institute, Bayside, New York.
Disclosure The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Author and Disclosure Information
Dr. Ilana Slaff is a psychiatrist, Premier HealthCare, Young Adult Institute, Bayside, New York.
Disclosure The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Despite a lack of evidence, polypharmacy often is used to treat autism spectrum disorder (ASD),1 while educational techniques are underutilized. Compared with the general population, children with ASD may be more prone to the adverse effects of the medications used to treat symptoms, such as antipsychotics and antidepressants.2 Therefore, when addressing problem behaviors, such as tantrums, aggressiveness, or self-injury, in a patient with ASD, before prescribing a medication, consider the ABCs of these behaviors.3
Antecedents.What happened before the behavior occurred? Where and when did the behavior occur? Was the individual unable to get a desired tangible item, such as a preferred food, toy, or another object? Was the individual told complete a task that he (she) did not want to do? Did the individual see someone else getting attention?
Behaviors.What behavior(s) occurred after each antecedent?
Consequences.What happened after the behavior occurred? Did the caregiver give the individual the item he wanted? Was the individual able to get out of doing work that he did not want to do or become the center of attention?
Having parents document the ABCs is useful not only for finding out why a behavior occurred, but also for objectively determining if and how a medication is affecting the frequency of a behavior. Charts that parents can use to document ABC data are available online (eg, http://www.positivelyautism.com/downloads/datasheet_abc.pdf). Once this data is collected, it can be used to implement appropriate interventions, which I describe as DEFG.
Differential reinforcement of other behaviorsis a procedure that provides positive reinforcement for not engaging in a problem behavior or for staying on task. For example, use a token board to reward positive behaviors, with physical tokens or written marks. However, some patients require immediate reinforcement. I suggest that parents or caregivers carry small pieces of preferred food to give to the patient to reinforce positive behavior.
Exercise. A review of 18 studies reported that physical exercise, such as jogging, weight training, and bike riding, can help reduce problem behaviors in individuals with ASD.4 Among 64 participants with ASD, there was a decrease in aggression, stereotypy, off-task behavior, and elopement, and improvements in on-task and motor behavior such as playing catch.
Function.Refer to the ABCs to determine why a specific problem behavior is occurring.Each behavior can have 1 or multiple functions; therefore, develop a plan specific to the reason the patient engages in the behavior. For example, if the individual engages in a behavior to avoid a task, the parent or caregiver can give individual tokens that the individual can later exchange for a break, instead of engaging in the problem behavior to avoid the task. If a behavior appears to be done for attention, instruct the caregivers to provide frequent periods of attention when the individual engages in positive behaviors.
Go to the appropriate placement.By law, persons age ≤21 have the right to an education and to make meaningful progress. If a patient with ASD exhibits behaviors that interfere with learning, he is entitled to a placement that can provide intensive applied behavior analysis. If you feel that the child needs a different school, write an evaluation for the parent or guardian to submit to the school district and clearly outline the patient’s needs and requirements.
Despite a lack of evidence, polypharmacy often is used to treat autism spectrum disorder (ASD),1 while educational techniques are underutilized. Compared with the general population, children with ASD may be more prone to the adverse effects of the medications used to treat symptoms, such as antipsychotics and antidepressants.2 Therefore, when addressing problem behaviors, such as tantrums, aggressiveness, or self-injury, in a patient with ASD, before prescribing a medication, consider the ABCs of these behaviors.3
Antecedents.What happened before the behavior occurred? Where and when did the behavior occur? Was the individual unable to get a desired tangible item, such as a preferred food, toy, or another object? Was the individual told complete a task that he (she) did not want to do? Did the individual see someone else getting attention?
Behaviors.What behavior(s) occurred after each antecedent?
Consequences.What happened after the behavior occurred? Did the caregiver give the individual the item he wanted? Was the individual able to get out of doing work that he did not want to do or become the center of attention?
Having parents document the ABCs is useful not only for finding out why a behavior occurred, but also for objectively determining if and how a medication is affecting the frequency of a behavior. Charts that parents can use to document ABC data are available online (eg, http://www.positivelyautism.com/downloads/datasheet_abc.pdf). Once this data is collected, it can be used to implement appropriate interventions, which I describe as DEFG.
Differential reinforcement of other behaviorsis a procedure that provides positive reinforcement for not engaging in a problem behavior or for staying on task. For example, use a token board to reward positive behaviors, with physical tokens or written marks. However, some patients require immediate reinforcement. I suggest that parents or caregivers carry small pieces of preferred food to give to the patient to reinforce positive behavior.
Exercise. A review of 18 studies reported that physical exercise, such as jogging, weight training, and bike riding, can help reduce problem behaviors in individuals with ASD.4 Among 64 participants with ASD, there was a decrease in aggression, stereotypy, off-task behavior, and elopement, and improvements in on-task and motor behavior such as playing catch.
Function.Refer to the ABCs to determine why a specific problem behavior is occurring.Each behavior can have 1 or multiple functions; therefore, develop a plan specific to the reason the patient engages in the behavior. For example, if the individual engages in a behavior to avoid a task, the parent or caregiver can give individual tokens that the individual can later exchange for a break, instead of engaging in the problem behavior to avoid the task. If a behavior appears to be done for attention, instruct the caregivers to provide frequent periods of attention when the individual engages in positive behaviors.
Go to the appropriate placement.By law, persons age ≤21 have the right to an education and to make meaningful progress. If a patient with ASD exhibits behaviors that interfere with learning, he is entitled to a placement that can provide intensive applied behavior analysis. If you feel that the child needs a different school, write an evaluation for the parent or guardian to submit to the school district and clearly outline the patient’s needs and requirements.
References
1. Spencer D, Marshall J, Post B, et al. Psychotropic medication use and polypharmacy in children with autism spectrum disorders. Pediatrics. 2013;132(5):833-840. 2. Azeem MW, Imran N, Khawaja IS. Autism spectrum disorder: an update. Psychiatr Ann. 2016;46(1):58-62. 3. Pratt C, Dubie M. Observing behavior using A-B-C data. Indiana Resource Center for Autism. https://www.iidc.indiana.edu/pages/observing-behavior-using-a-b-c-data. Accessed October 4, 2017. 4. Lang R, Kern Koegel LK, Ashbaugh K, et al. Physical exercise and individuals with autism spectrum disorders: a systematic review. Res Autism Spectr Dis. 2010;4(4):565-576.
References
1. Spencer D, Marshall J, Post B, et al. Psychotropic medication use and polypharmacy in children with autism spectrum disorders. Pediatrics. 2013;132(5):833-840. 2. Azeem MW, Imran N, Khawaja IS. Autism spectrum disorder: an update. Psychiatr Ann. 2016;46(1):58-62. 3. Pratt C, Dubie M. Observing behavior using A-B-C data. Indiana Resource Center for Autism. https://www.iidc.indiana.edu/pages/observing-behavior-using-a-b-c-data. Accessed October 4, 2017. 4. Lang R, Kern Koegel LK, Ashbaugh K, et al. Physical exercise and individuals with autism spectrum disorders: a systematic review. Res Autism Spectr Dis. 2010;4(4):565-576.
Most psychiatrists are required to sign an employment contract before taking a job, but few of us have received any training on reviewing such contracts. We often rely on coworkers and attorneys to navigate this process for us. However, the contract is crucial, because it outlines your employer’s clinical and administrative expectations for the position, and it gives you the opportunity to lay out what you want.1 Because an employment contract is legally binding, you should thoroughly read it and look for clauses that may not work in your best interest. Although not a complete list, the following items should be reviewed before signing a contract.1,2
Benefits. Make sure you are offered a reasonable salary, but balance the dollar amount with benefits such as:
continuing medical education allowances
educational loan forgiveness
health/malpractice/disability insurance
retirement benefits
compensation for call schedule.
In some cases, there may be a delay before you are eligible to obtain certain benefits.
Work expectations. Many contracts state that the position is “full-time” or have other nonspecific parameters for work expectations. You should inquire about objective work parameters, such as duty hours, the average frequency of the current call schedule, timeframe for completing medical documentation, and penalties for not meeting clinical or administrative requirements, so you are not surprised by:
working longer-than-planned shifts
performing on-call duties
working on days that you were not expecting
having your credentialing status placed in jeopardy.
Some group practices allow for a half-day of no scheduled appointments with patients, so you can complete paperwork and return phone calls.
Noncompete clause. This restricts you from working within a certain geographic area or for a competing employer for a finite time period after the contract terminates or expires. A noncompete clause could restrict you from practicing within a large geographical area, especially if the job is located in a densely populated area. Some noncompete clauses do not include a temporal or geographic restriction, but can limit your ability to bring patients with you to a new practice or facility when the contract expires.
Malpractice insurance. Two types of malpractice insurance are occurrence and claims-made:
Occurrence insurance protects you whenever an action is brought against you, even if the action is brought after the contract terminates or expires.
Claims-made insurance provides coverage if the policy with the same insurer was in effect when the malpractice was committed and when the actual action was commenced.
Although claims-made insurance is less expensive, it can leave you without coverage should you leave your employer and no longer maintain the same insurance policy. Claims-made can be converted into occurrence through the purchase of a tail endorsement. If the employer does not offer you tail coverage, then it is your responsibility to pay for this insurance, which can be expensive.
Termination language.Every contract features a termination section that lists potential causes for terminating your employment. This list is usually not exhaustive, but it sets the framework for a realistic view of reasonable causes. Contracts also commonly contain provisions that permit termination “without cause” after notice of termination is provided. Although you could negotiate for more notice time, “without cause” clauses are unlikely to be removed from the contract.
References
1. Claussen K. Eight physician employment contract items you need to know about. The Doctor Weighs In. https://thedoctorweighsin.com/8-physician-employment-contract-items-you-need-to-know-about. Published March 8, 2017. Accessed October 11, 2017. 2. Blustein AE, Keller LB. Physician employment contracts: what you need to know before you sign. J Am Acad Dermatol. https://www.aad.org/members/publications/directions-in-residency/archiveyment-contracts-what-you-need-to-know-before-you-sign. Accessed October 11, 2017.
Dr. Joshi is Associate Professor of Clinical Psychiatry and Associate Director, Forensic Psychiatry Fellowship, Department of Neuropsychiatry and Behavioral Science, University of South Carolina School of Medicine, Columbia, South Carolina. Mr. Royals is a Staff Attorney, Office of General Counsel, South Carolina Department of Mental Health, Columbia, South Carolina.
Disclosure The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Dr. Joshi is Associate Professor of Clinical Psychiatry and Associate Director, Forensic Psychiatry Fellowship, Department of Neuropsychiatry and Behavioral Science, University of South Carolina School of Medicine, Columbia, South Carolina. Mr. Royals is a Staff Attorney, Office of General Counsel, South Carolina Department of Mental Health, Columbia, South Carolina.
Disclosure The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Author and Disclosure Information
Dr. Joshi is Associate Professor of Clinical Psychiatry and Associate Director, Forensic Psychiatry Fellowship, Department of Neuropsychiatry and Behavioral Science, University of South Carolina School of Medicine, Columbia, South Carolina. Mr. Royals is a Staff Attorney, Office of General Counsel, South Carolina Department of Mental Health, Columbia, South Carolina.
Disclosure The authors report no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Most psychiatrists are required to sign an employment contract before taking a job, but few of us have received any training on reviewing such contracts. We often rely on coworkers and attorneys to navigate this process for us. However, the contract is crucial, because it outlines your employer’s clinical and administrative expectations for the position, and it gives you the opportunity to lay out what you want.1 Because an employment contract is legally binding, you should thoroughly read it and look for clauses that may not work in your best interest. Although not a complete list, the following items should be reviewed before signing a contract.1,2
Benefits. Make sure you are offered a reasonable salary, but balance the dollar amount with benefits such as:
continuing medical education allowances
educational loan forgiveness
health/malpractice/disability insurance
retirement benefits
compensation for call schedule.
In some cases, there may be a delay before you are eligible to obtain certain benefits.
Work expectations. Many contracts state that the position is “full-time” or have other nonspecific parameters for work expectations. You should inquire about objective work parameters, such as duty hours, the average frequency of the current call schedule, timeframe for completing medical documentation, and penalties for not meeting clinical or administrative requirements, so you are not surprised by:
working longer-than-planned shifts
performing on-call duties
working on days that you were not expecting
having your credentialing status placed in jeopardy.
Some group practices allow for a half-day of no scheduled appointments with patients, so you can complete paperwork and return phone calls.
Noncompete clause. This restricts you from working within a certain geographic area or for a competing employer for a finite time period after the contract terminates or expires. A noncompete clause could restrict you from practicing within a large geographical area, especially if the job is located in a densely populated area. Some noncompete clauses do not include a temporal or geographic restriction, but can limit your ability to bring patients with you to a new practice or facility when the contract expires.
Malpractice insurance. Two types of malpractice insurance are occurrence and claims-made:
Occurrence insurance protects you whenever an action is brought against you, even if the action is brought after the contract terminates or expires.
Claims-made insurance provides coverage if the policy with the same insurer was in effect when the malpractice was committed and when the actual action was commenced.
Although claims-made insurance is less expensive, it can leave you without coverage should you leave your employer and no longer maintain the same insurance policy. Claims-made can be converted into occurrence through the purchase of a tail endorsement. If the employer does not offer you tail coverage, then it is your responsibility to pay for this insurance, which can be expensive.
Termination language.Every contract features a termination section that lists potential causes for terminating your employment. This list is usually not exhaustive, but it sets the framework for a realistic view of reasonable causes. Contracts also commonly contain provisions that permit termination “without cause” after notice of termination is provided. Although you could negotiate for more notice time, “without cause” clauses are unlikely to be removed from the contract.
Most psychiatrists are required to sign an employment contract before taking a job, but few of us have received any training on reviewing such contracts. We often rely on coworkers and attorneys to navigate this process for us. However, the contract is crucial, because it outlines your employer’s clinical and administrative expectations for the position, and it gives you the opportunity to lay out what you want.1 Because an employment contract is legally binding, you should thoroughly read it and look for clauses that may not work in your best interest. Although not a complete list, the following items should be reviewed before signing a contract.1,2
Benefits. Make sure you are offered a reasonable salary, but balance the dollar amount with benefits such as:
continuing medical education allowances
educational loan forgiveness
health/malpractice/disability insurance
retirement benefits
compensation for call schedule.
In some cases, there may be a delay before you are eligible to obtain certain benefits.
Work expectations. Many contracts state that the position is “full-time” or have other nonspecific parameters for work expectations. You should inquire about objective work parameters, such as duty hours, the average frequency of the current call schedule, timeframe for completing medical documentation, and penalties for not meeting clinical or administrative requirements, so you are not surprised by:
working longer-than-planned shifts
performing on-call duties
working on days that you were not expecting
having your credentialing status placed in jeopardy.
Some group practices allow for a half-day of no scheduled appointments with patients, so you can complete paperwork and return phone calls.
Noncompete clause. This restricts you from working within a certain geographic area or for a competing employer for a finite time period after the contract terminates or expires. A noncompete clause could restrict you from practicing within a large geographical area, especially if the job is located in a densely populated area. Some noncompete clauses do not include a temporal or geographic restriction, but can limit your ability to bring patients with you to a new practice or facility when the contract expires.
Malpractice insurance. Two types of malpractice insurance are occurrence and claims-made:
Occurrence insurance protects you whenever an action is brought against you, even if the action is brought after the contract terminates or expires.
Claims-made insurance provides coverage if the policy with the same insurer was in effect when the malpractice was committed and when the actual action was commenced.
Although claims-made insurance is less expensive, it can leave you without coverage should you leave your employer and no longer maintain the same insurance policy. Claims-made can be converted into occurrence through the purchase of a tail endorsement. If the employer does not offer you tail coverage, then it is your responsibility to pay for this insurance, which can be expensive.
Termination language.Every contract features a termination section that lists potential causes for terminating your employment. This list is usually not exhaustive, but it sets the framework for a realistic view of reasonable causes. Contracts also commonly contain provisions that permit termination “without cause” after notice of termination is provided. Although you could negotiate for more notice time, “without cause” clauses are unlikely to be removed from the contract.
References
1. Claussen K. Eight physician employment contract items you need to know about. The Doctor Weighs In. https://thedoctorweighsin.com/8-physician-employment-contract-items-you-need-to-know-about. Published March 8, 2017. Accessed October 11, 2017. 2. Blustein AE, Keller LB. Physician employment contracts: what you need to know before you sign. J Am Acad Dermatol. https://www.aad.org/members/publications/directions-in-residency/archiveyment-contracts-what-you-need-to-know-before-you-sign. Accessed October 11, 2017.
References
1. Claussen K. Eight physician employment contract items you need to know about. The Doctor Weighs In. https://thedoctorweighsin.com/8-physician-employment-contract-items-you-need-to-know-about. Published March 8, 2017. Accessed October 11, 2017. 2. Blustein AE, Keller LB. Physician employment contracts: what you need to know before you sign. J Am Acad Dermatol. https://www.aad.org/members/publications/directions-in-residency/archiveyment-contracts-what-you-need-to-know-before-you-sign. Accessed October 11, 2017.
Patient satisfaction with medical care during hospitalization is a common quality metric.1,2 Studies showing higher patient satisfaction have reported lower 30-day hospital readmissions3 and improved overall health.4,5 Conversely, communication failures are associated with dissatisfaction among hospitalized patients and adverse outcomes.6,7 A lack of familiarity with hospital providers weakens collaborative decision making and prevents high-quality patient care.8,9
Bedside visual tools, such as whiteboards and pictures of medical staff, have been widely used to enhance communication between patients, families, and providers.10,11 Results of studies evaluating these tools are varied. For example, 1 study found that 98% of patients were better able to identify physicians when their names were written on whiteboards.12 Yet in another, only 21.1% of patients were more likely to correctly identify ≥1 physicians using pictures.13 Thus, despite widespread use,11 whether visual tools improve patient satisfaction and patient care more broadly remains unclear.14,15
We performed a systematic review to answer the following 3 questions: first, what is the effect of visual tools on outcomes (ie, provider identification, understanding of providers’ roles, patient–provider communication, and satisfaction); second, does impact vary by type of visual tool (eg, whiteboards vs pictures of providers); and third, what factors (eg, study design, patient population) are associated with provider identification, communication, and patient satisfaction?
METHODS
Search Strategy
We used the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis when performing this review.16 A research librarian (WT) conducted serial searches for studies reporting the use of bedside visual tools for hospitalized patients in Medline (via OVID), Embase, SCOPUS, Web of Science, CINAHL, and Cochrane DSR and CENTRAL. Controlled vocabularies (ie, Medical Subject Headings terms) were used to identify synonyms for visual tools of interest. Additional studies were identified manually through bibliographies and meeting abstracts. No study design, publication date, or language restrictions were placed on the search, which was conducted between April 2016 and February 2017 (see supplementary Appendix A).
Study Selection
Two reviewers (AG and KT) independently assessed study eligibility; discrepancies were resolved by a third reviewer (VC). We included all adult or pediatric English language studies in which the effect of visual tool(s) on patient outcomes was reported. Visual tools were defined as the bedside display of information or an instrument given to patients to convey information regarding providers or medical care. Patient-reported outcomes included the following: (a) physician identification, (b) understanding of provider roles, (c) patient–provider communication, and (d) patient satisfaction with care. Providers were defined as physicians, residents, interns, medical students, nurse practitioners, or nurses. We excluded studies that were not original research (eg, conference abstracts, not peer reviewed), reported qualitative data without quantitative outcomes, or did not include a bedside visual tool. Given our interest in hospitalized general medicine patients, studies conducted in emergency departments, surgical units, obstetrics and gynecology wards, and intensive care units were excluded.
Data Extraction and Analysis
Data were extracted independently and in duplicate from all studies by using a template adapted from the Cochrane Collaboration.17 For all studies, we abstracted study design, type of visual tool (eg, whiteboards), unit setting (eg, medical), population studied (eg, adult vs pediatric), and outcomes reported (ie, physician identification, understanding of provider roles, communication, and satisfaction with care). Reviewers independently assessed and categorized the impact of tools on reported outcomes.
To standardize and compare outcomes across studies, the following were used to denote a positive association between visual tools and relevant outcomes: a greater number of physicians correctly identified by name/picture or title/role; the use of terms such as “high,” “agreed,” or “significant” on surveys; or ≥4 Likert scores for domains of identification, understanding of roles, communication, and satisfaction with care. Conversely, the inability to identify providers compared to the control/baseline; poor recall of titles/roles; lower Likert-scale scores (ie, ≤2); or survey terms such as “poor,” “disagreed,” or “insignificant” were considered to connote negative impact. Studies in which Likert scores were rated neither high nor low (ie, 3), or in which patients neither agreed nor disagreed on value were considered neutral.
Owing to clinical heterogeneity within studies, meta-analyses were not performed. Descriptive statistics were used to describe study outcomes. A priori18 studies were evaluated according to the following categories: design (eg, randomized vs observational), outcomes (eg, patient satisfaction), intervention (type of visual tool), and patient population (adult or pediatric). Because pediatric patients have underdeveloped communication skills and include parents and/or guardians, data from pediatric studies were tabulated and reported separately to those from adult studies.
Quality Assessment
As recommended by the Cochrane Collaboration, 2 reviewers (AG, KT) assessed the risk of study bias by using the Downs and Black Scale.17,19 Discrepancies in assessment were resolved by a third reviewer (VC). This instrument uses a point-based system to estimate the quality of a study by rating domains such as internal and external validity, bias, and confounding. In keeping with prior systematic reviews,18,20,21 studies with a score of ≥18 were considered high quality. Interrater agreement for the adjudication of study quality was calculated using the Cohen κ statistic.
RESULTS
After the removal of duplicates, 2646 articles were retrieved and 2572 were excluded at the title and/or abstract level. Following a full-text review of 74 articles, 16 studies met the inclusion criteria (Figure 1). Fifteen studies reported quantitative outcomes,12-14,22-33 and 1 was a mixed-methods study, of which only the quantitative outcomes were included.15 Study designs included prospective cohort (n = 7),12,13,23,25,28,30,31 randomized controlled trials (n = 3),14,27,33 pre-post (n = 2),22,29 cross-sectional survey (n = 2),24,32 and mixed methods (n = 1).15 Interventions studied included pictures (n = 7),13-15,23,27,31,33 whiteboards (n = 4),12,22,29,30 electronic medical record-based patient portals (n = 3),26,28,32 whiteboards and pictures (n = 1),25 and formatted notepads (n = 1 ).24 Eleven studies were conducted on adult units12-14,22-24,26,27,29,30,33 and 5 on pediatric units.15,25,28,31,32 (Table). Outcomes reported within studies included (a) provider identification (9 adult, 4 pediatric); (b) understanding of roles (6 adult, 4 pediatric); (c) communication (3 adult, 2 pediatric); and (d) patient satisfaction (5 adult, 3 pediatric). Studies were organized by type of intervention and outcomes reported and stratified by adult versus pediatric patients (Figure 2).Interrater reliability for study abstraction was excellent (Cohen κ = 0.91).
Measurement of outcomes related to visual tools varied across studies. Patient satisfaction and patient–provider communication were measured using questions from validated instruments, such as the Patient Satisfaction Questionnaire,15,31 ad hoc surveys,22,23,30 free text responses,27,32 or Likert scales,13,24,26,32 created by authors. Similarly, measurement of provider identification varied and included picture-matching exercises15,23,31,33 and bedside interviews.23,26 Understanding of provider roles was assessed using multiple choice question surveys25 or Likert scales.13
The influence of visual tools on provider identification was measured in 13 of 16 studies. In all of these studies, a positive impact of the tool on provider identification was reported.12-15,22,23,25-28,30,31,33 Patient understanding of providers’ roles was positive in 8 of 10 studies that measured the outcome.15,22,25-28,31,33 The impact of visual tools on patient–provider communication was positive in 4 of 5 studies. 24,28,29,32 The influence of visual tools on patient satisfaction with care was measured in 8 studies; of these, 6 studies reported a positive impact.15,22,23,28,30,33
STUDIES OF ADULT HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS
Eleven studies were conducted on adult hospitalized patients 12-14,22-24,26,27,29,30,33 and included 3 randomized controlled studies.14,27,33
Results by Outcomes Provider Identification Nine studies measured patients’ ability to identify providers with the use of visual aids, and all 9 reported improvements in this outcome. Visual tools used to measure provider identification included pictures (n = 5),13,14,23,27,33 whiteboards (n = 3),12,22,30 and patient portals (n = 1).26 Within studies that used pictures, individual pictures (n = 2)13,23 and handouts with pictures of multiple providers (n = 3) were used.14,27,33 In 2 studies, care team members such as a dietitian, physiotherapist or pharmacist, were included when measuring identification.14,33
Understanding Providers’ RolesSix studies assessed the effect of visual tools on patients’ understanding of provider roles.13,14,22,26,27,33 Four studies reported a positive effect with the use of pictures,27,33 whiteboards,22 and patient portals.26 However, 2 studies reported either no difference or negative impressions. Appel et al.14 reported no difference in the understanding of physician roles using a handout of providers’ pictures and titles. Arora et al.13 used individual pictures of physicians with descriptions of roles and found a negative association, as demonstrated by fewer patients rating their understanding of physicians’ roles as excellent or very good in the intervention period (45.6%) compared with the baseline (55.3%).
Patient–Provider Communication
Three studies evaluated the influence of visual tools on communication.14,24,29 Using pictures, Appel et al.14 found no difference in the perceived quality of communication. Singh et al.29 used whiteboards and reported improved communication scores for physicians and nurses. With notepads, patients surveyed by Farberg et al.24 stated that the tool improved provider communication.
Patient Satisfaction
Five studies assessed patient satisfaction related to the use of visual tools. 22,23,27,30,33 One study reported satisfaction as positive with the use of individual pictures.23 Two studies that used handouts with pictures of all team members reported either a positive33 or neutral27 impact on satisfaction. Studies that used whiteboards reported a positive association with satisfaction22,30 despite differences in content, such as the inclusion of prewritten prompts for writing goals of care and scheduled tests30 versus the name of the nurse and their education level.22
Results by Type of Visual Tool Pictures
Five studies that used pictures reported a positive effect on provider identification.13,14,23,27,33 Two27,33 of 4 studies13,14,27,33 that assessed patients’ understanding of team member roles reported a positive influence, while 1 reported no difference.14 A fourth study demonstrated a negative association, perhaps due to differences in the description of providers’ roles listed on the tool.13 Only 1 study examined the influence of pictures on patient–provider communication, and this study found no difference.14 Satisfaction with care via the use of pictures varied between positive (2 studies)23,33 and neutral (1 study).27
Whiteboards
Four studies tested the use of whiteboards; of these, 3 reported a positive influence on provider identification.12,22,30 One study reported a positive impact on patient–provider communication.29 Two studies noted a positive effect on patient satisfaction.22,30 Notably, the responsibility for updating whiteboards differed between the studies (ie, nurses only22 vs residents, medical students, and nurses).30
Patient Portal
In 1 study, an electronic portal that included names with pictures of providers, descriptions of their roles, lists of medications, and scheduled tests and/or procedures was used as a visual tool. The portal improved patients’ identification of physicians and patients’ understanding of roles. However, improvements in the knowledge of medication changes and planned tests and/or procedures during hospitalization were not observed.26 This finding would suggest limitations in the hospitalized patient’s knowledge of the plan of care, which could potentially weaken patient–provider communication.
Notepads
Only 1 study assessed the use of formatted notepads on patient–provider communication and noted a positive association. Notepads used prompts for different categories (eg, diagnosis/treatment, medications, etc) to encourage patient questions for providers.24
STUDIES OF PEDIATRIC HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS
Five studies were conducted on hospitalized pediatric units.15,25,28,31,32 All studies surveyed the parents, guardians, or caregivers of pediatric patients. One study excluded patients ≥12 years of age because of legal differences in access to adolescent health information,32 while another interviewed parents and/or guardians of teenagers.15
Results by Outcomes Provider Identification and Understanding of Physicians’ Roles
Four studies that assessed the influence of visual tools on provider identification and understanding of roles reported a positive association.15,25,28,31 Visual tools varied between pictures (n = 2),15,31 patient portal (n = 1),28 and whiteboards and pictures combined (n = 1).25 The measurement of outcomes varied between surveys with free text responses,28 multiple choice questions,25 and 1-5 Likert scales.15,31
Patient–Provider Communication
Two studies assessed the impact of patient portal use on communication and reported a positive association.28,32 The 2 portals autopopulated names, pictures, and roles of providers from electronic medical records. Singh et al.28 used a portal that was also available in Spanish and accommodated for non-English speakers. Kelly et al.32 reported that 90% of parents perceived that portal use was associated with reduced errors in care, with 8% finding errors in their child’s medication list.
Patient Satisfaction
Three studies assessed patient satisfaction via the use of visual tools.15,28,31 Singh et al.28 noted a positive influence on satisfaction via a patient portal. Dudas et al.15 used a single-page handout with names and pictures of each provider, along with information regarding the training and roles of each provider. Distribution of these handouts to patients by investigators led to a positive influence on satisfaction. While Unaka et al.31 used a similar handout, they asked residents to distribute them and found no significant difference in satisfaction scores between the intervention (66%) and control group (62%).
Results by Type of Visual Tool Pictures
Two studies reported a positive impact on provider identification and understanding of roles with the use of pictures.15,31 Dudas et al.15 demonstrated a 4.8-fold increase in the odds of parents identifying a medical student, as compared with the control. Similarly, after adjusting for length of stay and prior hospitalization, Unaka et al.31 reported that a higher percentage of patients correctly identified providers using this approach.
Whiteboard and Picture
One study evaluated the simultaneous use of whiteboards and pictures to improve the identification of providers. The study noted improved identification of supervising doctors and increased recognition of roles for supervising doctors, residents, and medical students.25
Patient Portal
Two studies used patient portals as visual tools. Singh et al.28 assessed the use of a patient portal with names, roles, and pictures of treatment team members. Use of this tool was positively associated with provider identification, understanding of roles, communication, and satisfaction. Kelly et al.32 noted that 60% of parents felt that portal use improved healthcare team communication.
RISK OF STUDY BIAS
The risk of bias was assessed for both adult and pediatric studies in aggregate. The average risk of bias using the Downs and Black Scale was 17.81 (range 14-22, standard deviation [SD] 2.20). Of the 16 included studies, 9 were rated at a low risk of bias (score
>
18).13-15,26-31 Risk of bias was greatest for measures of external validity (mean 2.88, range 2-3, SD 0.34), internal validity (mean 4.06, range 3-6, SD 1.00), and confounding (mean 2.69, range 1-6, SD 1.35). Two of 3 randomized controlled trials had a low risk of bias.14,27 Interrater reliability for study quality adjudication was 0.90, suggesting excellent agreement (see supplementary Appendix B).
DISCUSSION
In this systematic review, the effects of visual tools on outcomes, such as provider identification, understanding of roles, patient–provider communication, and satisfaction with care, were variable. The majority of included studies were conducted on adult patients (n = 11).12-14,22-24,26,27,29,30,33 Pictures were the most frequently used tool (n = 7)13-15,23,27,31,33 and consequently had the greatest sample size across the review (n = 1297). While pictures had a positive influence on provider identification in all studies, comprehension of provider roles and satisfaction were variable. Although the content of whiteboards varied between studies, they showed favorable effects on provider identification (3 of 4 studies)12,22,30 and satisfaction (2 of 2 studies).22,30 While electronic medical record-based tools had a positive influence on outcomes,26,28 only 1 accounted for language preferences.28 Formatted notepads positively influenced patient–provider communication, but their use was limited by literacy.24 Collectively, these data suggest that visual tools have varying effects on patient-reported outcomes, likely owing to differences in study design, interventions, and evaluation methods.
Theoretically, visual tools should facilitate easier identification of providers and engender collaborative relationships. However, such tools do not replace face-to-face patient–provider and family discussions. Rather, these enhancements best serve as a medium to asynchronously display information to patients and family members. Indeed, within the included studies, we found that the use of visual tools was effective in improving satisfaction (6/8 studies), identification (13/13 studies), and understanding of provider roles (8/10 studies). Thus, it is reasonable to say that, in conjunction with excellent clinical care, these tools have an important role in improving care delivery in the hospital.
Despite this promise, we noted that the effectiveness of individual tools varied, a fact that may relate to differences across studies. First, inconsistencies in the format and/or content of the tools were noted. For example, within studies using pictures, tools varied from individual photographs of each team member13,23 to 1-page handouts with pictures of all team members.14,15,31 Such differences in presentation could affect spatial recognition in identifying providers, as single photos are known to be easier to process than multiple images at the same time.34 Second, no study evaluated patient preference of a visual tool. Thus, personal preferences for pictures versus whiteboards versus electronic modalities or a combination of tools might affect outcomes. Additionally, the utility of visual tools in visually impaired, confused, or non-English-speaking patients may limit effectiveness. Future studies that address these aspects and account for patient preferences may better elucidate the role of visual tools in hospitals.
Our results should be considered in the context of several limitations. First, only 3 studies used randomized trial designs; thus, confounding from unmeasured variables inherent to observational designs is possible. Second, none of the interventions tested were blinded to providers, raising the possibility of a Hawthorne effect (ie, alteration of provider behavior in response to awareness of being observed).35 Third, all studies were conducted at single centers, and only 9 of 16 studies were rated at a low risk of bias; thus, caution in broad extrapolations of this literature is necessary.
However, our study has several strengths, including a thorough search of heterogeneous literature, inclusion of both adult and pediatric populations, and a focus on myriad patient-reported outcomes. Second, by contrasting outcomes and measurement strategies across studies, our review helps explicate differences in results related to variation in outcome measurement or presentation of visual data. Third, because we frame results by outcome and type of visual tool used, we are able to identify strengths and weaknesses of individual tools in novel ways. Finally, our data suggest that the use of picture-based techniques and whiteboards are among the most promising visual interventions. Future studies that pair graphic designers with patients to improve the layout of these tools might prove valuable. Additionally, because the measurement of outcomes is confounded by aspects such as lack of controls, severity of illness, and language barriers, a randomized design would help provide greater clarity regarding effectiveness.
In conclusion, we found that visual tools appear to foster recognition of providers and understanding of their roles. However, variability of format, content, and measurement of outcomes hinders the identification of a single optimal approach. Future work using randomized controlled trial designs and standardized tools and measurements would be welcomed.
Acknowledgments
The authors thank Laura Appel, Kevin O’Leary, and Siddharth Singh for providing unpublished data and clarifications to help these analyses.
Disclosure
Anupama Goyal is the guarantor. Anupama Goyal and Komalpreet Tur performed primary data abstraction and analysis. Anupama Goyal, Scott Flanders, Jason Mann, and Vineet Chopra drafted the manuscript. All authors contributed to the development of the selection criteria, the risk of bias assessment strategy, and the data extraction criteria. Anupama Goyal, Jason Mann, Whitney Townsend, and Vineet Chopra developed the search strategy. Vineet Chopra provided systematic review expertise. All authors read, provided feedback, and approved the final manuscript. The authors declare that they have no conflicts of interest.
1. Berwick DM. A user’s manual for the IOM’s ‘Quality Chasm’ report. Health Aff (Millwood). 2002;21(3):80-90. PubMed 2. Jha AK, Orav EJ, Zheng J, Epstein AM. Patients’ perception of hospital care in the United States. N Engl J Med. 2008;359(18):1921-1931. PubMed 3. Boulding W, Glickman SW, Manary MP, Schulman KA, Staelin R. Relationship between patient satisfaction with inpatient care and hospital readmission within 30 days. Am J Manag Care. 2011;17(1):41-48. PubMed 4. Little P, Everitt H, Williamson I, et al. Observational study of effect of patient centredness and positive approach on outcomes of general practice consultations. BMJ. 2001;323(7318):908-911. PubMed 5. Stewart MA. Effective physician-patient communication and health outcomes: a review. CMAJ. 1995;152(9):1422-1433. PubMed 6. Arora V, Johnson J, Lovinger D, Humphrey HJ, Meltzer DO. Communication failures in patient sign-out and suggestions for improvement: a critical incident analysis. Qual Saf Health Care. 2005;14(6):401-407. PubMed 7. Leonard M, Graham S, Bonacum D. The human factor: the critical importance of effective teamwork and communication in providing safe care. Qual Saf Health Care. 2004;13 Suppl 1:i85-i90. PubMed 8. Alam M, Lee A, Ibrahimi OA, et al. A multistep approach to improving biopsy site identification in dermatology: physician, staff, and patient roles based on a Delphi consensus. JAMA Dermatol. 2014;150(5):550-558. PubMed 9. Arora V, Gangireddy S, Mehrotra A, Ginde R, Tormey M, Meltzer D. Ability of hospitalized patients to identify their in-hospital physicians. Arch Intern Med. 2009;169(2):199-201. PubMed 10. Makaryus AN, Friedman EA. Does your patient know your name? An approach to enhancing patients’ awareness of their caretaker’s name. J Healthc Qual. 2005;27(4):53-56. PubMed 11. Sehgal NL, Green A, Vidyarthi AR, Blegen MA, Wachter RM. Patient whiteboards as a communication tool in the hospital setting: a survey of practices and recommendations. J Hosp Med. 2010;5(4):234-239. PubMed 12. Maniaci MJ, Heckman MG, Dawson NL. Increasing a patient’s ability to identify his or her attending physician using a patient room display. Arch Intern Med. 2010;170:1084-1085. PubMed 13. Arora VM, Schaninger C, D’Arcy M, et al. Improving inpatients’ identification of their doctors: Use of FACE™ cards. Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf. 2009;35(12):613-619. PubMed 14. Appel L, Abrams H, Morra D, Wu RC. Put a face to a name: a randomized controlled trial evaluating the impact of providing clinician photographs on inpatients’ recall. Am J Med. 2015;128(1):82-89. PubMed 15. Dudas RA, Lemerman H, Barone M, Serwint JR. PHACES (Photographs of Academic Clinicians and Their Educational Status): a tool to improve delivery of family-centered care. Acad Pediatr. 2010;10(2):138-145. PubMed 16. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG, PRISMA Group. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;151(4):264-269. PubMed 17. Higgins JP, Green S, editors. Cochrane handbook for systematic reviews of interventions. West Sussex, UK: The Cochrane Collaboration and Wiley Online Library; 2008. 18. Petrilli CM, Mack M, Petrilli JJ, Hickner A, Saint S, Chopra V. Understanding the role of physician attire on patient perceptions: a systematic review of the literature—targeting attire to improve likelihood of rapport (TAILOR) investigators. BMJ Open. 2015;5(1):e006578. PubMed 19. Downs SH, Black N. The feasibility of creating a checklist for the assessment of the methodological quality both of randomised and non-randomised studies of health care interventions. J Epidemiol Community Health. 1998;52(6):377-384. PubMed 20. Seyffert M, Lagisetty P, Landgraf J, et al. Internet-delivered cognitive behavioral therapy to treat insomnia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. PLoS One. 2016;11(2):e0149139. PubMed 21. Patel R, Chang T, Greysen SR, Chopra V. Social media use in chronic disease: a systematic review and novel taxonomy. Am J Med. 2015;128(12):1335-1350. PubMed 22. Carlin BJ. Using whiteboards: fixed identities. Am J Nurs. 2008;108(11):72A-72B, 72D-72E. PubMed 23. Francis JJ, Pankratz VS, Huddleston JM. Patient satisfaction associated with correct identification of physician’s photographs. Mayo Clin Proc. 2001;76(6):604-608. PubMed 24. Farberg AS, Lin AM, Kuhn L, Flanders SA, Kim CS. Dear Doctor: a tool to facilitate patient-centered communication. J Hosp Med. 2013;8(10):553-558. PubMed 25. Hayes RM, Wickline A, Hensley C, et al. A quality improvement project to improve family recognition of medical team member roles. Hosp Pediatr. 2015;5(9):480-486. PubMed 26. O’Leary KJ, Lohman ME, Culver E, Killarney A, Randy Smith G Jr, Liebovitz DM. The effect of tablet computers with a mobile patient portal application on hospitalized patients’ knowledge and activation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):159-165. PubMed 27. Simons Y, Caprio T, Furiasse N, Kriss M, Williams MV, O’Leary KJ. The impact of facecards on patients’ knowledge, satisfaction, trust, and agreement with hospital physicians: a pilot study. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(3):137-141. PubMed 28. Singh A, Rhee KE, Brennan JJ, Kuelbs C, El-Kareh R, Fisher ES. Who’s my doctor? Using an electronic tool to improve team member identification on an inpatient pediatrics team. Hosp Pediatr. 2016;6(3):157-165. PubMed 29. Singh S, Fletcher KE, Pandl GJ, et al. It’s the writing on the wall: whiteboards improve inpatient satisfaction with provider communication. Am J Med Qual. 2011;26(2):127-131. PubMed 30. Tan M, Hooper Evans K, Braddock CH 3rd, Shieh L. Patient whiteboards to improve patient-centred care in the hospital. Postgrad Med J. 2013;89(1056):604-609. PubMed 31. Unaka NI, White CM, Sucharew HJ, Yau C, Clark SL, Brady PW. Effect of a face sheet tool on medical team provider identification and family satisfaction. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(3):186-188. PubMed 32. Kelly MM, Hoonakker PL, Dean SM. Using an inpatient portal to engage families in pediatric hospital care. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2017;24(1):153-161. PubMed
33. Brener MI, Epstein JA, Cho J, Yeh HC, Dudas RA, Feldman L. Faces of all clinically engaged staff: a quality improvement project that enhances the hospitalised patient experience. Int J Clin Pract. 2016;70(11):923-929. PubMed 34. De Valois RL, De Valois KK. Spatial vision. Annu Rev Psychol. 1980;31:309-341. PubMed 35. McCarney R, Warner J, Iliffe S, van Haselen R, Griffin M, Fisher P. The Hawthorne Effect: a randomised, controlled trial. BMC Med Res Methodol. 2007;7:30. PubMed
Patient satisfaction with medical care during hospitalization is a common quality metric.1,2 Studies showing higher patient satisfaction have reported lower 30-day hospital readmissions3 and improved overall health.4,5 Conversely, communication failures are associated with dissatisfaction among hospitalized patients and adverse outcomes.6,7 A lack of familiarity with hospital providers weakens collaborative decision making and prevents high-quality patient care.8,9
Bedside visual tools, such as whiteboards and pictures of medical staff, have been widely used to enhance communication between patients, families, and providers.10,11 Results of studies evaluating these tools are varied. For example, 1 study found that 98% of patients were better able to identify physicians when their names were written on whiteboards.12 Yet in another, only 21.1% of patients were more likely to correctly identify ≥1 physicians using pictures.13 Thus, despite widespread use,11 whether visual tools improve patient satisfaction and patient care more broadly remains unclear.14,15
We performed a systematic review to answer the following 3 questions: first, what is the effect of visual tools on outcomes (ie, provider identification, understanding of providers’ roles, patient–provider communication, and satisfaction); second, does impact vary by type of visual tool (eg, whiteboards vs pictures of providers); and third, what factors (eg, study design, patient population) are associated with provider identification, communication, and patient satisfaction?
METHODS
Search Strategy
We used the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis when performing this review.16 A research librarian (WT) conducted serial searches for studies reporting the use of bedside visual tools for hospitalized patients in Medline (via OVID), Embase, SCOPUS, Web of Science, CINAHL, and Cochrane DSR and CENTRAL. Controlled vocabularies (ie, Medical Subject Headings terms) were used to identify synonyms for visual tools of interest. Additional studies were identified manually through bibliographies and meeting abstracts. No study design, publication date, or language restrictions were placed on the search, which was conducted between April 2016 and February 2017 (see supplementary Appendix A).
Study Selection
Two reviewers (AG and KT) independently assessed study eligibility; discrepancies were resolved by a third reviewer (VC). We included all adult or pediatric English language studies in which the effect of visual tool(s) on patient outcomes was reported. Visual tools were defined as the bedside display of information or an instrument given to patients to convey information regarding providers or medical care. Patient-reported outcomes included the following: (a) physician identification, (b) understanding of provider roles, (c) patient–provider communication, and (d) patient satisfaction with care. Providers were defined as physicians, residents, interns, medical students, nurse practitioners, or nurses. We excluded studies that were not original research (eg, conference abstracts, not peer reviewed), reported qualitative data without quantitative outcomes, or did not include a bedside visual tool. Given our interest in hospitalized general medicine patients, studies conducted in emergency departments, surgical units, obstetrics and gynecology wards, and intensive care units were excluded.
Data Extraction and Analysis
Data were extracted independently and in duplicate from all studies by using a template adapted from the Cochrane Collaboration.17 For all studies, we abstracted study design, type of visual tool (eg, whiteboards), unit setting (eg, medical), population studied (eg, adult vs pediatric), and outcomes reported (ie, physician identification, understanding of provider roles, communication, and satisfaction with care). Reviewers independently assessed and categorized the impact of tools on reported outcomes.
To standardize and compare outcomes across studies, the following were used to denote a positive association between visual tools and relevant outcomes: a greater number of physicians correctly identified by name/picture or title/role; the use of terms such as “high,” “agreed,” or “significant” on surveys; or ≥4 Likert scores for domains of identification, understanding of roles, communication, and satisfaction with care. Conversely, the inability to identify providers compared to the control/baseline; poor recall of titles/roles; lower Likert-scale scores (ie, ≤2); or survey terms such as “poor,” “disagreed,” or “insignificant” were considered to connote negative impact. Studies in which Likert scores were rated neither high nor low (ie, 3), or in which patients neither agreed nor disagreed on value were considered neutral.
Owing to clinical heterogeneity within studies, meta-analyses were not performed. Descriptive statistics were used to describe study outcomes. A priori18 studies were evaluated according to the following categories: design (eg, randomized vs observational), outcomes (eg, patient satisfaction), intervention (type of visual tool), and patient population (adult or pediatric). Because pediatric patients have underdeveloped communication skills and include parents and/or guardians, data from pediatric studies were tabulated and reported separately to those from adult studies.
Quality Assessment
As recommended by the Cochrane Collaboration, 2 reviewers (AG, KT) assessed the risk of study bias by using the Downs and Black Scale.17,19 Discrepancies in assessment were resolved by a third reviewer (VC). This instrument uses a point-based system to estimate the quality of a study by rating domains such as internal and external validity, bias, and confounding. In keeping with prior systematic reviews,18,20,21 studies with a score of ≥18 were considered high quality. Interrater agreement for the adjudication of study quality was calculated using the Cohen κ statistic.
RESULTS
After the removal of duplicates, 2646 articles were retrieved and 2572 were excluded at the title and/or abstract level. Following a full-text review of 74 articles, 16 studies met the inclusion criteria (Figure 1). Fifteen studies reported quantitative outcomes,12-14,22-33 and 1 was a mixed-methods study, of which only the quantitative outcomes were included.15 Study designs included prospective cohort (n = 7),12,13,23,25,28,30,31 randomized controlled trials (n = 3),14,27,33 pre-post (n = 2),22,29 cross-sectional survey (n = 2),24,32 and mixed methods (n = 1).15 Interventions studied included pictures (n = 7),13-15,23,27,31,33 whiteboards (n = 4),12,22,29,30 electronic medical record-based patient portals (n = 3),26,28,32 whiteboards and pictures (n = 1),25 and formatted notepads (n = 1 ).24 Eleven studies were conducted on adult units12-14,22-24,26,27,29,30,33 and 5 on pediatric units.15,25,28,31,32 (Table). Outcomes reported within studies included (a) provider identification (9 adult, 4 pediatric); (b) understanding of roles (6 adult, 4 pediatric); (c) communication (3 adult, 2 pediatric); and (d) patient satisfaction (5 adult, 3 pediatric). Studies were organized by type of intervention and outcomes reported and stratified by adult versus pediatric patients (Figure 2).Interrater reliability for study abstraction was excellent (Cohen κ = 0.91).
Measurement of outcomes related to visual tools varied across studies. Patient satisfaction and patient–provider communication were measured using questions from validated instruments, such as the Patient Satisfaction Questionnaire,15,31 ad hoc surveys,22,23,30 free text responses,27,32 or Likert scales,13,24,26,32 created by authors. Similarly, measurement of provider identification varied and included picture-matching exercises15,23,31,33 and bedside interviews.23,26 Understanding of provider roles was assessed using multiple choice question surveys25 or Likert scales.13
The influence of visual tools on provider identification was measured in 13 of 16 studies. In all of these studies, a positive impact of the tool on provider identification was reported.12-15,22,23,25-28,30,31,33 Patient understanding of providers’ roles was positive in 8 of 10 studies that measured the outcome.15,22,25-28,31,33 The impact of visual tools on patient–provider communication was positive in 4 of 5 studies. 24,28,29,32 The influence of visual tools on patient satisfaction with care was measured in 8 studies; of these, 6 studies reported a positive impact.15,22,23,28,30,33
STUDIES OF ADULT HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS
Eleven studies were conducted on adult hospitalized patients 12-14,22-24,26,27,29,30,33 and included 3 randomized controlled studies.14,27,33
Results by Outcomes Provider Identification Nine studies measured patients’ ability to identify providers with the use of visual aids, and all 9 reported improvements in this outcome. Visual tools used to measure provider identification included pictures (n = 5),13,14,23,27,33 whiteboards (n = 3),12,22,30 and patient portals (n = 1).26 Within studies that used pictures, individual pictures (n = 2)13,23 and handouts with pictures of multiple providers (n = 3) were used.14,27,33 In 2 studies, care team members such as a dietitian, physiotherapist or pharmacist, were included when measuring identification.14,33
Understanding Providers’ RolesSix studies assessed the effect of visual tools on patients’ understanding of provider roles.13,14,22,26,27,33 Four studies reported a positive effect with the use of pictures,27,33 whiteboards,22 and patient portals.26 However, 2 studies reported either no difference or negative impressions. Appel et al.14 reported no difference in the understanding of physician roles using a handout of providers’ pictures and titles. Arora et al.13 used individual pictures of physicians with descriptions of roles and found a negative association, as demonstrated by fewer patients rating their understanding of physicians’ roles as excellent or very good in the intervention period (45.6%) compared with the baseline (55.3%).
Patient–Provider Communication
Three studies evaluated the influence of visual tools on communication.14,24,29 Using pictures, Appel et al.14 found no difference in the perceived quality of communication. Singh et al.29 used whiteboards and reported improved communication scores for physicians and nurses. With notepads, patients surveyed by Farberg et al.24 stated that the tool improved provider communication.
Patient Satisfaction
Five studies assessed patient satisfaction related to the use of visual tools. 22,23,27,30,33 One study reported satisfaction as positive with the use of individual pictures.23 Two studies that used handouts with pictures of all team members reported either a positive33 or neutral27 impact on satisfaction. Studies that used whiteboards reported a positive association with satisfaction22,30 despite differences in content, such as the inclusion of prewritten prompts for writing goals of care and scheduled tests30 versus the name of the nurse and their education level.22
Results by Type of Visual Tool Pictures
Five studies that used pictures reported a positive effect on provider identification.13,14,23,27,33 Two27,33 of 4 studies13,14,27,33 that assessed patients’ understanding of team member roles reported a positive influence, while 1 reported no difference.14 A fourth study demonstrated a negative association, perhaps due to differences in the description of providers’ roles listed on the tool.13 Only 1 study examined the influence of pictures on patient–provider communication, and this study found no difference.14 Satisfaction with care via the use of pictures varied between positive (2 studies)23,33 and neutral (1 study).27
Whiteboards
Four studies tested the use of whiteboards; of these, 3 reported a positive influence on provider identification.12,22,30 One study reported a positive impact on patient–provider communication.29 Two studies noted a positive effect on patient satisfaction.22,30 Notably, the responsibility for updating whiteboards differed between the studies (ie, nurses only22 vs residents, medical students, and nurses).30
Patient Portal
In 1 study, an electronic portal that included names with pictures of providers, descriptions of their roles, lists of medications, and scheduled tests and/or procedures was used as a visual tool. The portal improved patients’ identification of physicians and patients’ understanding of roles. However, improvements in the knowledge of medication changes and planned tests and/or procedures during hospitalization were not observed.26 This finding would suggest limitations in the hospitalized patient’s knowledge of the plan of care, which could potentially weaken patient–provider communication.
Notepads
Only 1 study assessed the use of formatted notepads on patient–provider communication and noted a positive association. Notepads used prompts for different categories (eg, diagnosis/treatment, medications, etc) to encourage patient questions for providers.24
STUDIES OF PEDIATRIC HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS
Five studies were conducted on hospitalized pediatric units.15,25,28,31,32 All studies surveyed the parents, guardians, or caregivers of pediatric patients. One study excluded patients ≥12 years of age because of legal differences in access to adolescent health information,32 while another interviewed parents and/or guardians of teenagers.15
Results by Outcomes Provider Identification and Understanding of Physicians’ Roles
Four studies that assessed the influence of visual tools on provider identification and understanding of roles reported a positive association.15,25,28,31 Visual tools varied between pictures (n = 2),15,31 patient portal (n = 1),28 and whiteboards and pictures combined (n = 1).25 The measurement of outcomes varied between surveys with free text responses,28 multiple choice questions,25 and 1-5 Likert scales.15,31
Patient–Provider Communication
Two studies assessed the impact of patient portal use on communication and reported a positive association.28,32 The 2 portals autopopulated names, pictures, and roles of providers from electronic medical records. Singh et al.28 used a portal that was also available in Spanish and accommodated for non-English speakers. Kelly et al.32 reported that 90% of parents perceived that portal use was associated with reduced errors in care, with 8% finding errors in their child’s medication list.
Patient Satisfaction
Three studies assessed patient satisfaction via the use of visual tools.15,28,31 Singh et al.28 noted a positive influence on satisfaction via a patient portal. Dudas et al.15 used a single-page handout with names and pictures of each provider, along with information regarding the training and roles of each provider. Distribution of these handouts to patients by investigators led to a positive influence on satisfaction. While Unaka et al.31 used a similar handout, they asked residents to distribute them and found no significant difference in satisfaction scores between the intervention (66%) and control group (62%).
Results by Type of Visual Tool Pictures
Two studies reported a positive impact on provider identification and understanding of roles with the use of pictures.15,31 Dudas et al.15 demonstrated a 4.8-fold increase in the odds of parents identifying a medical student, as compared with the control. Similarly, after adjusting for length of stay and prior hospitalization, Unaka et al.31 reported that a higher percentage of patients correctly identified providers using this approach.
Whiteboard and Picture
One study evaluated the simultaneous use of whiteboards and pictures to improve the identification of providers. The study noted improved identification of supervising doctors and increased recognition of roles for supervising doctors, residents, and medical students.25
Patient Portal
Two studies used patient portals as visual tools. Singh et al.28 assessed the use of a patient portal with names, roles, and pictures of treatment team members. Use of this tool was positively associated with provider identification, understanding of roles, communication, and satisfaction. Kelly et al.32 noted that 60% of parents felt that portal use improved healthcare team communication.
RISK OF STUDY BIAS
The risk of bias was assessed for both adult and pediatric studies in aggregate. The average risk of bias using the Downs and Black Scale was 17.81 (range 14-22, standard deviation [SD] 2.20). Of the 16 included studies, 9 were rated at a low risk of bias (score
>
18).13-15,26-31 Risk of bias was greatest for measures of external validity (mean 2.88, range 2-3, SD 0.34), internal validity (mean 4.06, range 3-6, SD 1.00), and confounding (mean 2.69, range 1-6, SD 1.35). Two of 3 randomized controlled trials had a low risk of bias.14,27 Interrater reliability for study quality adjudication was 0.90, suggesting excellent agreement (see supplementary Appendix B).
DISCUSSION
In this systematic review, the effects of visual tools on outcomes, such as provider identification, understanding of roles, patient–provider communication, and satisfaction with care, were variable. The majority of included studies were conducted on adult patients (n = 11).12-14,22-24,26,27,29,30,33 Pictures were the most frequently used tool (n = 7)13-15,23,27,31,33 and consequently had the greatest sample size across the review (n = 1297). While pictures had a positive influence on provider identification in all studies, comprehension of provider roles and satisfaction were variable. Although the content of whiteboards varied between studies, they showed favorable effects on provider identification (3 of 4 studies)12,22,30 and satisfaction (2 of 2 studies).22,30 While electronic medical record-based tools had a positive influence on outcomes,26,28 only 1 accounted for language preferences.28 Formatted notepads positively influenced patient–provider communication, but their use was limited by literacy.24 Collectively, these data suggest that visual tools have varying effects on patient-reported outcomes, likely owing to differences in study design, interventions, and evaluation methods.
Theoretically, visual tools should facilitate easier identification of providers and engender collaborative relationships. However, such tools do not replace face-to-face patient–provider and family discussions. Rather, these enhancements best serve as a medium to asynchronously display information to patients and family members. Indeed, within the included studies, we found that the use of visual tools was effective in improving satisfaction (6/8 studies), identification (13/13 studies), and understanding of provider roles (8/10 studies). Thus, it is reasonable to say that, in conjunction with excellent clinical care, these tools have an important role in improving care delivery in the hospital.
Despite this promise, we noted that the effectiveness of individual tools varied, a fact that may relate to differences across studies. First, inconsistencies in the format and/or content of the tools were noted. For example, within studies using pictures, tools varied from individual photographs of each team member13,23 to 1-page handouts with pictures of all team members.14,15,31 Such differences in presentation could affect spatial recognition in identifying providers, as single photos are known to be easier to process than multiple images at the same time.34 Second, no study evaluated patient preference of a visual tool. Thus, personal preferences for pictures versus whiteboards versus electronic modalities or a combination of tools might affect outcomes. Additionally, the utility of visual tools in visually impaired, confused, or non-English-speaking patients may limit effectiveness. Future studies that address these aspects and account for patient preferences may better elucidate the role of visual tools in hospitals.
Our results should be considered in the context of several limitations. First, only 3 studies used randomized trial designs; thus, confounding from unmeasured variables inherent to observational designs is possible. Second, none of the interventions tested were blinded to providers, raising the possibility of a Hawthorne effect (ie, alteration of provider behavior in response to awareness of being observed).35 Third, all studies were conducted at single centers, and only 9 of 16 studies were rated at a low risk of bias; thus, caution in broad extrapolations of this literature is necessary.
However, our study has several strengths, including a thorough search of heterogeneous literature, inclusion of both adult and pediatric populations, and a focus on myriad patient-reported outcomes. Second, by contrasting outcomes and measurement strategies across studies, our review helps explicate differences in results related to variation in outcome measurement or presentation of visual data. Third, because we frame results by outcome and type of visual tool used, we are able to identify strengths and weaknesses of individual tools in novel ways. Finally, our data suggest that the use of picture-based techniques and whiteboards are among the most promising visual interventions. Future studies that pair graphic designers with patients to improve the layout of these tools might prove valuable. Additionally, because the measurement of outcomes is confounded by aspects such as lack of controls, severity of illness, and language barriers, a randomized design would help provide greater clarity regarding effectiveness.
In conclusion, we found that visual tools appear to foster recognition of providers and understanding of their roles. However, variability of format, content, and measurement of outcomes hinders the identification of a single optimal approach. Future work using randomized controlled trial designs and standardized tools and measurements would be welcomed.
Acknowledgments
The authors thank Laura Appel, Kevin O’Leary, and Siddharth Singh for providing unpublished data and clarifications to help these analyses.
Disclosure
Anupama Goyal is the guarantor. Anupama Goyal and Komalpreet Tur performed primary data abstraction and analysis. Anupama Goyal, Scott Flanders, Jason Mann, and Vineet Chopra drafted the manuscript. All authors contributed to the development of the selection criteria, the risk of bias assessment strategy, and the data extraction criteria. Anupama Goyal, Jason Mann, Whitney Townsend, and Vineet Chopra developed the search strategy. Vineet Chopra provided systematic review expertise. All authors read, provided feedback, and approved the final manuscript. The authors declare that they have no conflicts of interest.
Patient satisfaction with medical care during hospitalization is a common quality metric.1,2 Studies showing higher patient satisfaction have reported lower 30-day hospital readmissions3 and improved overall health.4,5 Conversely, communication failures are associated with dissatisfaction among hospitalized patients and adverse outcomes.6,7 A lack of familiarity with hospital providers weakens collaborative decision making and prevents high-quality patient care.8,9
Bedside visual tools, such as whiteboards and pictures of medical staff, have been widely used to enhance communication between patients, families, and providers.10,11 Results of studies evaluating these tools are varied. For example, 1 study found that 98% of patients were better able to identify physicians when their names were written on whiteboards.12 Yet in another, only 21.1% of patients were more likely to correctly identify ≥1 physicians using pictures.13 Thus, despite widespread use,11 whether visual tools improve patient satisfaction and patient care more broadly remains unclear.14,15
We performed a systematic review to answer the following 3 questions: first, what is the effect of visual tools on outcomes (ie, provider identification, understanding of providers’ roles, patient–provider communication, and satisfaction); second, does impact vary by type of visual tool (eg, whiteboards vs pictures of providers); and third, what factors (eg, study design, patient population) are associated with provider identification, communication, and patient satisfaction?
METHODS
Search Strategy
We used the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis when performing this review.16 A research librarian (WT) conducted serial searches for studies reporting the use of bedside visual tools for hospitalized patients in Medline (via OVID), Embase, SCOPUS, Web of Science, CINAHL, and Cochrane DSR and CENTRAL. Controlled vocabularies (ie, Medical Subject Headings terms) were used to identify synonyms for visual tools of interest. Additional studies were identified manually through bibliographies and meeting abstracts. No study design, publication date, or language restrictions were placed on the search, which was conducted between April 2016 and February 2017 (see supplementary Appendix A).
Study Selection
Two reviewers (AG and KT) independently assessed study eligibility; discrepancies were resolved by a third reviewer (VC). We included all adult or pediatric English language studies in which the effect of visual tool(s) on patient outcomes was reported. Visual tools were defined as the bedside display of information or an instrument given to patients to convey information regarding providers or medical care. Patient-reported outcomes included the following: (a) physician identification, (b) understanding of provider roles, (c) patient–provider communication, and (d) patient satisfaction with care. Providers were defined as physicians, residents, interns, medical students, nurse practitioners, or nurses. We excluded studies that were not original research (eg, conference abstracts, not peer reviewed), reported qualitative data without quantitative outcomes, or did not include a bedside visual tool. Given our interest in hospitalized general medicine patients, studies conducted in emergency departments, surgical units, obstetrics and gynecology wards, and intensive care units were excluded.
Data Extraction and Analysis
Data were extracted independently and in duplicate from all studies by using a template adapted from the Cochrane Collaboration.17 For all studies, we abstracted study design, type of visual tool (eg, whiteboards), unit setting (eg, medical), population studied (eg, adult vs pediatric), and outcomes reported (ie, physician identification, understanding of provider roles, communication, and satisfaction with care). Reviewers independently assessed and categorized the impact of tools on reported outcomes.
To standardize and compare outcomes across studies, the following were used to denote a positive association between visual tools and relevant outcomes: a greater number of physicians correctly identified by name/picture or title/role; the use of terms such as “high,” “agreed,” or “significant” on surveys; or ≥4 Likert scores for domains of identification, understanding of roles, communication, and satisfaction with care. Conversely, the inability to identify providers compared to the control/baseline; poor recall of titles/roles; lower Likert-scale scores (ie, ≤2); or survey terms such as “poor,” “disagreed,” or “insignificant” were considered to connote negative impact. Studies in which Likert scores were rated neither high nor low (ie, 3), or in which patients neither agreed nor disagreed on value were considered neutral.
Owing to clinical heterogeneity within studies, meta-analyses were not performed. Descriptive statistics were used to describe study outcomes. A priori18 studies were evaluated according to the following categories: design (eg, randomized vs observational), outcomes (eg, patient satisfaction), intervention (type of visual tool), and patient population (adult or pediatric). Because pediatric patients have underdeveloped communication skills and include parents and/or guardians, data from pediatric studies were tabulated and reported separately to those from adult studies.
Quality Assessment
As recommended by the Cochrane Collaboration, 2 reviewers (AG, KT) assessed the risk of study bias by using the Downs and Black Scale.17,19 Discrepancies in assessment were resolved by a third reviewer (VC). This instrument uses a point-based system to estimate the quality of a study by rating domains such as internal and external validity, bias, and confounding. In keeping with prior systematic reviews,18,20,21 studies with a score of ≥18 were considered high quality. Interrater agreement for the adjudication of study quality was calculated using the Cohen κ statistic.
RESULTS
After the removal of duplicates, 2646 articles were retrieved and 2572 were excluded at the title and/or abstract level. Following a full-text review of 74 articles, 16 studies met the inclusion criteria (Figure 1). Fifteen studies reported quantitative outcomes,12-14,22-33 and 1 was a mixed-methods study, of which only the quantitative outcomes were included.15 Study designs included prospective cohort (n = 7),12,13,23,25,28,30,31 randomized controlled trials (n = 3),14,27,33 pre-post (n = 2),22,29 cross-sectional survey (n = 2),24,32 and mixed methods (n = 1).15 Interventions studied included pictures (n = 7),13-15,23,27,31,33 whiteboards (n = 4),12,22,29,30 electronic medical record-based patient portals (n = 3),26,28,32 whiteboards and pictures (n = 1),25 and formatted notepads (n = 1 ).24 Eleven studies were conducted on adult units12-14,22-24,26,27,29,30,33 and 5 on pediatric units.15,25,28,31,32 (Table). Outcomes reported within studies included (a) provider identification (9 adult, 4 pediatric); (b) understanding of roles (6 adult, 4 pediatric); (c) communication (3 adult, 2 pediatric); and (d) patient satisfaction (5 adult, 3 pediatric). Studies were organized by type of intervention and outcomes reported and stratified by adult versus pediatric patients (Figure 2).Interrater reliability for study abstraction was excellent (Cohen κ = 0.91).
Measurement of outcomes related to visual tools varied across studies. Patient satisfaction and patient–provider communication were measured using questions from validated instruments, such as the Patient Satisfaction Questionnaire,15,31 ad hoc surveys,22,23,30 free text responses,27,32 or Likert scales,13,24,26,32 created by authors. Similarly, measurement of provider identification varied and included picture-matching exercises15,23,31,33 and bedside interviews.23,26 Understanding of provider roles was assessed using multiple choice question surveys25 or Likert scales.13
The influence of visual tools on provider identification was measured in 13 of 16 studies. In all of these studies, a positive impact of the tool on provider identification was reported.12-15,22,23,25-28,30,31,33 Patient understanding of providers’ roles was positive in 8 of 10 studies that measured the outcome.15,22,25-28,31,33 The impact of visual tools on patient–provider communication was positive in 4 of 5 studies. 24,28,29,32 The influence of visual tools on patient satisfaction with care was measured in 8 studies; of these, 6 studies reported a positive impact.15,22,23,28,30,33
STUDIES OF ADULT HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS
Eleven studies were conducted on adult hospitalized patients 12-14,22-24,26,27,29,30,33 and included 3 randomized controlled studies.14,27,33
Results by Outcomes Provider Identification Nine studies measured patients’ ability to identify providers with the use of visual aids, and all 9 reported improvements in this outcome. Visual tools used to measure provider identification included pictures (n = 5),13,14,23,27,33 whiteboards (n = 3),12,22,30 and patient portals (n = 1).26 Within studies that used pictures, individual pictures (n = 2)13,23 and handouts with pictures of multiple providers (n = 3) were used.14,27,33 In 2 studies, care team members such as a dietitian, physiotherapist or pharmacist, were included when measuring identification.14,33
Understanding Providers’ RolesSix studies assessed the effect of visual tools on patients’ understanding of provider roles.13,14,22,26,27,33 Four studies reported a positive effect with the use of pictures,27,33 whiteboards,22 and patient portals.26 However, 2 studies reported either no difference or negative impressions. Appel et al.14 reported no difference in the understanding of physician roles using a handout of providers’ pictures and titles. Arora et al.13 used individual pictures of physicians with descriptions of roles and found a negative association, as demonstrated by fewer patients rating their understanding of physicians’ roles as excellent or very good in the intervention period (45.6%) compared with the baseline (55.3%).
Patient–Provider Communication
Three studies evaluated the influence of visual tools on communication.14,24,29 Using pictures, Appel et al.14 found no difference in the perceived quality of communication. Singh et al.29 used whiteboards and reported improved communication scores for physicians and nurses. With notepads, patients surveyed by Farberg et al.24 stated that the tool improved provider communication.
Patient Satisfaction
Five studies assessed patient satisfaction related to the use of visual tools. 22,23,27,30,33 One study reported satisfaction as positive with the use of individual pictures.23 Two studies that used handouts with pictures of all team members reported either a positive33 or neutral27 impact on satisfaction. Studies that used whiteboards reported a positive association with satisfaction22,30 despite differences in content, such as the inclusion of prewritten prompts for writing goals of care and scheduled tests30 versus the name of the nurse and their education level.22
Results by Type of Visual Tool Pictures
Five studies that used pictures reported a positive effect on provider identification.13,14,23,27,33 Two27,33 of 4 studies13,14,27,33 that assessed patients’ understanding of team member roles reported a positive influence, while 1 reported no difference.14 A fourth study demonstrated a negative association, perhaps due to differences in the description of providers’ roles listed on the tool.13 Only 1 study examined the influence of pictures on patient–provider communication, and this study found no difference.14 Satisfaction with care via the use of pictures varied between positive (2 studies)23,33 and neutral (1 study).27
Whiteboards
Four studies tested the use of whiteboards; of these, 3 reported a positive influence on provider identification.12,22,30 One study reported a positive impact on patient–provider communication.29 Two studies noted a positive effect on patient satisfaction.22,30 Notably, the responsibility for updating whiteboards differed between the studies (ie, nurses only22 vs residents, medical students, and nurses).30
Patient Portal
In 1 study, an electronic portal that included names with pictures of providers, descriptions of their roles, lists of medications, and scheduled tests and/or procedures was used as a visual tool. The portal improved patients’ identification of physicians and patients’ understanding of roles. However, improvements in the knowledge of medication changes and planned tests and/or procedures during hospitalization were not observed.26 This finding would suggest limitations in the hospitalized patient’s knowledge of the plan of care, which could potentially weaken patient–provider communication.
Notepads
Only 1 study assessed the use of formatted notepads on patient–provider communication and noted a positive association. Notepads used prompts for different categories (eg, diagnosis/treatment, medications, etc) to encourage patient questions for providers.24
STUDIES OF PEDIATRIC HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS
Five studies were conducted on hospitalized pediatric units.15,25,28,31,32 All studies surveyed the parents, guardians, or caregivers of pediatric patients. One study excluded patients ≥12 years of age because of legal differences in access to adolescent health information,32 while another interviewed parents and/or guardians of teenagers.15
Results by Outcomes Provider Identification and Understanding of Physicians’ Roles
Four studies that assessed the influence of visual tools on provider identification and understanding of roles reported a positive association.15,25,28,31 Visual tools varied between pictures (n = 2),15,31 patient portal (n = 1),28 and whiteboards and pictures combined (n = 1).25 The measurement of outcomes varied between surveys with free text responses,28 multiple choice questions,25 and 1-5 Likert scales.15,31
Patient–Provider Communication
Two studies assessed the impact of patient portal use on communication and reported a positive association.28,32 The 2 portals autopopulated names, pictures, and roles of providers from electronic medical records. Singh et al.28 used a portal that was also available in Spanish and accommodated for non-English speakers. Kelly et al.32 reported that 90% of parents perceived that portal use was associated with reduced errors in care, with 8% finding errors in their child’s medication list.
Patient Satisfaction
Three studies assessed patient satisfaction via the use of visual tools.15,28,31 Singh et al.28 noted a positive influence on satisfaction via a patient portal. Dudas et al.15 used a single-page handout with names and pictures of each provider, along with information regarding the training and roles of each provider. Distribution of these handouts to patients by investigators led to a positive influence on satisfaction. While Unaka et al.31 used a similar handout, they asked residents to distribute them and found no significant difference in satisfaction scores between the intervention (66%) and control group (62%).
Results by Type of Visual Tool Pictures
Two studies reported a positive impact on provider identification and understanding of roles with the use of pictures.15,31 Dudas et al.15 demonstrated a 4.8-fold increase in the odds of parents identifying a medical student, as compared with the control. Similarly, after adjusting for length of stay and prior hospitalization, Unaka et al.31 reported that a higher percentage of patients correctly identified providers using this approach.
Whiteboard and Picture
One study evaluated the simultaneous use of whiteboards and pictures to improve the identification of providers. The study noted improved identification of supervising doctors and increased recognition of roles for supervising doctors, residents, and medical students.25
Patient Portal
Two studies used patient portals as visual tools. Singh et al.28 assessed the use of a patient portal with names, roles, and pictures of treatment team members. Use of this tool was positively associated with provider identification, understanding of roles, communication, and satisfaction. Kelly et al.32 noted that 60% of parents felt that portal use improved healthcare team communication.
RISK OF STUDY BIAS
The risk of bias was assessed for both adult and pediatric studies in aggregate. The average risk of bias using the Downs and Black Scale was 17.81 (range 14-22, standard deviation [SD] 2.20). Of the 16 included studies, 9 were rated at a low risk of bias (score
>
18).13-15,26-31 Risk of bias was greatest for measures of external validity (mean 2.88, range 2-3, SD 0.34), internal validity (mean 4.06, range 3-6, SD 1.00), and confounding (mean 2.69, range 1-6, SD 1.35). Two of 3 randomized controlled trials had a low risk of bias.14,27 Interrater reliability for study quality adjudication was 0.90, suggesting excellent agreement (see supplementary Appendix B).
DISCUSSION
In this systematic review, the effects of visual tools on outcomes, such as provider identification, understanding of roles, patient–provider communication, and satisfaction with care, were variable. The majority of included studies were conducted on adult patients (n = 11).12-14,22-24,26,27,29,30,33 Pictures were the most frequently used tool (n = 7)13-15,23,27,31,33 and consequently had the greatest sample size across the review (n = 1297). While pictures had a positive influence on provider identification in all studies, comprehension of provider roles and satisfaction were variable. Although the content of whiteboards varied between studies, they showed favorable effects on provider identification (3 of 4 studies)12,22,30 and satisfaction (2 of 2 studies).22,30 While electronic medical record-based tools had a positive influence on outcomes,26,28 only 1 accounted for language preferences.28 Formatted notepads positively influenced patient–provider communication, but their use was limited by literacy.24 Collectively, these data suggest that visual tools have varying effects on patient-reported outcomes, likely owing to differences in study design, interventions, and evaluation methods.
Theoretically, visual tools should facilitate easier identification of providers and engender collaborative relationships. However, such tools do not replace face-to-face patient–provider and family discussions. Rather, these enhancements best serve as a medium to asynchronously display information to patients and family members. Indeed, within the included studies, we found that the use of visual tools was effective in improving satisfaction (6/8 studies), identification (13/13 studies), and understanding of provider roles (8/10 studies). Thus, it is reasonable to say that, in conjunction with excellent clinical care, these tools have an important role in improving care delivery in the hospital.
Despite this promise, we noted that the effectiveness of individual tools varied, a fact that may relate to differences across studies. First, inconsistencies in the format and/or content of the tools were noted. For example, within studies using pictures, tools varied from individual photographs of each team member13,23 to 1-page handouts with pictures of all team members.14,15,31 Such differences in presentation could affect spatial recognition in identifying providers, as single photos are known to be easier to process than multiple images at the same time.34 Second, no study evaluated patient preference of a visual tool. Thus, personal preferences for pictures versus whiteboards versus electronic modalities or a combination of tools might affect outcomes. Additionally, the utility of visual tools in visually impaired, confused, or non-English-speaking patients may limit effectiveness. Future studies that address these aspects and account for patient preferences may better elucidate the role of visual tools in hospitals.
Our results should be considered in the context of several limitations. First, only 3 studies used randomized trial designs; thus, confounding from unmeasured variables inherent to observational designs is possible. Second, none of the interventions tested were blinded to providers, raising the possibility of a Hawthorne effect (ie, alteration of provider behavior in response to awareness of being observed).35 Third, all studies were conducted at single centers, and only 9 of 16 studies were rated at a low risk of bias; thus, caution in broad extrapolations of this literature is necessary.
However, our study has several strengths, including a thorough search of heterogeneous literature, inclusion of both adult and pediatric populations, and a focus on myriad patient-reported outcomes. Second, by contrasting outcomes and measurement strategies across studies, our review helps explicate differences in results related to variation in outcome measurement or presentation of visual data. Third, because we frame results by outcome and type of visual tool used, we are able to identify strengths and weaknesses of individual tools in novel ways. Finally, our data suggest that the use of picture-based techniques and whiteboards are among the most promising visual interventions. Future studies that pair graphic designers with patients to improve the layout of these tools might prove valuable. Additionally, because the measurement of outcomes is confounded by aspects such as lack of controls, severity of illness, and language barriers, a randomized design would help provide greater clarity regarding effectiveness.
In conclusion, we found that visual tools appear to foster recognition of providers and understanding of their roles. However, variability of format, content, and measurement of outcomes hinders the identification of a single optimal approach. Future work using randomized controlled trial designs and standardized tools and measurements would be welcomed.
Acknowledgments
The authors thank Laura Appel, Kevin O’Leary, and Siddharth Singh for providing unpublished data and clarifications to help these analyses.
Disclosure
Anupama Goyal is the guarantor. Anupama Goyal and Komalpreet Tur performed primary data abstraction and analysis. Anupama Goyal, Scott Flanders, Jason Mann, and Vineet Chopra drafted the manuscript. All authors contributed to the development of the selection criteria, the risk of bias assessment strategy, and the data extraction criteria. Anupama Goyal, Jason Mann, Whitney Townsend, and Vineet Chopra developed the search strategy. Vineet Chopra provided systematic review expertise. All authors read, provided feedback, and approved the final manuscript. The authors declare that they have no conflicts of interest.
References
1. Berwick DM. A user’s manual for the IOM’s ‘Quality Chasm’ report. Health Aff (Millwood). 2002;21(3):80-90. PubMed 2. Jha AK, Orav EJ, Zheng J, Epstein AM. Patients’ perception of hospital care in the United States. N Engl J Med. 2008;359(18):1921-1931. PubMed 3. Boulding W, Glickman SW, Manary MP, Schulman KA, Staelin R. Relationship between patient satisfaction with inpatient care and hospital readmission within 30 days. Am J Manag Care. 2011;17(1):41-48. PubMed 4. Little P, Everitt H, Williamson I, et al. Observational study of effect of patient centredness and positive approach on outcomes of general practice consultations. BMJ. 2001;323(7318):908-911. PubMed 5. Stewart MA. Effective physician-patient communication and health outcomes: a review. CMAJ. 1995;152(9):1422-1433. PubMed 6. Arora V, Johnson J, Lovinger D, Humphrey HJ, Meltzer DO. Communication failures in patient sign-out and suggestions for improvement: a critical incident analysis. Qual Saf Health Care. 2005;14(6):401-407. PubMed 7. Leonard M, Graham S, Bonacum D. The human factor: the critical importance of effective teamwork and communication in providing safe care. Qual Saf Health Care. 2004;13 Suppl 1:i85-i90. PubMed 8. Alam M, Lee A, Ibrahimi OA, et al. A multistep approach to improving biopsy site identification in dermatology: physician, staff, and patient roles based on a Delphi consensus. JAMA Dermatol. 2014;150(5):550-558. PubMed 9. Arora V, Gangireddy S, Mehrotra A, Ginde R, Tormey M, Meltzer D. Ability of hospitalized patients to identify their in-hospital physicians. Arch Intern Med. 2009;169(2):199-201. PubMed 10. Makaryus AN, Friedman EA. Does your patient know your name? An approach to enhancing patients’ awareness of their caretaker’s name. J Healthc Qual. 2005;27(4):53-56. PubMed 11. Sehgal NL, Green A, Vidyarthi AR, Blegen MA, Wachter RM. Patient whiteboards as a communication tool in the hospital setting: a survey of practices and recommendations. J Hosp Med. 2010;5(4):234-239. PubMed 12. Maniaci MJ, Heckman MG, Dawson NL. Increasing a patient’s ability to identify his or her attending physician using a patient room display. Arch Intern Med. 2010;170:1084-1085. PubMed 13. Arora VM, Schaninger C, D’Arcy M, et al. Improving inpatients’ identification of their doctors: Use of FACE™ cards. Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf. 2009;35(12):613-619. PubMed 14. Appel L, Abrams H, Morra D, Wu RC. Put a face to a name: a randomized controlled trial evaluating the impact of providing clinician photographs on inpatients’ recall. Am J Med. 2015;128(1):82-89. PubMed 15. Dudas RA, Lemerman H, Barone M, Serwint JR. PHACES (Photographs of Academic Clinicians and Their Educational Status): a tool to improve delivery of family-centered care. Acad Pediatr. 2010;10(2):138-145. PubMed 16. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG, PRISMA Group. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;151(4):264-269. PubMed 17. Higgins JP, Green S, editors. Cochrane handbook for systematic reviews of interventions. West Sussex, UK: The Cochrane Collaboration and Wiley Online Library; 2008. 18. Petrilli CM, Mack M, Petrilli JJ, Hickner A, Saint S, Chopra V. Understanding the role of physician attire on patient perceptions: a systematic review of the literature—targeting attire to improve likelihood of rapport (TAILOR) investigators. BMJ Open. 2015;5(1):e006578. PubMed 19. Downs SH, Black N. The feasibility of creating a checklist for the assessment of the methodological quality both of randomised and non-randomised studies of health care interventions. J Epidemiol Community Health. 1998;52(6):377-384. PubMed 20. Seyffert M, Lagisetty P, Landgraf J, et al. Internet-delivered cognitive behavioral therapy to treat insomnia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. PLoS One. 2016;11(2):e0149139. PubMed 21. Patel R, Chang T, Greysen SR, Chopra V. Social media use in chronic disease: a systematic review and novel taxonomy. Am J Med. 2015;128(12):1335-1350. PubMed 22. Carlin BJ. Using whiteboards: fixed identities. Am J Nurs. 2008;108(11):72A-72B, 72D-72E. PubMed 23. Francis JJ, Pankratz VS, Huddleston JM. Patient satisfaction associated with correct identification of physician’s photographs. Mayo Clin Proc. 2001;76(6):604-608. PubMed 24. Farberg AS, Lin AM, Kuhn L, Flanders SA, Kim CS. Dear Doctor: a tool to facilitate patient-centered communication. J Hosp Med. 2013;8(10):553-558. PubMed 25. Hayes RM, Wickline A, Hensley C, et al. A quality improvement project to improve family recognition of medical team member roles. Hosp Pediatr. 2015;5(9):480-486. PubMed 26. O’Leary KJ, Lohman ME, Culver E, Killarney A, Randy Smith G Jr, Liebovitz DM. The effect of tablet computers with a mobile patient portal application on hospitalized patients’ knowledge and activation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):159-165. PubMed 27. Simons Y, Caprio T, Furiasse N, Kriss M, Williams MV, O’Leary KJ. The impact of facecards on patients’ knowledge, satisfaction, trust, and agreement with hospital physicians: a pilot study. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(3):137-141. PubMed 28. Singh A, Rhee KE, Brennan JJ, Kuelbs C, El-Kareh R, Fisher ES. Who’s my doctor? Using an electronic tool to improve team member identification on an inpatient pediatrics team. Hosp Pediatr. 2016;6(3):157-165. PubMed 29. Singh S, Fletcher KE, Pandl GJ, et al. It’s the writing on the wall: whiteboards improve inpatient satisfaction with provider communication. Am J Med Qual. 2011;26(2):127-131. PubMed 30. Tan M, Hooper Evans K, Braddock CH 3rd, Shieh L. Patient whiteboards to improve patient-centred care in the hospital. Postgrad Med J. 2013;89(1056):604-609. PubMed 31. Unaka NI, White CM, Sucharew HJ, Yau C, Clark SL, Brady PW. Effect of a face sheet tool on medical team provider identification and family satisfaction. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(3):186-188. PubMed 32. Kelly MM, Hoonakker PL, Dean SM. Using an inpatient portal to engage families in pediatric hospital care. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2017;24(1):153-161. PubMed
33. Brener MI, Epstein JA, Cho J, Yeh HC, Dudas RA, Feldman L. Faces of all clinically engaged staff: a quality improvement project that enhances the hospitalised patient experience. Int J Clin Pract. 2016;70(11):923-929. PubMed 34. De Valois RL, De Valois KK. Spatial vision. Annu Rev Psychol. 1980;31:309-341. PubMed 35. McCarney R, Warner J, Iliffe S, van Haselen R, Griffin M, Fisher P. The Hawthorne Effect: a randomised, controlled trial. BMC Med Res Methodol. 2007;7:30. PubMed
References
1. Berwick DM. A user’s manual for the IOM’s ‘Quality Chasm’ report. Health Aff (Millwood). 2002;21(3):80-90. PubMed 2. Jha AK, Orav EJ, Zheng J, Epstein AM. Patients’ perception of hospital care in the United States. N Engl J Med. 2008;359(18):1921-1931. PubMed 3. Boulding W, Glickman SW, Manary MP, Schulman KA, Staelin R. Relationship between patient satisfaction with inpatient care and hospital readmission within 30 days. Am J Manag Care. 2011;17(1):41-48. PubMed 4. Little P, Everitt H, Williamson I, et al. Observational study of effect of patient centredness and positive approach on outcomes of general practice consultations. BMJ. 2001;323(7318):908-911. PubMed 5. Stewart MA. Effective physician-patient communication and health outcomes: a review. CMAJ. 1995;152(9):1422-1433. PubMed 6. Arora V, Johnson J, Lovinger D, Humphrey HJ, Meltzer DO. Communication failures in patient sign-out and suggestions for improvement: a critical incident analysis. Qual Saf Health Care. 2005;14(6):401-407. PubMed 7. Leonard M, Graham S, Bonacum D. The human factor: the critical importance of effective teamwork and communication in providing safe care. Qual Saf Health Care. 2004;13 Suppl 1:i85-i90. PubMed 8. Alam M, Lee A, Ibrahimi OA, et al. A multistep approach to improving biopsy site identification in dermatology: physician, staff, and patient roles based on a Delphi consensus. JAMA Dermatol. 2014;150(5):550-558. PubMed 9. Arora V, Gangireddy S, Mehrotra A, Ginde R, Tormey M, Meltzer D. Ability of hospitalized patients to identify their in-hospital physicians. Arch Intern Med. 2009;169(2):199-201. PubMed 10. Makaryus AN, Friedman EA. Does your patient know your name? An approach to enhancing patients’ awareness of their caretaker’s name. J Healthc Qual. 2005;27(4):53-56. PubMed 11. Sehgal NL, Green A, Vidyarthi AR, Blegen MA, Wachter RM. Patient whiteboards as a communication tool in the hospital setting: a survey of practices and recommendations. J Hosp Med. 2010;5(4):234-239. PubMed 12. Maniaci MJ, Heckman MG, Dawson NL. Increasing a patient’s ability to identify his or her attending physician using a patient room display. Arch Intern Med. 2010;170:1084-1085. PubMed 13. Arora VM, Schaninger C, D’Arcy M, et al. Improving inpatients’ identification of their doctors: Use of FACE™ cards. Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf. 2009;35(12):613-619. PubMed 14. Appel L, Abrams H, Morra D, Wu RC. Put a face to a name: a randomized controlled trial evaluating the impact of providing clinician photographs on inpatients’ recall. Am J Med. 2015;128(1):82-89. PubMed 15. Dudas RA, Lemerman H, Barone M, Serwint JR. PHACES (Photographs of Academic Clinicians and Their Educational Status): a tool to improve delivery of family-centered care. Acad Pediatr. 2010;10(2):138-145. PubMed 16. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG, PRISMA Group. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;151(4):264-269. PubMed 17. Higgins JP, Green S, editors. Cochrane handbook for systematic reviews of interventions. West Sussex, UK: The Cochrane Collaboration and Wiley Online Library; 2008. 18. Petrilli CM, Mack M, Petrilli JJ, Hickner A, Saint S, Chopra V. Understanding the role of physician attire on patient perceptions: a systematic review of the literature—targeting attire to improve likelihood of rapport (TAILOR) investigators. BMJ Open. 2015;5(1):e006578. PubMed 19. Downs SH, Black N. The feasibility of creating a checklist for the assessment of the methodological quality both of randomised and non-randomised studies of health care interventions. J Epidemiol Community Health. 1998;52(6):377-384. PubMed 20. Seyffert M, Lagisetty P, Landgraf J, et al. Internet-delivered cognitive behavioral therapy to treat insomnia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. PLoS One. 2016;11(2):e0149139. PubMed 21. Patel R, Chang T, Greysen SR, Chopra V. Social media use in chronic disease: a systematic review and novel taxonomy. Am J Med. 2015;128(12):1335-1350. PubMed 22. Carlin BJ. Using whiteboards: fixed identities. Am J Nurs. 2008;108(11):72A-72B, 72D-72E. PubMed 23. Francis JJ, Pankratz VS, Huddleston JM. Patient satisfaction associated with correct identification of physician’s photographs. Mayo Clin Proc. 2001;76(6):604-608. PubMed 24. Farberg AS, Lin AM, Kuhn L, Flanders SA, Kim CS. Dear Doctor: a tool to facilitate patient-centered communication. J Hosp Med. 2013;8(10):553-558. PubMed 25. Hayes RM, Wickline A, Hensley C, et al. A quality improvement project to improve family recognition of medical team member roles. Hosp Pediatr. 2015;5(9):480-486. PubMed 26. O’Leary KJ, Lohman ME, Culver E, Killarney A, Randy Smith G Jr, Liebovitz DM. The effect of tablet computers with a mobile patient portal application on hospitalized patients’ knowledge and activation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):159-165. PubMed 27. Simons Y, Caprio T, Furiasse N, Kriss M, Williams MV, O’Leary KJ. The impact of facecards on patients’ knowledge, satisfaction, trust, and agreement with hospital physicians: a pilot study. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(3):137-141. PubMed 28. Singh A, Rhee KE, Brennan JJ, Kuelbs C, El-Kareh R, Fisher ES. Who’s my doctor? Using an electronic tool to improve team member identification on an inpatient pediatrics team. Hosp Pediatr. 2016;6(3):157-165. PubMed 29. Singh S, Fletcher KE, Pandl GJ, et al. It’s the writing on the wall: whiteboards improve inpatient satisfaction with provider communication. Am J Med Qual. 2011;26(2):127-131. PubMed 30. Tan M, Hooper Evans K, Braddock CH 3rd, Shieh L. Patient whiteboards to improve patient-centred care in the hospital. Postgrad Med J. 2013;89(1056):604-609. PubMed 31. Unaka NI, White CM, Sucharew HJ, Yau C, Clark SL, Brady PW. Effect of a face sheet tool on medical team provider identification and family satisfaction. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(3):186-188. PubMed 32. Kelly MM, Hoonakker PL, Dean SM. Using an inpatient portal to engage families in pediatric hospital care. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2017;24(1):153-161. PubMed
33. Brener MI, Epstein JA, Cho J, Yeh HC, Dudas RA, Feldman L. Faces of all clinically engaged staff: a quality improvement project that enhances the hospitalised patient experience. Int J Clin Pract. 2016;70(11):923-929. PubMed 34. De Valois RL, De Valois KK. Spatial vision. Annu Rev Psychol. 1980;31:309-341. PubMed 35. McCarney R, Warner J, Iliffe S, van Haselen R, Griffin M, Fisher P. The Hawthorne Effect: a randomised, controlled trial. BMC Med Res Methodol. 2007;7:30. PubMed
"Anupama A. Goyal, MBChB, MPH", University of Michigan Hospital Medicine Program, 3214 Taubman Center, SPC 5376, Ann Arbor, MI 48109; Telephone: 734-647-6928; Fax: 734-232-9343; E-mail: [email protected]
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Raynaud phenomenon is an overactive vascular response to cold and emotional stress that results in cutaneous color changes and sensory symptoms of the digits (Figure 1). It can occur in isolation as primary Raynaud phenomenon or secondary to another disease process. It is thought to be triggered by a heightened sympathetic vasoconstrictive response of small arteriovenous anastomoses in the fingers, toes, ears, and tip of the nose. These structures play a key role in maintaining a stable core body temperature by cutaneous thermoregulation.1
Figure 1. (A) White digits with intense vasoconstriction in Raynaud phenomenon; (B) blue digits with
hypoxemic venous stasis; (C) red digits with hyperemic reperfusion.
Secondary Raynaud phenomenon can be seen with a wide array of systemic conditions as well as environmental and drug exposures. It is a frequent feature of autoimmune rheumatic conditions such as systemic sclerosis, mixed connective tissue disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, and dermatomyositis. Less commonly, cryoproteinemias, paraneoplastic syndromes, hypothyroidism, and carpal tunnel syndrome can be associated with or cause Raynaud phenomenon. Vibratory trauma (eg, from using a jackhammer) and drugs (eg, vasopressors, stimulants, ergots, chemotherapeutic agents) can also cause Raynaud phenomenon.1
A variety of disorders that cause vasospasm or vascular occlusion of the peripheral circulation can mimic typical Raynaud phenomenon, including peripheral nerve injury,2 complex regional pain syndrome,3 occlusive vascular disease, vasculitis, acrocyanosis,4 and thoracic outlet syndrome.
The prevalence of Raynaud phenomenon is not exactly known, in part due to geographic differences in climate and variation in methods of assessment. However, a 2015 systematic review and meta-analysis of primary Raynaud phenomenon determined a pooled prevalence of 4.85% (95% confidence interval [CI] 2.08%–8.71%) in the general population.5 Accordingly, accurate identification and management of this condition is a useful skill for the internist.
COLD SENSITIVITY AND COLOR CHANGES
Because there are no confirmatory diagnostic tests for this condition, there are no formal diagnostic criteria. However, many experts agree that Raynaud phenomenon can be diagnosed clinically when patients report:
Unusual sensitivity of the fingers to cold, manifesting as pain or paresthesia (eg, tingling, pricking, numbness), and
Color changes of the fingers when exposed to cold, specifically pale white or blue-black, or both.6
Provocative testing such as submerging patients’ hands in cold water is not recommended, as it is distressing to the patient and inconsistent in triggering an event.
Pain is a symptom of critical digital ischemia.
The skin color changes are due to rapid alterations in blood flow in digital skin. The pale white is due to markedly reduced or absent flow secondary to intense vasoconstriction, the blue-black is due to hypoxemic venous stasis, and the red blush is due to hyperemic reperfusion (Figure 1). However, not all patients have all 3 phases of the classic triphasic color changes, and color changes may not follow a set sequence.
Raynaud phenomenon can also occur in other areas of the body that have thermoregulatory vessels, such as the toes, ears, nipples, tongue, and nose. While some patients with Raynaud phenomenon have a finger that is more sensitive than the others, repeated isolated single-digit or asymmetric events without typical progression to all fingers suggest a secondary local structural disease requiring further investigation (see below).
Symptoms related to Raynaud often mimic sensory changes including paresthesias, numbness, aching, and clumsiness of the hand. Abnormal vascular reactivity has been implicated as a causative factor in several disorders, such as migraine headache, preeclampsia, and variant angina. While case reports, case series, and some controlled studies have linked Raynaud phenomenon and these conditions, there is no solid evidence of a systemic vasospastic disorder in patients with primary Raynaud phenomenon.
Raynaud phenomenon is triggered by more than just a cold ambient temperature. Provocation can occur during movement from warmer to relatively cooler temperatures, as well as during episodes of elevated sympathetic activity (eg, emotional distress or fear). In fact, maintaining full body warmth as well as emotional equilibrium are the most important strategies to reduce the frequency of attacks.
PRIMARY VS SECONDARY RAYNAUD PHENOMENON
To distinguish between primary and secondary Raynaud phenomenon, a careful history and physical examination are paramount.
Primary Raynaud phenomenon
In uncomplicated primary Raynaud phenomenon, the episodes typically last 15 to 20 minutes after rewarming and usually start in a single finger and spread to other digits symmetrically and bilaterally.7 The thumb is often spared, and ischemic digital ulcers do not occur. Vasoconstrictive episodes are mild.
Females under age 20 are most commonly affected. In our experience, a young woman with the above clinical picture, no signs or symptoms suggestive of connective tissue disease (see below), and normal nailfold capillaries can be diagnosed as having primary Raynaud phenomenon without any further workup.
Careful clinical follow-up is recommended, because if an occult secondary process is indeed present, most patients will begin to show additional symptoms or signs of it within 2 years of the onset of Raynaud phenomenon.
Should a clinician be unfamiliar with nailfold capillary examination, or if symptoms (eg, fatigue or arthralgia) or signs (eg, rash, arthritis) suggestive of connective tissue disease are present, referral to a rheumatologist for further evaluation is appropriate. Results of further diagnostic testing dictated by the history and physical such as a screening antinuclear antibody test can be sent before referral.
Secondary Raynaud phenomenon
Several clinical features suggest secondary Raynaud phenomenon and warrant referral to a rheumatologist:
Age 20 or older at onset
Frequent severe vasoconstrictive episodes
Male sex
Thumb involvement
Figure 2. (A) Dilated nailfold capillaries in a patient with scleroderma (blue arrow); (B) dilation and dropout of nailfold capillaries (white arrow) viewed with a magnifier.Signs of an autoimmune rheumatic disease, eg, sclerodactyly, cutaneous or mucosal matted telangiectasia, inflammatory arthritis, an abnormal lung examination, severe digital ischemia with ulceration or gangrene, or nailfold capillary dilation or dropout (Figure 2)8
Isolated single-limb or 1-finger ischemic events, seen in macrovascular occlusive disease or inflammatory disease mimicking Raynaud phenomenon (eg, atherosclerosis, vasculitis); when isolated acute ischemic events occur in the upper or lower extremity, a further workup is necessary.
Figure 3 shows our approach to evaluation.
NONPHARMACOLOGIC THERAPY
Figure 3. Our approach to diagnosis of Raynaud phenomenon and differentiating primary from secondary Raynaud phenomenon.
Cold avoidance and stress management are first-line therapies for preventing Raynaud attacks and must be part of any treatment strategy. Digital arteries and thermoregulatory vessels of the skin are predominantly under sympathetic adrenergic control, so temperature changes and emotional stressors trigger vasoconstriction. Patients should be counseled to:
Keep the whole body warm. Patients should wear multiple layers of clothing, a hat, warm gloves, and warm socks. Commercially available hand-warmers can help, especially for patients who live in cold climates.
Learn to avoid or manage stress. Good communication, attention to the patient’s needs, and regular follow-up for reassurance are paramount. For some patients, psychotropic medications to manage mood may help. Behavioral approaches have been suggested for acute stress management. One approach, autogenic training, is a form of relaxation with temperature biofeedback in which finger temperature data are provided to patients to help them learn to relax by monitoring their internal states and changes in temperature. However, there are no strong data to support the routine use of this technique or the use of one behavioral approach over another. Trials have generally been of low quality and limited by small sample size.9
Stop smoking!10
Stop a Raynaud attack should one occur, eg, place the hands under warm water or in a warm part of the body, such as under legs when sitting. This can help speed recovery.
In addition, the physician should:
Eliminate vasoconstricting agents such as nonselective beta-blockers, ergots, triptans, and amphetamines.
PHARMACOLOGIC THERAPY
For many patients, nonpharmacologic interventions are enough to decrease the severity and frequency of attacks. However, if Raynaud phenomenon continues to negatively affect quality of life, drug therapy can be added (Table 1).
Calcium channel blockers
Calcium channel blockers are first-line agents for both primary and secondary Raynaud phenomenon that does not adequately respond to nonpharmacologic interventions. These agents are effective, available, and reasonably inexpensive.
Dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers such as nifedipine and amlodipine are commonly used. Both drugs are acceptable options, though some patients may respond better to one than the other in terms of symptoms and side effects. Nondihydropyridines such as diltiazem can also be used, but they have less potent vasodilatory effects because they are less selective for vascular smooth muscle.
These medications should be started at the lowest dose and titrated up over several weeks as tolerated to achieve their maximal effect. Intermittent therapy (eg, during the winter months only) is reasonable for primary Raynaud without risk of digital ulceration, as relief of symptoms and improvement in quality of life are the main indications for therapy in this circumstance.
A 2016 Cochrane review and meta-analysis of the use of calcium channel blockers to treat primary Raynaud phenomenon included 7 randomized controlled trials with 296 patients treated with either nifedipine or nicardipine.11 There was moderate-quality evidence that these drugs minimally decreased the frequency of attacks (standardized mean difference of 0.23; 95% CI 0.08–0.38, P = .003). This translated to 1.72 fewer attacks per week with treatment than with no pharmacologic therapy (95% CI 0.60–2.84). When analyzed individually, only nifedipine was effective; nicardipine did not decrease the frequency of attacks.
Unfortunately, calcium channel blockers failed to decrease the severity of attacks (according to unvalidated severity scoring systems) or make any differences in physiologic measurement outcomes. Attacks were not completely eliminated, just less frequent than before treatment.11
Most commonly reported side effects included headache, flushing, hypotension, edema, and, rarely, gastrointestinal reflux. Use of these medications may be limited by hypotension.
The review was limited by the small sample size, short duration of treatment, and relatively low doses of calcium channel blockers used in the available studies.11
A 2005 meta-analysis also indicated a statistically significant decrease of 2.8 to 5 attacks per week with nifedipine treatment, though this study also included some patients with secondary Raynaud phenomenon.12
Phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors
When calcium channel blockers do not adequately control symptoms, phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitors can be added or substituted. These medications work by preventing breakdown of cyclic guanosine monophosphate, which induces relaxation in vascular smooth muscle and vasodilation.
Sildenafil can be started at a low dose (20 mg daily) and up-titrated to the maximum dose (20 mg 3 times daily) as tolerated.
A 2014 meta-analysis of 6 randomized controlled trials included 244 patients with secondary Raynaud phenomenon treated with sildenafil, tadalafil, or vardenafil.13 These drugs decreased the daily frequency of attacks by about 0.5 per day vs placebo (–0.49, 95% CI –0.71 to –0.28, P < .0001). PDE5 inhibitors also decreased the severity of attacks (based on the Raynaud’s Condition Score, a popular scoring system) and the duration of attacks by a statistically significant amount.
Almost all patients in these 6 trials were on PDE5 monotherapy. Data on the cumulative benefit of calcium channel blocker and PDE5 inhibitor combination therapy are not yet available. Not all patients tolerate combination therapy, as it can cause symptomatic hypotension, but it can be a successful option in some.
There are also no data showing that either calcium channel blockers or PDE5 inhibitors are superior, though the former are less expensive. A small double-blind, randomized, crossover study of udenafil vs amlodipine in the treatment of secondary Raynaud phenomenon showed that both medications significantly decreased the frequency of attacks and had comparable efficacy.14
Cost and insurance coverage. We have generally been successful in obtaining coverage for this off-label use of PDE5 inhibitors, though additional effort may be required. No drug (not even a calcium channel blocker) is approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for use in Raynaud phenomenon. In our experience, a letter of appeal outlining the rationale for use and citing supporting publications can lead to successful coverage of a medication. If the drug is still not approved, the patient either pays for it out of pocket or another agent is selected. In certain circumstances, pharmaceutical companies may provide prescription assistance for compassionate use of these drugs in Raynaud phenomenon, although this also takes letter-writing, phone calls, or both on the part of the physician.
Topical nitrates
Patients who have an unsatisfactory response to calcium channel blockers with or without PDE5 inhibitors can try topical nitrates, available as sustained-release transdermal patches, tapes, creams, gels, and ointments.
Small trials have noted slight improvement in the Raynaud Condition Score15 and finger temperature16 with these therapies. Another trial noted decreased frequency of attacks and symptoms with the use of sustained-release glyceryl trinitrate patches, but use was limited by intolerable headache.17
In our experience, topical nitrates are most helpful for patients who have 1 or a few digits that are more severely affected than the others, and we reserve these drugs for this indication. Localized vasodilation can provide targeted rapid relief of more ischemic areas.
Topical nitroglycerin can be applied to the base of the ischemic digit for 6 to 12 hours. Preparations vary, and patients should be closely monitored for dose response and tolerance.
Combining a topical nitrate with a calcium channel blocker is safe, but the use of a nitrate with a PDE5 inhibitor is contraindicated due to the risk of hypotension. The use of topical nitrates may be limited by systemic side effects such as headache and flushing and a lack of benefit over time.
Other therapies
If the aforementioned agents are not tolerated or not effective, there is limited evidence that other therapies reduce the frequency and sometimes the severity of attacks. These are not first-line agents but may be tried when other options have been exhausted and symptoms persist. There are no data to support combining these therapies, but in our experience doing so may help some patients in whom drug-drug interactions are not prohibitive.
Prazosin, an alpha-1-adrenergic receptor antagonist, was reported to improve Raynaud phenomenon in 2 small studies in the 1980s, but we do not use it since better options are available. In addition, the vasoactive blood vessels involved do not have alpha-1 receptors, so there is no theoretical basis for using prazosin.18,19
Fluoxetine, a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor, reduced the frequency and severity of attacks in a 6-week crossover study with nifedipine.20
Losartan, an angiotensin II receptor blocker, also reduced the severity and frequency of attacks when compared with nifedipine.21
Pentoxifylline, a nonselective phosphodiesterase inhibitor, showed some benefit in a trial in 11 patients with primary Raynaud.22
Atorvastatin, a lipid-lowering drug, reduced the number of digital ulcers in patients with secondary Raynaud already on first-line vasodilatory therapy, and might be added in this situation.23
Botulinum toxin A injections have some data to support their use, but evidence is based on uncontrolled case series.24 A controlled trial in scleroderma patients with severe Raynaud phenomenon found botulinum toxin to be no better than placebo.25
Prostacyclin preparations are available. Intermittent intravenous doses of prostacyclin analogues over several days can be used in resistant cases. Oral prostacyclin agents have not shown consistent benefit. New prostacyclin receptor agonists are under investigation.
Overall, we move to other options only in patients with persistent symptoms that impair quality of life, or in patients with recurrent digital ischemic lesions that have not responded to calcium channel blockers and PDE5 inhibitors or nitrates, either alone or in combination.
DIGITAL ULCERATION AND ACUTE DIGITAL ISCHEMIC CRISIS
Patients with secondary Raynaud phenomenon may be at risk of recurrent digital ulceration and acute digital ischemia with gangrene. These patients should be comanaged with a rheumatologist so that the underlying disease process is fully addressed. Digital ulcers should be inspected closely for signs of infection, which may require treatment with antibiotics.
Acute digital ischemia is a medical emergency and should prompt inpatient admission with warming, emotional regulation, and pain control (often with narcotics) to decrease sympathetic vasoconstriction. These patients require aggressive vasodilatory therapy to reverse the ischemic event.
A short-acting calcium channel blocker or combination therapy with a calcium channel blocker and a PDE5 inhibitor or topical nitrate should be started. If there is no benefit, then transient intravenous vasodilatory therapy with a prostacyclin (epoprostenol) or localized digital sympathectomy is used to prevent digital loss.
The endothelin receptor inhibitor bosentan has been shown to decrease recurrent digital ulcers in patients with scleroderma, and while bosentan does not decrease the frequency of Raynaud attacks, it can be used in this select group to prevent new digital ulcers.
Treatment options may be limited by insurance coverage or access to intravenous infusions.
TAKE-HOME RECOMMENDATIONS
For many patients with primary or secondary Raynaud phenomenon, nonpharmacologic interventions are all that are required to decrease the frequency of attacks and improve quality of life. The goal should not be to eliminate attacks completely, as aggressive drug treatment may cause more harm than benefit. From our perspective, the goals of treatment should be to improve quality of life and prevent ischemic complications.
Pharmacologic therapies should be added only if attacks remain poorly controlled with incapacitating symptoms, or if the patient has digital ischemic ulcers. Calcium channel blockers are first-line therapy, given proven efficacy and low cost, and should be titrated to the maximum tolerated dose before adding or substituting other agents.
References
Wigley FM, Flavahan NA. Raynaud’s phenomenon. N Engl J Med 2016; 375:556–565.
Irwin MS, Gilbert SE, Terenghi G, Smith RW, Green CJ. Cold intolerance following peripheral nerve injury. Natural history and factors predicting severity of symptoms. J Hand Surg Br 1997; 22:308–316.
Wasner G. Vasomotor disturbances in complex regional pain syndrome—a review. Pain Med 2010; 11:1267–1273.
Kurklinsky AK, Miller VM, Rooke TW. Acrocyanosis: the Flying Dutchman. Vasc Med 2011; 16:288–301.
Garner R, Kumari R, Lanyon P, Doherty M, Zhang W. Prevalence, risk factors and associations of primary Raynaud’s phenomenon: systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. BMJ Open 2015; 5:e006389.
Wigley FM. Clinical practice. Raynaud’s phenomenon. N Engl J Med 2002; 347:1001–1008.
Chikura B, Moore TL, Manning JB, Vail A, Herrick AL. Sparing of the thumb in Raynaud’s phenomenon. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2008; 47:219–221.
Kallenerg CG. Early detection of connective tissue disease in patients with Raynaud’s phenomenon. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 1990; 16:11–30.
Kwakkenbos L, Thombs BD. Non-drug approaches to treating Raynaud’s phenomenon. In: Wigley FM, Herrick AL, Flavahan NA, editors. Raynaud’s Phenomenon. A Guide to Pathogenesis and Treatment. New York: Springer Science+Business Media, 2015:299–313.
Goodfield MJ, Hume A, Rowell NR. The acute effects of cigarette smoking on cutaneous blood flow in smoking and non-smoking subjects with and without Raynaud’s phenomenon. Br J Rheumatol 1990; 29:89–91.
Ennis H, Hughes M, Anderson ME, Wilkinson J, Herrick AL. Calcium channel blockers for primary Raynaud’s phenomenon. Cochrane Database Sys Review 2016; 2:CD002069.
Thompson AE, Pope JE. Calcium channel blockers for primary Raynaud’s phenomenon: a meta-analysis. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2005; 44:145–150.
Roustit M, Blaise S, Allanore Y, Carpentier P, Caglayan E, Cracowski J. Phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors for the treatment of secondary Raynaud’s phenomenon: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized trials. Ann Rheum Dis 2013; 72:1696–1699.
Lee EY, Park JK, Lee W, et al. Head-to-head comparison of udenafil vs amlodipine in the treatment of secondary Raynaud's phenomenon: a double-blind, randomized, cross-over study. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2014; 53:658–664.
Chung L, Shapiro L, Fiorentino D, et al. MQX-503, a novel formulation of nitroglycerin, improves the severity of Raynaud’s phenomenon: a randomized, controlled trial. Arthritis Rheum 2009; 60:870–877.
Kan C, Akimoto S, Abe M, Okada K, Ishikawa O. Preliminary thermographic evaluation of a new nitroglycerine tape on the peripheral circulatory disturbance in systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2002; 61:177–179.
Teh LS, Manning J, Moore T, Tully MP, O’Reilly D, Jayson MI. Sustained-release transdermal glyceryl trinitrate patches as a treatment for primary and secondary Raynaud’s phenomenon. Br J Rheumatol 1995; 34:636–641.
Russell IJ, Lessard JA. Prazosin treatment of Raynaud’s phenomenon: a double blind single crossover study. J Rheumatol 1985; 12:94–98.
Wollersheim H, Thien T, Fennis J, van Elteren P, van ‘t Laar A. Double-blind, placebo-controlled study of prazosin in Raynaud’s phenomenon. Clin Pharmacol Ther 1986; 40:219–225.
Coleiro B, Marshall SE, Denton CP, et al. Treatment of Raynaud’s phenomenon with the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor fluoxetine. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2001; 40:1038–1043.
Didazio M, Denton CP, Smith R, et al. Losartan therapy for Raynaud’s phenomenon and scleroderma: clinical and biochemical findings in a fifteen-week randomized, parallel-group, controlled trial. Arthritis Rheum 1999; 42:2646–2655.
Neirotti M, Longo F, Molaschi M, Macchione C, Pernigotti L. Functional vascular disorders: treatment with pentoxifylline. Angiology 1987; 38:575–580.
Abou-Raya A, Abou-Raya S, Helmii M. Statins: potentially useful in therapy of systemic sclerosis-related Raynaud’s phenomenon and digital ulcers. J Rheumatol 2008; 35:1801–1808.
Iorio ML, Masden DL, Higgins JP. Botulinum toxin A treatment of Raynaud’s phenomenon: a review. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2012; 41: 599–603.
Bello RJ, Cooney CM, Melamed E, et al. The therapeutic efficacy of botulinum toxin in treating scleroderma-associated Raynaud’s phenomenon: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Arthritis Rheumatol 2017. Epub ahead of print.
Samantha C. Shapiro, MD Department of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; Postdoctoral Fellow, Johns Hopkins Division of Rheumatology, Baltimore, MD
Fredrick M. Wigley, MD Department of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; Martha McCrory Professor of Medicine, Johns Hopkins Division of Rheumatology, Baltimore, MD
Address: Samantha C. Shapiro, MD, Department of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; 5200 Eastern Avenue, Suite 4100, Mason F. Lord Building, Center Tower, Baltimore, MD 21224; [email protected]
Samantha C. Shapiro, MD Department of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; Postdoctoral Fellow, Johns Hopkins Division of Rheumatology, Baltimore, MD
Fredrick M. Wigley, MD Department of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; Martha McCrory Professor of Medicine, Johns Hopkins Division of Rheumatology, Baltimore, MD
Address: Samantha C. Shapiro, MD, Department of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; 5200 Eastern Avenue, Suite 4100, Mason F. Lord Building, Center Tower, Baltimore, MD 21224; [email protected]
Author and Disclosure Information
Samantha C. Shapiro, MD Department of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; Postdoctoral Fellow, Johns Hopkins Division of Rheumatology, Baltimore, MD
Fredrick M. Wigley, MD Department of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; Martha McCrory Professor of Medicine, Johns Hopkins Division of Rheumatology, Baltimore, MD
Address: Samantha C. Shapiro, MD, Department of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; 5200 Eastern Avenue, Suite 4100, Mason F. Lord Building, Center Tower, Baltimore, MD 21224; [email protected]
Raynaud phenomenon is an overactive vascular response to cold and emotional stress that results in cutaneous color changes and sensory symptoms of the digits (Figure 1). It can occur in isolation as primary Raynaud phenomenon or secondary to another disease process. It is thought to be triggered by a heightened sympathetic vasoconstrictive response of small arteriovenous anastomoses in the fingers, toes, ears, and tip of the nose. These structures play a key role in maintaining a stable core body temperature by cutaneous thermoregulation.1
Figure 1. (A) White digits with intense vasoconstriction in Raynaud phenomenon; (B) blue digits with
hypoxemic venous stasis; (C) red digits with hyperemic reperfusion.
Secondary Raynaud phenomenon can be seen with a wide array of systemic conditions as well as environmental and drug exposures. It is a frequent feature of autoimmune rheumatic conditions such as systemic sclerosis, mixed connective tissue disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, and dermatomyositis. Less commonly, cryoproteinemias, paraneoplastic syndromes, hypothyroidism, and carpal tunnel syndrome can be associated with or cause Raynaud phenomenon. Vibratory trauma (eg, from using a jackhammer) and drugs (eg, vasopressors, stimulants, ergots, chemotherapeutic agents) can also cause Raynaud phenomenon.1
A variety of disorders that cause vasospasm or vascular occlusion of the peripheral circulation can mimic typical Raynaud phenomenon, including peripheral nerve injury,2 complex regional pain syndrome,3 occlusive vascular disease, vasculitis, acrocyanosis,4 and thoracic outlet syndrome.
The prevalence of Raynaud phenomenon is not exactly known, in part due to geographic differences in climate and variation in methods of assessment. However, a 2015 systematic review and meta-analysis of primary Raynaud phenomenon determined a pooled prevalence of 4.85% (95% confidence interval [CI] 2.08%–8.71%) in the general population.5 Accordingly, accurate identification and management of this condition is a useful skill for the internist.
COLD SENSITIVITY AND COLOR CHANGES
Because there are no confirmatory diagnostic tests for this condition, there are no formal diagnostic criteria. However, many experts agree that Raynaud phenomenon can be diagnosed clinically when patients report:
Unusual sensitivity of the fingers to cold, manifesting as pain or paresthesia (eg, tingling, pricking, numbness), and
Color changes of the fingers when exposed to cold, specifically pale white or blue-black, or both.6
Provocative testing such as submerging patients’ hands in cold water is not recommended, as it is distressing to the patient and inconsistent in triggering an event.
Pain is a symptom of critical digital ischemia.
The skin color changes are due to rapid alterations in blood flow in digital skin. The pale white is due to markedly reduced or absent flow secondary to intense vasoconstriction, the blue-black is due to hypoxemic venous stasis, and the red blush is due to hyperemic reperfusion (Figure 1). However, not all patients have all 3 phases of the classic triphasic color changes, and color changes may not follow a set sequence.
Raynaud phenomenon can also occur in other areas of the body that have thermoregulatory vessels, such as the toes, ears, nipples, tongue, and nose. While some patients with Raynaud phenomenon have a finger that is more sensitive than the others, repeated isolated single-digit or asymmetric events without typical progression to all fingers suggest a secondary local structural disease requiring further investigation (see below).
Symptoms related to Raynaud often mimic sensory changes including paresthesias, numbness, aching, and clumsiness of the hand. Abnormal vascular reactivity has been implicated as a causative factor in several disorders, such as migraine headache, preeclampsia, and variant angina. While case reports, case series, and some controlled studies have linked Raynaud phenomenon and these conditions, there is no solid evidence of a systemic vasospastic disorder in patients with primary Raynaud phenomenon.
Raynaud phenomenon is triggered by more than just a cold ambient temperature. Provocation can occur during movement from warmer to relatively cooler temperatures, as well as during episodes of elevated sympathetic activity (eg, emotional distress or fear). In fact, maintaining full body warmth as well as emotional equilibrium are the most important strategies to reduce the frequency of attacks.
PRIMARY VS SECONDARY RAYNAUD PHENOMENON
To distinguish between primary and secondary Raynaud phenomenon, a careful history and physical examination are paramount.
Primary Raynaud phenomenon
In uncomplicated primary Raynaud phenomenon, the episodes typically last 15 to 20 minutes after rewarming and usually start in a single finger and spread to other digits symmetrically and bilaterally.7 The thumb is often spared, and ischemic digital ulcers do not occur. Vasoconstrictive episodes are mild.
Females under age 20 are most commonly affected. In our experience, a young woman with the above clinical picture, no signs or symptoms suggestive of connective tissue disease (see below), and normal nailfold capillaries can be diagnosed as having primary Raynaud phenomenon without any further workup.
Careful clinical follow-up is recommended, because if an occult secondary process is indeed present, most patients will begin to show additional symptoms or signs of it within 2 years of the onset of Raynaud phenomenon.
Should a clinician be unfamiliar with nailfold capillary examination, or if symptoms (eg, fatigue or arthralgia) or signs (eg, rash, arthritis) suggestive of connective tissue disease are present, referral to a rheumatologist for further evaluation is appropriate. Results of further diagnostic testing dictated by the history and physical such as a screening antinuclear antibody test can be sent before referral.
Secondary Raynaud phenomenon
Several clinical features suggest secondary Raynaud phenomenon and warrant referral to a rheumatologist:
Age 20 or older at onset
Frequent severe vasoconstrictive episodes
Male sex
Thumb involvement
Figure 2. (A) Dilated nailfold capillaries in a patient with scleroderma (blue arrow); (B) dilation and dropout of nailfold capillaries (white arrow) viewed with a magnifier.Signs of an autoimmune rheumatic disease, eg, sclerodactyly, cutaneous or mucosal matted telangiectasia, inflammatory arthritis, an abnormal lung examination, severe digital ischemia with ulceration or gangrene, or nailfold capillary dilation or dropout (Figure 2)8
Isolated single-limb or 1-finger ischemic events, seen in macrovascular occlusive disease or inflammatory disease mimicking Raynaud phenomenon (eg, atherosclerosis, vasculitis); when isolated acute ischemic events occur in the upper or lower extremity, a further workup is necessary.
Figure 3 shows our approach to evaluation.
NONPHARMACOLOGIC THERAPY
Figure 3. Our approach to diagnosis of Raynaud phenomenon and differentiating primary from secondary Raynaud phenomenon.
Cold avoidance and stress management are first-line therapies for preventing Raynaud attacks and must be part of any treatment strategy. Digital arteries and thermoregulatory vessels of the skin are predominantly under sympathetic adrenergic control, so temperature changes and emotional stressors trigger vasoconstriction. Patients should be counseled to:
Keep the whole body warm. Patients should wear multiple layers of clothing, a hat, warm gloves, and warm socks. Commercially available hand-warmers can help, especially for patients who live in cold climates.
Learn to avoid or manage stress. Good communication, attention to the patient’s needs, and regular follow-up for reassurance are paramount. For some patients, psychotropic medications to manage mood may help. Behavioral approaches have been suggested for acute stress management. One approach, autogenic training, is a form of relaxation with temperature biofeedback in which finger temperature data are provided to patients to help them learn to relax by monitoring their internal states and changes in temperature. However, there are no strong data to support the routine use of this technique or the use of one behavioral approach over another. Trials have generally been of low quality and limited by small sample size.9
Stop smoking!10
Stop a Raynaud attack should one occur, eg, place the hands under warm water or in a warm part of the body, such as under legs when sitting. This can help speed recovery.
In addition, the physician should:
Eliminate vasoconstricting agents such as nonselective beta-blockers, ergots, triptans, and amphetamines.
PHARMACOLOGIC THERAPY
For many patients, nonpharmacologic interventions are enough to decrease the severity and frequency of attacks. However, if Raynaud phenomenon continues to negatively affect quality of life, drug therapy can be added (Table 1).
Calcium channel blockers
Calcium channel blockers are first-line agents for both primary and secondary Raynaud phenomenon that does not adequately respond to nonpharmacologic interventions. These agents are effective, available, and reasonably inexpensive.
Dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers such as nifedipine and amlodipine are commonly used. Both drugs are acceptable options, though some patients may respond better to one than the other in terms of symptoms and side effects. Nondihydropyridines such as diltiazem can also be used, but they have less potent vasodilatory effects because they are less selective for vascular smooth muscle.
These medications should be started at the lowest dose and titrated up over several weeks as tolerated to achieve their maximal effect. Intermittent therapy (eg, during the winter months only) is reasonable for primary Raynaud without risk of digital ulceration, as relief of symptoms and improvement in quality of life are the main indications for therapy in this circumstance.
A 2016 Cochrane review and meta-analysis of the use of calcium channel blockers to treat primary Raynaud phenomenon included 7 randomized controlled trials with 296 patients treated with either nifedipine or nicardipine.11 There was moderate-quality evidence that these drugs minimally decreased the frequency of attacks (standardized mean difference of 0.23; 95% CI 0.08–0.38, P = .003). This translated to 1.72 fewer attacks per week with treatment than with no pharmacologic therapy (95% CI 0.60–2.84). When analyzed individually, only nifedipine was effective; nicardipine did not decrease the frequency of attacks.
Unfortunately, calcium channel blockers failed to decrease the severity of attacks (according to unvalidated severity scoring systems) or make any differences in physiologic measurement outcomes. Attacks were not completely eliminated, just less frequent than before treatment.11
Most commonly reported side effects included headache, flushing, hypotension, edema, and, rarely, gastrointestinal reflux. Use of these medications may be limited by hypotension.
The review was limited by the small sample size, short duration of treatment, and relatively low doses of calcium channel blockers used in the available studies.11
A 2005 meta-analysis also indicated a statistically significant decrease of 2.8 to 5 attacks per week with nifedipine treatment, though this study also included some patients with secondary Raynaud phenomenon.12
Phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors
When calcium channel blockers do not adequately control symptoms, phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitors can be added or substituted. These medications work by preventing breakdown of cyclic guanosine monophosphate, which induces relaxation in vascular smooth muscle and vasodilation.
Sildenafil can be started at a low dose (20 mg daily) and up-titrated to the maximum dose (20 mg 3 times daily) as tolerated.
A 2014 meta-analysis of 6 randomized controlled trials included 244 patients with secondary Raynaud phenomenon treated with sildenafil, tadalafil, or vardenafil.13 These drugs decreased the daily frequency of attacks by about 0.5 per day vs placebo (–0.49, 95% CI –0.71 to –0.28, P < .0001). PDE5 inhibitors also decreased the severity of attacks (based on the Raynaud’s Condition Score, a popular scoring system) and the duration of attacks by a statistically significant amount.
Almost all patients in these 6 trials were on PDE5 monotherapy. Data on the cumulative benefit of calcium channel blocker and PDE5 inhibitor combination therapy are not yet available. Not all patients tolerate combination therapy, as it can cause symptomatic hypotension, but it can be a successful option in some.
There are also no data showing that either calcium channel blockers or PDE5 inhibitors are superior, though the former are less expensive. A small double-blind, randomized, crossover study of udenafil vs amlodipine in the treatment of secondary Raynaud phenomenon showed that both medications significantly decreased the frequency of attacks and had comparable efficacy.14
Cost and insurance coverage. We have generally been successful in obtaining coverage for this off-label use of PDE5 inhibitors, though additional effort may be required. No drug (not even a calcium channel blocker) is approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for use in Raynaud phenomenon. In our experience, a letter of appeal outlining the rationale for use and citing supporting publications can lead to successful coverage of a medication. If the drug is still not approved, the patient either pays for it out of pocket or another agent is selected. In certain circumstances, pharmaceutical companies may provide prescription assistance for compassionate use of these drugs in Raynaud phenomenon, although this also takes letter-writing, phone calls, or both on the part of the physician.
Topical nitrates
Patients who have an unsatisfactory response to calcium channel blockers with or without PDE5 inhibitors can try topical nitrates, available as sustained-release transdermal patches, tapes, creams, gels, and ointments.
Small trials have noted slight improvement in the Raynaud Condition Score15 and finger temperature16 with these therapies. Another trial noted decreased frequency of attacks and symptoms with the use of sustained-release glyceryl trinitrate patches, but use was limited by intolerable headache.17
In our experience, topical nitrates are most helpful for patients who have 1 or a few digits that are more severely affected than the others, and we reserve these drugs for this indication. Localized vasodilation can provide targeted rapid relief of more ischemic areas.
Topical nitroglycerin can be applied to the base of the ischemic digit for 6 to 12 hours. Preparations vary, and patients should be closely monitored for dose response and tolerance.
Combining a topical nitrate with a calcium channel blocker is safe, but the use of a nitrate with a PDE5 inhibitor is contraindicated due to the risk of hypotension. The use of topical nitrates may be limited by systemic side effects such as headache and flushing and a lack of benefit over time.
Other therapies
If the aforementioned agents are not tolerated or not effective, there is limited evidence that other therapies reduce the frequency and sometimes the severity of attacks. These are not first-line agents but may be tried when other options have been exhausted and symptoms persist. There are no data to support combining these therapies, but in our experience doing so may help some patients in whom drug-drug interactions are not prohibitive.
Prazosin, an alpha-1-adrenergic receptor antagonist, was reported to improve Raynaud phenomenon in 2 small studies in the 1980s, but we do not use it since better options are available. In addition, the vasoactive blood vessels involved do not have alpha-1 receptors, so there is no theoretical basis for using prazosin.18,19
Fluoxetine, a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor, reduced the frequency and severity of attacks in a 6-week crossover study with nifedipine.20
Losartan, an angiotensin II receptor blocker, also reduced the severity and frequency of attacks when compared with nifedipine.21
Pentoxifylline, a nonselective phosphodiesterase inhibitor, showed some benefit in a trial in 11 patients with primary Raynaud.22
Atorvastatin, a lipid-lowering drug, reduced the number of digital ulcers in patients with secondary Raynaud already on first-line vasodilatory therapy, and might be added in this situation.23
Botulinum toxin A injections have some data to support their use, but evidence is based on uncontrolled case series.24 A controlled trial in scleroderma patients with severe Raynaud phenomenon found botulinum toxin to be no better than placebo.25
Prostacyclin preparations are available. Intermittent intravenous doses of prostacyclin analogues over several days can be used in resistant cases. Oral prostacyclin agents have not shown consistent benefit. New prostacyclin receptor agonists are under investigation.
Overall, we move to other options only in patients with persistent symptoms that impair quality of life, or in patients with recurrent digital ischemic lesions that have not responded to calcium channel blockers and PDE5 inhibitors or nitrates, either alone or in combination.
DIGITAL ULCERATION AND ACUTE DIGITAL ISCHEMIC CRISIS
Patients with secondary Raynaud phenomenon may be at risk of recurrent digital ulceration and acute digital ischemia with gangrene. These patients should be comanaged with a rheumatologist so that the underlying disease process is fully addressed. Digital ulcers should be inspected closely for signs of infection, which may require treatment with antibiotics.
Acute digital ischemia is a medical emergency and should prompt inpatient admission with warming, emotional regulation, and pain control (often with narcotics) to decrease sympathetic vasoconstriction. These patients require aggressive vasodilatory therapy to reverse the ischemic event.
A short-acting calcium channel blocker or combination therapy with a calcium channel blocker and a PDE5 inhibitor or topical nitrate should be started. If there is no benefit, then transient intravenous vasodilatory therapy with a prostacyclin (epoprostenol) or localized digital sympathectomy is used to prevent digital loss.
The endothelin receptor inhibitor bosentan has been shown to decrease recurrent digital ulcers in patients with scleroderma, and while bosentan does not decrease the frequency of Raynaud attacks, it can be used in this select group to prevent new digital ulcers.
Treatment options may be limited by insurance coverage or access to intravenous infusions.
TAKE-HOME RECOMMENDATIONS
For many patients with primary or secondary Raynaud phenomenon, nonpharmacologic interventions are all that are required to decrease the frequency of attacks and improve quality of life. The goal should not be to eliminate attacks completely, as aggressive drug treatment may cause more harm than benefit. From our perspective, the goals of treatment should be to improve quality of life and prevent ischemic complications.
Pharmacologic therapies should be added only if attacks remain poorly controlled with incapacitating symptoms, or if the patient has digital ischemic ulcers. Calcium channel blockers are first-line therapy, given proven efficacy and low cost, and should be titrated to the maximum tolerated dose before adding or substituting other agents.
Raynaud phenomenon is an overactive vascular response to cold and emotional stress that results in cutaneous color changes and sensory symptoms of the digits (Figure 1). It can occur in isolation as primary Raynaud phenomenon or secondary to another disease process. It is thought to be triggered by a heightened sympathetic vasoconstrictive response of small arteriovenous anastomoses in the fingers, toes, ears, and tip of the nose. These structures play a key role in maintaining a stable core body temperature by cutaneous thermoregulation.1
Figure 1. (A) White digits with intense vasoconstriction in Raynaud phenomenon; (B) blue digits with
hypoxemic venous stasis; (C) red digits with hyperemic reperfusion.
Secondary Raynaud phenomenon can be seen with a wide array of systemic conditions as well as environmental and drug exposures. It is a frequent feature of autoimmune rheumatic conditions such as systemic sclerosis, mixed connective tissue disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, and dermatomyositis. Less commonly, cryoproteinemias, paraneoplastic syndromes, hypothyroidism, and carpal tunnel syndrome can be associated with or cause Raynaud phenomenon. Vibratory trauma (eg, from using a jackhammer) and drugs (eg, vasopressors, stimulants, ergots, chemotherapeutic agents) can also cause Raynaud phenomenon.1
A variety of disorders that cause vasospasm or vascular occlusion of the peripheral circulation can mimic typical Raynaud phenomenon, including peripheral nerve injury,2 complex regional pain syndrome,3 occlusive vascular disease, vasculitis, acrocyanosis,4 and thoracic outlet syndrome.
The prevalence of Raynaud phenomenon is not exactly known, in part due to geographic differences in climate and variation in methods of assessment. However, a 2015 systematic review and meta-analysis of primary Raynaud phenomenon determined a pooled prevalence of 4.85% (95% confidence interval [CI] 2.08%–8.71%) in the general population.5 Accordingly, accurate identification and management of this condition is a useful skill for the internist.
COLD SENSITIVITY AND COLOR CHANGES
Because there are no confirmatory diagnostic tests for this condition, there are no formal diagnostic criteria. However, many experts agree that Raynaud phenomenon can be diagnosed clinically when patients report:
Unusual sensitivity of the fingers to cold, manifesting as pain or paresthesia (eg, tingling, pricking, numbness), and
Color changes of the fingers when exposed to cold, specifically pale white or blue-black, or both.6
Provocative testing such as submerging patients’ hands in cold water is not recommended, as it is distressing to the patient and inconsistent in triggering an event.
Pain is a symptom of critical digital ischemia.
The skin color changes are due to rapid alterations in blood flow in digital skin. The pale white is due to markedly reduced or absent flow secondary to intense vasoconstriction, the blue-black is due to hypoxemic venous stasis, and the red blush is due to hyperemic reperfusion (Figure 1). However, not all patients have all 3 phases of the classic triphasic color changes, and color changes may not follow a set sequence.
Raynaud phenomenon can also occur in other areas of the body that have thermoregulatory vessels, such as the toes, ears, nipples, tongue, and nose. While some patients with Raynaud phenomenon have a finger that is more sensitive than the others, repeated isolated single-digit or asymmetric events without typical progression to all fingers suggest a secondary local structural disease requiring further investigation (see below).
Symptoms related to Raynaud often mimic sensory changes including paresthesias, numbness, aching, and clumsiness of the hand. Abnormal vascular reactivity has been implicated as a causative factor in several disorders, such as migraine headache, preeclampsia, and variant angina. While case reports, case series, and some controlled studies have linked Raynaud phenomenon and these conditions, there is no solid evidence of a systemic vasospastic disorder in patients with primary Raynaud phenomenon.
Raynaud phenomenon is triggered by more than just a cold ambient temperature. Provocation can occur during movement from warmer to relatively cooler temperatures, as well as during episodes of elevated sympathetic activity (eg, emotional distress or fear). In fact, maintaining full body warmth as well as emotional equilibrium are the most important strategies to reduce the frequency of attacks.
PRIMARY VS SECONDARY RAYNAUD PHENOMENON
To distinguish between primary and secondary Raynaud phenomenon, a careful history and physical examination are paramount.
Primary Raynaud phenomenon
In uncomplicated primary Raynaud phenomenon, the episodes typically last 15 to 20 minutes after rewarming and usually start in a single finger and spread to other digits symmetrically and bilaterally.7 The thumb is often spared, and ischemic digital ulcers do not occur. Vasoconstrictive episodes are mild.
Females under age 20 are most commonly affected. In our experience, a young woman with the above clinical picture, no signs or symptoms suggestive of connective tissue disease (see below), and normal nailfold capillaries can be diagnosed as having primary Raynaud phenomenon without any further workup.
Careful clinical follow-up is recommended, because if an occult secondary process is indeed present, most patients will begin to show additional symptoms or signs of it within 2 years of the onset of Raynaud phenomenon.
Should a clinician be unfamiliar with nailfold capillary examination, or if symptoms (eg, fatigue or arthralgia) or signs (eg, rash, arthritis) suggestive of connective tissue disease are present, referral to a rheumatologist for further evaluation is appropriate. Results of further diagnostic testing dictated by the history and physical such as a screening antinuclear antibody test can be sent before referral.
Secondary Raynaud phenomenon
Several clinical features suggest secondary Raynaud phenomenon and warrant referral to a rheumatologist:
Age 20 or older at onset
Frequent severe vasoconstrictive episodes
Male sex
Thumb involvement
Figure 2. (A) Dilated nailfold capillaries in a patient with scleroderma (blue arrow); (B) dilation and dropout of nailfold capillaries (white arrow) viewed with a magnifier.Signs of an autoimmune rheumatic disease, eg, sclerodactyly, cutaneous or mucosal matted telangiectasia, inflammatory arthritis, an abnormal lung examination, severe digital ischemia with ulceration or gangrene, or nailfold capillary dilation or dropout (Figure 2)8
Isolated single-limb or 1-finger ischemic events, seen in macrovascular occlusive disease or inflammatory disease mimicking Raynaud phenomenon (eg, atherosclerosis, vasculitis); when isolated acute ischemic events occur in the upper or lower extremity, a further workup is necessary.
Figure 3 shows our approach to evaluation.
NONPHARMACOLOGIC THERAPY
Figure 3. Our approach to diagnosis of Raynaud phenomenon and differentiating primary from secondary Raynaud phenomenon.
Cold avoidance and stress management are first-line therapies for preventing Raynaud attacks and must be part of any treatment strategy. Digital arteries and thermoregulatory vessels of the skin are predominantly under sympathetic adrenergic control, so temperature changes and emotional stressors trigger vasoconstriction. Patients should be counseled to:
Keep the whole body warm. Patients should wear multiple layers of clothing, a hat, warm gloves, and warm socks. Commercially available hand-warmers can help, especially for patients who live in cold climates.
Learn to avoid or manage stress. Good communication, attention to the patient’s needs, and regular follow-up for reassurance are paramount. For some patients, psychotropic medications to manage mood may help. Behavioral approaches have been suggested for acute stress management. One approach, autogenic training, is a form of relaxation with temperature biofeedback in which finger temperature data are provided to patients to help them learn to relax by monitoring their internal states and changes in temperature. However, there are no strong data to support the routine use of this technique or the use of one behavioral approach over another. Trials have generally been of low quality and limited by small sample size.9
Stop smoking!10
Stop a Raynaud attack should one occur, eg, place the hands under warm water or in a warm part of the body, such as under legs when sitting. This can help speed recovery.
In addition, the physician should:
Eliminate vasoconstricting agents such as nonselective beta-blockers, ergots, triptans, and amphetamines.
PHARMACOLOGIC THERAPY
For many patients, nonpharmacologic interventions are enough to decrease the severity and frequency of attacks. However, if Raynaud phenomenon continues to negatively affect quality of life, drug therapy can be added (Table 1).
Calcium channel blockers
Calcium channel blockers are first-line agents for both primary and secondary Raynaud phenomenon that does not adequately respond to nonpharmacologic interventions. These agents are effective, available, and reasonably inexpensive.
Dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers such as nifedipine and amlodipine are commonly used. Both drugs are acceptable options, though some patients may respond better to one than the other in terms of symptoms and side effects. Nondihydropyridines such as diltiazem can also be used, but they have less potent vasodilatory effects because they are less selective for vascular smooth muscle.
These medications should be started at the lowest dose and titrated up over several weeks as tolerated to achieve their maximal effect. Intermittent therapy (eg, during the winter months only) is reasonable for primary Raynaud without risk of digital ulceration, as relief of symptoms and improvement in quality of life are the main indications for therapy in this circumstance.
A 2016 Cochrane review and meta-analysis of the use of calcium channel blockers to treat primary Raynaud phenomenon included 7 randomized controlled trials with 296 patients treated with either nifedipine or nicardipine.11 There was moderate-quality evidence that these drugs minimally decreased the frequency of attacks (standardized mean difference of 0.23; 95% CI 0.08–0.38, P = .003). This translated to 1.72 fewer attacks per week with treatment than with no pharmacologic therapy (95% CI 0.60–2.84). When analyzed individually, only nifedipine was effective; nicardipine did not decrease the frequency of attacks.
Unfortunately, calcium channel blockers failed to decrease the severity of attacks (according to unvalidated severity scoring systems) or make any differences in physiologic measurement outcomes. Attacks were not completely eliminated, just less frequent than before treatment.11
Most commonly reported side effects included headache, flushing, hypotension, edema, and, rarely, gastrointestinal reflux. Use of these medications may be limited by hypotension.
The review was limited by the small sample size, short duration of treatment, and relatively low doses of calcium channel blockers used in the available studies.11
A 2005 meta-analysis also indicated a statistically significant decrease of 2.8 to 5 attacks per week with nifedipine treatment, though this study also included some patients with secondary Raynaud phenomenon.12
Phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors
When calcium channel blockers do not adequately control symptoms, phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitors can be added or substituted. These medications work by preventing breakdown of cyclic guanosine monophosphate, which induces relaxation in vascular smooth muscle and vasodilation.
Sildenafil can be started at a low dose (20 mg daily) and up-titrated to the maximum dose (20 mg 3 times daily) as tolerated.
A 2014 meta-analysis of 6 randomized controlled trials included 244 patients with secondary Raynaud phenomenon treated with sildenafil, tadalafil, or vardenafil.13 These drugs decreased the daily frequency of attacks by about 0.5 per day vs placebo (–0.49, 95% CI –0.71 to –0.28, P < .0001). PDE5 inhibitors also decreased the severity of attacks (based on the Raynaud’s Condition Score, a popular scoring system) and the duration of attacks by a statistically significant amount.
Almost all patients in these 6 trials were on PDE5 monotherapy. Data on the cumulative benefit of calcium channel blocker and PDE5 inhibitor combination therapy are not yet available. Not all patients tolerate combination therapy, as it can cause symptomatic hypotension, but it can be a successful option in some.
There are also no data showing that either calcium channel blockers or PDE5 inhibitors are superior, though the former are less expensive. A small double-blind, randomized, crossover study of udenafil vs amlodipine in the treatment of secondary Raynaud phenomenon showed that both medications significantly decreased the frequency of attacks and had comparable efficacy.14
Cost and insurance coverage. We have generally been successful in obtaining coverage for this off-label use of PDE5 inhibitors, though additional effort may be required. No drug (not even a calcium channel blocker) is approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for use in Raynaud phenomenon. In our experience, a letter of appeal outlining the rationale for use and citing supporting publications can lead to successful coverage of a medication. If the drug is still not approved, the patient either pays for it out of pocket or another agent is selected. In certain circumstances, pharmaceutical companies may provide prescription assistance for compassionate use of these drugs in Raynaud phenomenon, although this also takes letter-writing, phone calls, or both on the part of the physician.
Topical nitrates
Patients who have an unsatisfactory response to calcium channel blockers with or without PDE5 inhibitors can try topical nitrates, available as sustained-release transdermal patches, tapes, creams, gels, and ointments.
Small trials have noted slight improvement in the Raynaud Condition Score15 and finger temperature16 with these therapies. Another trial noted decreased frequency of attacks and symptoms with the use of sustained-release glyceryl trinitrate patches, but use was limited by intolerable headache.17
In our experience, topical nitrates are most helpful for patients who have 1 or a few digits that are more severely affected than the others, and we reserve these drugs for this indication. Localized vasodilation can provide targeted rapid relief of more ischemic areas.
Topical nitroglycerin can be applied to the base of the ischemic digit for 6 to 12 hours. Preparations vary, and patients should be closely monitored for dose response and tolerance.
Combining a topical nitrate with a calcium channel blocker is safe, but the use of a nitrate with a PDE5 inhibitor is contraindicated due to the risk of hypotension. The use of topical nitrates may be limited by systemic side effects such as headache and flushing and a lack of benefit over time.
Other therapies
If the aforementioned agents are not tolerated or not effective, there is limited evidence that other therapies reduce the frequency and sometimes the severity of attacks. These are not first-line agents but may be tried when other options have been exhausted and symptoms persist. There are no data to support combining these therapies, but in our experience doing so may help some patients in whom drug-drug interactions are not prohibitive.
Prazosin, an alpha-1-adrenergic receptor antagonist, was reported to improve Raynaud phenomenon in 2 small studies in the 1980s, but we do not use it since better options are available. In addition, the vasoactive blood vessels involved do not have alpha-1 receptors, so there is no theoretical basis for using prazosin.18,19
Fluoxetine, a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor, reduced the frequency and severity of attacks in a 6-week crossover study with nifedipine.20
Losartan, an angiotensin II receptor blocker, also reduced the severity and frequency of attacks when compared with nifedipine.21
Pentoxifylline, a nonselective phosphodiesterase inhibitor, showed some benefit in a trial in 11 patients with primary Raynaud.22
Atorvastatin, a lipid-lowering drug, reduced the number of digital ulcers in patients with secondary Raynaud already on first-line vasodilatory therapy, and might be added in this situation.23
Botulinum toxin A injections have some data to support their use, but evidence is based on uncontrolled case series.24 A controlled trial in scleroderma patients with severe Raynaud phenomenon found botulinum toxin to be no better than placebo.25
Prostacyclin preparations are available. Intermittent intravenous doses of prostacyclin analogues over several days can be used in resistant cases. Oral prostacyclin agents have not shown consistent benefit. New prostacyclin receptor agonists are under investigation.
Overall, we move to other options only in patients with persistent symptoms that impair quality of life, or in patients with recurrent digital ischemic lesions that have not responded to calcium channel blockers and PDE5 inhibitors or nitrates, either alone or in combination.
DIGITAL ULCERATION AND ACUTE DIGITAL ISCHEMIC CRISIS
Patients with secondary Raynaud phenomenon may be at risk of recurrent digital ulceration and acute digital ischemia with gangrene. These patients should be comanaged with a rheumatologist so that the underlying disease process is fully addressed. Digital ulcers should be inspected closely for signs of infection, which may require treatment with antibiotics.
Acute digital ischemia is a medical emergency and should prompt inpatient admission with warming, emotional regulation, and pain control (often with narcotics) to decrease sympathetic vasoconstriction. These patients require aggressive vasodilatory therapy to reverse the ischemic event.
A short-acting calcium channel blocker or combination therapy with a calcium channel blocker and a PDE5 inhibitor or topical nitrate should be started. If there is no benefit, then transient intravenous vasodilatory therapy with a prostacyclin (epoprostenol) or localized digital sympathectomy is used to prevent digital loss.
The endothelin receptor inhibitor bosentan has been shown to decrease recurrent digital ulcers in patients with scleroderma, and while bosentan does not decrease the frequency of Raynaud attacks, it can be used in this select group to prevent new digital ulcers.
Treatment options may be limited by insurance coverage or access to intravenous infusions.
TAKE-HOME RECOMMENDATIONS
For many patients with primary or secondary Raynaud phenomenon, nonpharmacologic interventions are all that are required to decrease the frequency of attacks and improve quality of life. The goal should not be to eliminate attacks completely, as aggressive drug treatment may cause more harm than benefit. From our perspective, the goals of treatment should be to improve quality of life and prevent ischemic complications.
Pharmacologic therapies should be added only if attacks remain poorly controlled with incapacitating symptoms, or if the patient has digital ischemic ulcers. Calcium channel blockers are first-line therapy, given proven efficacy and low cost, and should be titrated to the maximum tolerated dose before adding or substituting other agents.
References
Wigley FM, Flavahan NA. Raynaud’s phenomenon. N Engl J Med 2016; 375:556–565.
Irwin MS, Gilbert SE, Terenghi G, Smith RW, Green CJ. Cold intolerance following peripheral nerve injury. Natural history and factors predicting severity of symptoms. J Hand Surg Br 1997; 22:308–316.
Wasner G. Vasomotor disturbances in complex regional pain syndrome—a review. Pain Med 2010; 11:1267–1273.
Kurklinsky AK, Miller VM, Rooke TW. Acrocyanosis: the Flying Dutchman. Vasc Med 2011; 16:288–301.
Garner R, Kumari R, Lanyon P, Doherty M, Zhang W. Prevalence, risk factors and associations of primary Raynaud’s phenomenon: systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. BMJ Open 2015; 5:e006389.
Wigley FM. Clinical practice. Raynaud’s phenomenon. N Engl J Med 2002; 347:1001–1008.
Chikura B, Moore TL, Manning JB, Vail A, Herrick AL. Sparing of the thumb in Raynaud’s phenomenon. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2008; 47:219–221.
Kallenerg CG. Early detection of connective tissue disease in patients with Raynaud’s phenomenon. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 1990; 16:11–30.
Kwakkenbos L, Thombs BD. Non-drug approaches to treating Raynaud’s phenomenon. In: Wigley FM, Herrick AL, Flavahan NA, editors. Raynaud’s Phenomenon. A Guide to Pathogenesis and Treatment. New York: Springer Science+Business Media, 2015:299–313.
Goodfield MJ, Hume A, Rowell NR. The acute effects of cigarette smoking on cutaneous blood flow in smoking and non-smoking subjects with and without Raynaud’s phenomenon. Br J Rheumatol 1990; 29:89–91.
Ennis H, Hughes M, Anderson ME, Wilkinson J, Herrick AL. Calcium channel blockers for primary Raynaud’s phenomenon. Cochrane Database Sys Review 2016; 2:CD002069.
Thompson AE, Pope JE. Calcium channel blockers for primary Raynaud’s phenomenon: a meta-analysis. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2005; 44:145–150.
Roustit M, Blaise S, Allanore Y, Carpentier P, Caglayan E, Cracowski J. Phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors for the treatment of secondary Raynaud’s phenomenon: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized trials. Ann Rheum Dis 2013; 72:1696–1699.
Lee EY, Park JK, Lee W, et al. Head-to-head comparison of udenafil vs amlodipine in the treatment of secondary Raynaud's phenomenon: a double-blind, randomized, cross-over study. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2014; 53:658–664.
Chung L, Shapiro L, Fiorentino D, et al. MQX-503, a novel formulation of nitroglycerin, improves the severity of Raynaud’s phenomenon: a randomized, controlled trial. Arthritis Rheum 2009; 60:870–877.
Kan C, Akimoto S, Abe M, Okada K, Ishikawa O. Preliminary thermographic evaluation of a new nitroglycerine tape on the peripheral circulatory disturbance in systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2002; 61:177–179.
Teh LS, Manning J, Moore T, Tully MP, O’Reilly D, Jayson MI. Sustained-release transdermal glyceryl trinitrate patches as a treatment for primary and secondary Raynaud’s phenomenon. Br J Rheumatol 1995; 34:636–641.
Russell IJ, Lessard JA. Prazosin treatment of Raynaud’s phenomenon: a double blind single crossover study. J Rheumatol 1985; 12:94–98.
Wollersheim H, Thien T, Fennis J, van Elteren P, van ‘t Laar A. Double-blind, placebo-controlled study of prazosin in Raynaud’s phenomenon. Clin Pharmacol Ther 1986; 40:219–225.
Coleiro B, Marshall SE, Denton CP, et al. Treatment of Raynaud’s phenomenon with the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor fluoxetine. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2001; 40:1038–1043.
Didazio M, Denton CP, Smith R, et al. Losartan therapy for Raynaud’s phenomenon and scleroderma: clinical and biochemical findings in a fifteen-week randomized, parallel-group, controlled trial. Arthritis Rheum 1999; 42:2646–2655.
Neirotti M, Longo F, Molaschi M, Macchione C, Pernigotti L. Functional vascular disorders: treatment with pentoxifylline. Angiology 1987; 38:575–580.
Abou-Raya A, Abou-Raya S, Helmii M. Statins: potentially useful in therapy of systemic sclerosis-related Raynaud’s phenomenon and digital ulcers. J Rheumatol 2008; 35:1801–1808.
Iorio ML, Masden DL, Higgins JP. Botulinum toxin A treatment of Raynaud’s phenomenon: a review. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2012; 41: 599–603.
Bello RJ, Cooney CM, Melamed E, et al. The therapeutic efficacy of botulinum toxin in treating scleroderma-associated Raynaud’s phenomenon: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Arthritis Rheumatol 2017. Epub ahead of print.
References
Wigley FM, Flavahan NA. Raynaud’s phenomenon. N Engl J Med 2016; 375:556–565.
Irwin MS, Gilbert SE, Terenghi G, Smith RW, Green CJ. Cold intolerance following peripheral nerve injury. Natural history and factors predicting severity of symptoms. J Hand Surg Br 1997; 22:308–316.
Wasner G. Vasomotor disturbances in complex regional pain syndrome—a review. Pain Med 2010; 11:1267–1273.
Kurklinsky AK, Miller VM, Rooke TW. Acrocyanosis: the Flying Dutchman. Vasc Med 2011; 16:288–301.
Garner R, Kumari R, Lanyon P, Doherty M, Zhang W. Prevalence, risk factors and associations of primary Raynaud’s phenomenon: systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. BMJ Open 2015; 5:e006389.
Wigley FM. Clinical practice. Raynaud’s phenomenon. N Engl J Med 2002; 347:1001–1008.
Chikura B, Moore TL, Manning JB, Vail A, Herrick AL. Sparing of the thumb in Raynaud’s phenomenon. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2008; 47:219–221.
Kallenerg CG. Early detection of connective tissue disease in patients with Raynaud’s phenomenon. Rheum Dis Clin North Am 1990; 16:11–30.
Kwakkenbos L, Thombs BD. Non-drug approaches to treating Raynaud’s phenomenon. In: Wigley FM, Herrick AL, Flavahan NA, editors. Raynaud’s Phenomenon. A Guide to Pathogenesis and Treatment. New York: Springer Science+Business Media, 2015:299–313.
Goodfield MJ, Hume A, Rowell NR. The acute effects of cigarette smoking on cutaneous blood flow in smoking and non-smoking subjects with and without Raynaud’s phenomenon. Br J Rheumatol 1990; 29:89–91.
Ennis H, Hughes M, Anderson ME, Wilkinson J, Herrick AL. Calcium channel blockers for primary Raynaud’s phenomenon. Cochrane Database Sys Review 2016; 2:CD002069.
Thompson AE, Pope JE. Calcium channel blockers for primary Raynaud’s phenomenon: a meta-analysis. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2005; 44:145–150.
Roustit M, Blaise S, Allanore Y, Carpentier P, Caglayan E, Cracowski J. Phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors for the treatment of secondary Raynaud’s phenomenon: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized trials. Ann Rheum Dis 2013; 72:1696–1699.
Lee EY, Park JK, Lee W, et al. Head-to-head comparison of udenafil vs amlodipine in the treatment of secondary Raynaud's phenomenon: a double-blind, randomized, cross-over study. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2014; 53:658–664.
Chung L, Shapiro L, Fiorentino D, et al. MQX-503, a novel formulation of nitroglycerin, improves the severity of Raynaud’s phenomenon: a randomized, controlled trial. Arthritis Rheum 2009; 60:870–877.
Kan C, Akimoto S, Abe M, Okada K, Ishikawa O. Preliminary thermographic evaluation of a new nitroglycerine tape on the peripheral circulatory disturbance in systemic sclerosis. Ann Rheum Dis 2002; 61:177–179.
Teh LS, Manning J, Moore T, Tully MP, O’Reilly D, Jayson MI. Sustained-release transdermal glyceryl trinitrate patches as a treatment for primary and secondary Raynaud’s phenomenon. Br J Rheumatol 1995; 34:636–641.
Russell IJ, Lessard JA. Prazosin treatment of Raynaud’s phenomenon: a double blind single crossover study. J Rheumatol 1985; 12:94–98.
Wollersheim H, Thien T, Fennis J, van Elteren P, van ‘t Laar A. Double-blind, placebo-controlled study of prazosin in Raynaud’s phenomenon. Clin Pharmacol Ther 1986; 40:219–225.
Coleiro B, Marshall SE, Denton CP, et al. Treatment of Raynaud’s phenomenon with the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor fluoxetine. Rheumatology (Oxford) 2001; 40:1038–1043.
Didazio M, Denton CP, Smith R, et al. Losartan therapy for Raynaud’s phenomenon and scleroderma: clinical and biochemical findings in a fifteen-week randomized, parallel-group, controlled trial. Arthritis Rheum 1999; 42:2646–2655.
Neirotti M, Longo F, Molaschi M, Macchione C, Pernigotti L. Functional vascular disorders: treatment with pentoxifylline. Angiology 1987; 38:575–580.
Abou-Raya A, Abou-Raya S, Helmii M. Statins: potentially useful in therapy of systemic sclerosis-related Raynaud’s phenomenon and digital ulcers. J Rheumatol 2008; 35:1801–1808.
Iorio ML, Masden DL, Higgins JP. Botulinum toxin A treatment of Raynaud’s phenomenon: a review. Semin Arthritis Rheum 2012; 41: 599–603.
Bello RJ, Cooney CM, Melamed E, et al. The therapeutic efficacy of botulinum toxin in treating scleroderma-associated Raynaud’s phenomenon: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Arthritis Rheumatol 2017. Epub ahead of print.
Primary Raynaud phenomenon occurs in the absence of any underlying disease process. Secondary Raynaud phenomenon occurs in concert with another disease, frequently rheumatic.
Young patients with mild Raynaud phenomenon, normal nailfold capillaries, and no additional symptoms or signs to suggest a rheumatic or other underlying disease can be followed carefully by the primary care doctor and do not require further serologic workup or referral to a specialist.
Nonpharmacologic interventions, ie, cold avoidance and stress management, are first-line for all patients.
Calcium channel blockers are first-line drugs and should be titrated to the maximum tolerated dose before adding or switching to other agents.
The goal of treatment should not be to eliminate Raynaud attacks completely but to improve quality of life and prevent ischemic complications.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Consolidated Pubs: Do Not Show Source Publication Logo
Antipsychotics are FDA-approved as a primary treatment for schizophrenia and bipolar disorder and as adjunctive therapy for major depressive disorder. In the United States, approximately 26% of antipsychotic prescriptions written for these indications are for individuals age >65.1 Additionally, antipsychotics are widely used to treat behavioral symptoms associated with dementia.1 The rapid expansion of the use of second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs), in particular, has been driven in part by their lower risk for extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS) compared with first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs).1 However, a growing body of data indicates that all antipsychotics have a range of adverse effects in older patients. This focus is critical in light of demographic trends—in the next 10 to 15 years, the population age >60 will grow 3.5 times more rapidly than the general population.2
In this context, psychiatrists need information on the relative risks of antipsychotics for older patients. This 3-part series summarizes findings and recommendations on safety and tolerability when prescribing antipsychotics in older individuals with chronic psychotic disorders, such as schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, depression, and dementia. This review aims to:
briefly summarize the major studies and analyses relevant to older patients with these diagnoses
provide a summative opinion on safety and tolerability issues in these older adults
highlight the gaps in the evidence base and areas that need additional research.
Part 1 focuses on older adults with schizophrenia or bipolar disorder. Subsequent articles will focus on prescribing antipsychotics to older adults with depression and those with dementia.
Schizophrenia
Summary of benefits, place in treatment armamentarium.Individuals with schizophrenia have a shorter life expectancy than that of the general population mostly as a result of suicide and comorbid physical illnesses,3 but the number of patients with schizophrenia age >55 will double over the next 2 decades.4 With aging, both positive and negative symptoms may be a focus of treatment (Table 1).5,6 Antipsychotics are a first-line treatment for older patients with schizophrenia with few medication alternatives.7 Safety risks associated with antipsychotics in older people span a broad spectrum (Table 2).8
Clinical trials.Few studies have evaluated treatment of older adults with schizophrenia.7-13 Two Cochrane reviews found only a handful of randomized controlled trials (RCTs).10,11 The largest RCT was an 8-week prospective, multisite RCT of olanzapine vs risperidone in 175 older adults (age ≥60 years; mean age, 71 years) with schizophrenia.5 Before enrollment, just over one-half (53%) had been treated with FGAs. Both risperidone and olanzapine were flexibly dosed, with a target dose of 3 mg/d for risperidone and 20 mg/d for olanzapine. Median daily doses were 2 mg/d for risperidone and 10 mg/d for olanzapine. Both treatments were associated with symptom improvement, but there was no difference between groups. Approximately 70% of patients in each treatment arm experienced adverse events. The most common adverse effects (similar across groups) were somnolence, insomnia, dizziness, agitation, constipation, headache, and diarrhea. Rates of EPS were lower with both risperidone (9.2% EPS-related adverse effects) and olanzapine (15.9% EPS-related adverse effects) vs patients taking FGAs prior to starting the RCT. Drop-out rates were similar (risperidone, 19.3%; olanzapine, 27.6%). There was greater weight gain with olanzapine vs risperidone (P = .04).5
A 6-week prospective RCT evaluated paliperidone extended-release vs placebo in 114 older adults (age ≥65 years; mean age, 70 years) with schizophrenia.14 There was an optional 24-week extension of open-label treatment with paliperidone. Mean daily dose of paliperidone was 8.4 mg. Efficacy measures did not show consistent statistically significant differences between treatment groups. Discontinuation rates were similar between paliperidone (7%) vs placebo (8%). Serious adverse events occurred in 3% of paliperidone-treated vs 8% of placebo-treated patients. Elevated prolactin levels occurred in one-half of paliperidone-treated patients. There were no prolactin or glucose treatment-related adverse events or significant mean changes in body weight for either paliperidone-treated or placebo-treated patients. Safety findings in the 24-week, open-label extension group were consistent with the RCT results.
Howanitz et al15 conducted a 12-week, prospective RCT that compared clozapine (mean dose, 300 mg/d) with chlorpromazine (mean dose, 600 mg/d) in 42 older adults (mean age, 67 years) with schizophrenia. Drop-out rate prior to 5 weeks was 19% and similar between groups. Common adverse effects included sialorrhea, hematologic abnormalities, sedation, tachycardia, EPS, and weight gain. Although both drugs were effective, more patients taking clozapine had tachycardia and weight gain, while more chlorpromazine patients reported sedation.
There have been other, less rigorous studies.7,8 Most of these studies evaluated risperidone and olanzapine, and most were conducted in “younger” geriatric patients (age <75 years). Although patients who participate in clinical trials may be healthier than “typical” patients, adverse effects such as EPS, sedation, and weight gain were still relatively common in these studies.
Other clinical data. A major consideration in treating older adults with schizophrenia is balancing the need to administer an antipsychotic dose high enough to alleviate psychotic symptoms while minimizing dose-dependent adverse effects. There is a U-shaped relationship between age and vulnerability to antipsychotic adverse effects,16,17 wherein adverse effects are highest at younger and older ages. Evidence supports using the lowest effective antipsychotic dose for geriatric patients with schizophrenia. Positive emission tomography (PET) studies suggest that older patients develop EPS with lower doses despite lower receptor occupancy.17,18 A recent study of 35 older patients (mean age, 60.1 years) with schizophrenia obtained PET, clinical measures, and blood pharmacokinetic measures before and after reduction of risperidone or olanzapine doses.18 A ≥40% reduction in dose was associated with reduced adverse effects, particularly EPS and elevation of prolactin levels. Moreover, the therapeutic window of striatal D2/D3 receptor occupancy appeared to be 50% to 60% in these older patients, compared with 65% to 80% in younger patients.
Long-term risks of antipsychotic treatment across the lifespan are less clear, with evidence suggesting both lower and higher mortality risk.19,20 It is difficult to fully disentangle the long-term risks of antipsychotics from the cumulative effects of lifestyle and comorbidity among individuals who have lived with schizophrenia for decades. Large naturalistic studies that include substantial numbers of older people with schizophrenia might be a way to elicit more information on long-term safety. The Schizophrenia Outpatient Health Outcome (SOHO) study was a large naturalistic trial that recruited >10,000 individuals with schizophrenia in 10 European countries.21 Although the SOHO study found differences between antipsychotics and adverse effects, such as EPS, weight gain, and sexual dysfunction, because the mean age of these patients was approximately 40 years and the follow-up period was only 3 years, it is difficult to draw conclusions that could be relevant to older individuals who have had schizophrenia for decades.
Bipolar Disorder
Summary of benefits, place in treatment armamentarium.Up to 25% of bipolar patients are elderly,22 and that number is projected to increase over the next decade.23 Clinical considerations in older adults with bipolar disorder include medical comorbidity, depression burden, and possible cognitive decline (Table 3).24-27 Along with lithium and mood stabilizers, antipsychotics are a first-line treatment for bipolar disorder.28-30 Most FDA-approved antipsychotics for bipolar disorder are SGAs for bipolar mania. However, olanzapine-fluoxetine combination, quetiapine, and lurasidone are approved for bipolar depression. Aripiprazole, olanzapine, quetiapine, long-acting injectable risperidone, and oral ziprasidone are FDA-approved for longer-term use in adults with bipolar disorder. There are no head-to-head trials of antipsychotics for older persons with bipolar disorder.
Clinical trials: Bipolar depression.A post hoc, secondary analysis of two 8-week, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled studies in bipolar depression compared 2 dosages of quetiapine (300 mg/d and 600 mg/d) with placebo in mixed-age patients.31 In a subgroup of 72 patients, ages 55 to 65, remission occurred more often with quetiapine than with placebo. Study discontinuation rates were similar between older people and younger people (age <55 years): quetiapine, 300 mg/d, 29.2%; quetiapine, 600 mg/d, 48.1%; and placebo, 29.6% in older adults, compared with 37.1%, 45.8%, and 38.1%, respectively, in younger adults. In all patients, the most common reason for discontinuation was adverse events with quetiapine and lack of efficacy for placebo. Adverse event rates were similar in older and younger adults. Dry mouth and dizziness were more common in older adults. Proportions of adults experiencing clinically significant weight gain (≥7% of body weight) were 5.3%, 8.3%, and 0% in older adults receiving quetiapine, 300 mg/d, quetiapine, 600 mg/d, and placebo, respectively, compared with 7.2%, 10.1%, and 2.6% in younger adults. EPS and treatment-emergent mania were minimal.
A secondary analysis of mixed-age, RCTs examined response in older adults (age ≥55 years) with bipolar I depression who received lurasidone as monotherapy or adjunctive therapy.32 In the monotherapy study, these patients were randomized to 6 weeks of lurasidone 20 to 60 mg/d, lurasidone 80 to 120 mg/d, or placebo. In the adjunctive therapy study, they were randomized to lurasidone 20 to 120 mg/d or placebo with either lithium or valproate. There were 83 older adults (17.1% of the sample) in the monotherapy study and 53 (15.6%) in the adjunctive therapy study. Mean improvement in depression was significantly higher for both doses of lurasidone monotherapy than placebo. Adjunctive lurasidone was not associated with statistically significant improvement vs placebo. The most frequent adverse events in older patients on lurasidone monotherapy 20 to 60 mg/d or 80 to 120 mg/d were nausea (18.5% and 9.7%, respectively) and somnolence (11.1% and 0%, respectively). Akathisia (9.7%) and insomnia (9.7%) were the most common adverse events in the group receiving 80 to 120 mg/d, with the rate of akathisia exhibiting a dose-related increase. Weight change with lurasidone was similar to placebo, and there were no clinically meaningful group changes in vital signs, electrocardiography, or laboratory parameters.
A small (N = 20) open study found improvement in older adults with bipolar depression with aripiprazole (mean dose, 10.3 mg/d).33 Adverse effects included restlessness and weight gain (n = 3, 9% each), sedation (n = 2, 10%), and drooling and diarrhea/loose stools (n = 1, 5% each). In another small study (N = 15) using asenapine (mean dose, 11.2 mg/d) in mainly older bipolar patients with depression, the most common adverse effects were gastrointestinal (GI) discomfort (n = 5, 33%) and restlessness, tremors, cognitive difficulties, and sluggishness (n = 2, 13% each).34
Clinical trials: Bipolar mania.Researchers conducted a pooled analysis of two 12-week randomized trials comparing quetiapine with placebo in a mixed-age sample with bipolar mania.35 In a subgroup of 59 older patients (mean age, 62.9 years), manic symptoms improved significantly more with quetiapine (modal dose, 550 mg/d) than with placebo. Adverse effects reported by >10% of older patients were dry mouth, somnolence, postural hypotension, insomnia, weight gain, and dizziness. Insomnia was reported by >10% of patients receiving placebo.
In a case series of 11 elderly patients with mania receiving asenapine, Baruch et al36 reported a 63% remission rate. One patient discontinued the study because of a new rash, 1 discontinued after developing peripheral edema, and 3 patients reported mild sedation.
Beyer et al37 reported on a post hoc analysis of 94 older adults (mean age, 57.1 years; range, 50.1 to 74.8 years) with acute bipolar mania receiving olanzapine (n = 47), divalproex (n = 31), or placebo (n = 16) in a pooled olanzapine clinical trials database. Patients receiving olanzapine or divalproex had improvement in mania; those receiving placebo did not improve. Safety findings were comparable with reports in younger patients with mania.
Other clinical data.Adverse effects found in mixed-age samples using secondary analyses of clinical trials need to be interpreted with caution because these types of studies usually exclude individuals with significant medical comorbidity. Medical burden, cognitive impairment, or concomitant medications generally necessitate slower drug titration and lower total daily dosing. For example, a secondary analysis of the U.S. National Institute of Health-funded Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder study, which had broader inclusion criteria than most clinical trials, reported that, although recovery rates in older adults with bipolar disorder were fairly good (78.5%), lower doses of risperidone were used in older vs younger patients.38
Clinical considerations
Interpretation of the relative risks of antipsychotics in older people must be tempered by the caveat that there is limited high-quality data (Table 4). Antipsychotics are the first-line therapy for older patients with schizophrenia, although their use is supported by a small number of prospective RCTs. SGAs are preferred because of their lower propensity to cause EPS and other motor adverse effects. Older persons with schizophrenia have an EPS threshold lower than younger patients and determining the lowest effective dosage may minimize EPS and cognitive adverse effects. As individuals with long-standing schizophrenia get older, their antipsychotic dosages may need to be reduced, and clinicians need to monitor for adverse effects that are more common among older people, such as tardive dyskinesia and metabolic abnormalities. In healthy, “younger” geriatric patients, monitoring for adverse effects may be similar to monitoring of younger patients. Patients who are older or frail may need more frequent assessment.
Like older adults with schizophrenia, geriatric patients with bipolar disorder have reduced drug tolerability and experience more adverse effects than younger patients. There are no prospective controlled studies that evaluated using antipsychotics in older patients with bipolar disorder. In older bipolar patients, the most problematic adverse effects of antipsychotics are akathisia, parkinsonism, other EPS, sedation and dizziness (which may increase fall risk), and GI discomfort.A key tolerability and safety consideration when treating older adults with bipolar disorder is the role of antipsychotics in relation to the use of lithium and mood stabilizers. Some studies have suggested that lithium has neuroprotective effects when used long-term; however, at least 1 report suggested that long-term antipsychotic treatment may be associated with neurodegeneration.39
The literature does not provide strong evidence on the many clinical variations that we see in routine practice settings, such as combinations of drug treatments or drugs prescribed to patients with specific comorbid conditions. There is a need for large cohort studies that monitor treatment course, medical comorbidity, and prognosis. Additionally, well-designed clinical trials such as the DART-AD, which investigated longer-term trajectories of people with dementia taking antipsychotics, should serve as a model for the type of research that is needed to better understand outcome variability among older people with chronic psychotic or bipolar disorders.40
Bottom Line
There is limited data available on the safety and efficacy of antipsychotics in geriatric patients with schizophrenia or bipolar disorder. When dosed appropriately, second-generation antipsychotics are preferred over first-generation antipsychotics in this population because they are less likely to cause extrapyramidal symptoms and other neurologic adverse effects.
Related Resources
Desai Ak, Seraji M, Redden M, et al. Schizophrenia in older adults. Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(9):22-28,A.
Gareri P, Segura-García C, Manfredi VG, et al. Use of atypical antipsychotics in the elderly: a clinical review. Clin Interv Aging. 2014;9:1363-1373.
1. Alexander GC, Gallagher SA, Mascola A, et al. Increasing off-label use of antipsychotic medications in the United States, 1995-2008. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2011;20(2):177-184. 2. United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division. World population ageing: 1950-2050. http://www.un.org/esa/population/publications/worldageing19502050. Accessed September 1, 2017. 3. Lawrence D, Kisely S, Pais J. The epidemiology of excess mortality in people with mental illness. Can J Psychiatry. 2010;55(12):752-760. 4. Cohen CI, Vahia I, Reyes P, et al. Focus on geriatric psychiatry: schizophrenia in later life: clinical symptoms and social well-being. Psychiatr Serv. 2008;59(3):232-234. 5. Jeste DV, Barak Y, Madhusoodanan S, et al. International multisite double-blind trial of the atypical antipsychotics risperidone and olanzapine in 175 elderly patients with chronic schizophrenia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2003;11(6):638-647. 6. Kalache SM, Mulsant BH, Davies SJ, et al. The impact of aging, cognition, and symptoms on functional competence in individuals with schizophrenia across the lifespan. Schizophr Bull. 2015;41(2):374-381. 7. Suzuki T, Remington G, Uchida H, et al. Management of schizophrenia in late life with antipsychotic medications: a qualitative review. Drugs Aging. 2011;28(12):961-980. 8. Mulsant BH, Pollock BG. Psychopharmacology. In: David C. Steffens DC, Blazer DG, Thakur ME (eds). The American Psychiatric Publishing Textbook of Geriatric Psychiatry, 5th Edition. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2015:527-587. 9. Cohen CI, Meesters PD, Zhao J. New perspectives on schizophrenia in later life: implications for treatment, policy, and research. Lancet Psychiatry. 2015;2(4):340-350. 10. Marriott RG, Neil W, Waddingham S. Antipsychotic medication for elderly people with schizophrenia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006;(1):CD005580. 11. Essali A, Ali G. Antipsychotic drug treatment for elderly people with late-onset schizophrenia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012(2):CD004162. 12. Scott J, Greenwald BS, Kramer E, et al. Atypical (second generation) antipsychotic treatment response in very late-onset schizophrenia-like psychosis. Int Psychogeriatr. 2011;23(5):742-748. 13. Rado J, Janicak PG. Pharmacological and clinical profile of recently approved second-generation antipsychotics: implications for treatment of schizophrenia in older patients. Drugs Aging. 2012;29(10):783-791. 14. Tzimos A, Samokhvalov V, Kramer M, et al. Safety and tolerability of oral paliperidone extended-release tablets in elderly patients with schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study with six-month open-label extension. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(1):31-43. 15. Howanitz E, Pardo M, Smelson DA, et al. The efficacy and safety of clozapine versus chlorpromazine in geriatric schizophrenia. J Clin Psychiatry. 1999;60(1):41-44. 16. Sproule BA, Lake J, Mamo DC, et al. Are antipsychotic prescribing patterns different in older and younger adults?: a survey of 1357 psychiatric inpatients in Toronto. Can J Psychiatry. 2010;55(4):248-254. 17. Uchida H, Suzuki T, Mamo DC, et al. Effects of age and age of onset on prescribed antipsychotic dose in schizophrenia spectrum disorders: a survey of 1,418 patients in Japan. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(7):584-593. 18. Graff-Guerrero A, Rajji TK, Mulsant BH, et al. Evaluation of antipsychotic dose reduction in late-life schizophrenia: a prospective dopamine D2/3 occupancy study. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(9):927-934. 19. Khan A, Schwartz K, Stern C, et al. Mortality risk in patients with schizophrenia participating in premarketing atypical antipsychotic clinical trials. J Clin Psychiatry. 2007;68(12):1828-1833. 20. Weinmann S, Read J, Aderhold V. Influence of antipsychotics on mortality in schizophrenia: a systematic review. Schizophr Res. 2009;113(1):1-11. 21. Novick D, Haro JM, Perrin E, et al. Tolerability of outpatient antipsychotic treatment: 36-month results from the European Schizophrenia Outpatient Health Outcomes (SOHO) study. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2009;19(8):542-550. 22. Sajatovic M, Blow FC, Ignacio RV, et al. Age-related modifiers of clinical presentation and health service use among veterans with bipolar disorder. Psychiatr Serv. 2004;55(9):1014-1021. 23. Jeste DV, Alexopoulos GS, Bartels SJ, et al. Consensus statement on the upcoming crisis in geriatric mental health: research agenda for the next 2 decades. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1999;56(9):848-853. 24. Sajatovic M, Chen P. Geriatric bipolar disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2011;34(2):319-333,vii. 25. Sajatovic M, Strejilevich SA, Gildengers AG, et al. A report on older-age bipolar disorder from the International Society for Bipolar Disorders Task Force. Bipolar Disord. 2015;17(7):689-704. 26. Lala SV, Sajatovic M. Medical and psychiatric comorbidities among elderly individuals with bipolar disorder: a literature review. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2012;25(1):20-25. 27. Dols A, Rhebergen D, Beekman A, et al. Psychiatric and medical comorbidities: results from a bipolar elderly cohort study. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2014;22(11):1066-1074. 28. Pillarella J, Higashi A, Alexander GC, et al. Trends in use of second-generation antipsychotics for treatment of bipolar disorder in the United States, 1998-2009. Psychiatr Serv. 2012;63(1):83-86. 29. De Fruyt J, Deschepper E, Audenaert K, et al. Second generation antipsychotics in the treatment of bipolar depression: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Psychopharmacol. 2012;26(5):603-617. 30. Nivoli AM, Murru A, Goikolea JM, et al. New treatment guidelines for acute bipolar mania: a critical review. J Affect Disord. 2012;140(2):125-141. 31. Sajatovic M, Paulsson B. Quetiapine for the treatment of depressive episodes in adults aged 55 to 65 years with bipolar disorder. Paper presented at: American Association of Geriatric Psychiatry Annual Meeting; 2007; New Orleans, LA. 32. Sajatovic M, Forester B, Tsai J, et al. Efficacy and safety of lurasidone in older adults with bipolar depression: analysis of two double-blind, placebo-controlled studies. Paper presented at: American College of Neuropsychopharmacology (ACNP) 53rd Annual Meeting; 2014; Phoenix, AZ. 33. Sajatovic M, Coconcea N, Ignacio RV, et al. Aripiprazole therapy in 20 older adults with bipolar disorder: a 12-week, open-label trial. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(1):41-46. 34. Sajatovic M, Dines P, Fuentes-Casiano E, et al. Asenapine in the treatment of older adults with bipolar disorder. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2015;30(7):710-719. 35. Sajatovic M, Calabrese JR, Mullen J. Quetiapine for the treatment of bipolar mania in older adults. Bipolar Disord. 2008;10(6):662-671. 36. Baruch Y, Tadger S, Plopski I, et al. Asenapine for elderly bipolar manic patients. J Affect Disord. 2013;145(1):130-132. 37. Beyer JL, Siegal A, Kennedy JS. Olanzapine, divalproex and placebo treatment, non-head to head comparisons of older adults acute mania. Paper presented at: 10th Congress of the International Psychogeriatric Association; 2001; Nice, France. 38. Al Jurdi RK, Marangell LB, Petersen NJ, et al. Prescription patterns of psychotropic medications in elderly compared with younger participants who achieved a “recovered” status in the systematic treatment enhancement program for bipolar disorder. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(11):922-933. 39. Gildengers AG, Chung KH, Huang SH, et al. Neuroprogressive effects of lifetime illness duration in older adults with bipolar disorder. Bipolar Disord. 2014;16(6):617-623. 40. Ballard C, Lana MM, Theodoulou M, et al. A randomised, blinded, placebo-controlled trial in dementia patients continuing or stopping neuroleptics (the DART-AD trial). PLoS Med. 2008;5(4):e76.
Martha Sajatovic, MD Professor of Psychiatry and Professor of Neurology Department of Psychiatry and Department of Neurology Case Western Reserve University University Hospitals Cleveland Medical Center Cleveland, Ohio
Helen C. Kales, MD Professor of Psychiatry Department of Psychiatry University of Michigan VA Center for Clinical Management Research Ann Arbor, Michigan
Benoit H. Mulsant, MD, MS Professor and Chair Department of Psychiatry Senior Scientist Centre for Addiction and Mental Health University of Toronto Toronto, Ontario
Disclosures Dr. Sajatovic has received research grants from Alkermes, Merck, Janssen, Reuter Foundation, Woodruff Foundation, Reinberger Foundation, National Institutes of Health (NIH), and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; has been a consultant to Bracket, Prophase, Otsuka, Sunovion, Supernus and Neurocrine; and has received royalties from Springer Press, Johns Hopkins University Press, Oxford Press, UpToDate, and Lexicomp, and compensation for CME activities from American Physician’s Institute, MCM Education, and CMEology. Dr. Kales reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Mulsant has received research support from Brain Canada, the Centre for Addiction and Mental Health, the Canadian Institutes of Health Research, the NIH, Bristol-Myers Squibb (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), Eli Lilly (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), and Pfizer (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial). Within the past 5 years, he also has received travel support from Roche.
Martha Sajatovic, MD Professor of Psychiatry and Professor of Neurology Department of Psychiatry and Department of Neurology Case Western Reserve University University Hospitals Cleveland Medical Center Cleveland, Ohio
Helen C. Kales, MD Professor of Psychiatry Department of Psychiatry University of Michigan VA Center for Clinical Management Research Ann Arbor, Michigan
Benoit H. Mulsant, MD, MS Professor and Chair Department of Psychiatry Senior Scientist Centre for Addiction and Mental Health University of Toronto Toronto, Ontario
Disclosures Dr. Sajatovic has received research grants from Alkermes, Merck, Janssen, Reuter Foundation, Woodruff Foundation, Reinberger Foundation, National Institutes of Health (NIH), and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; has been a consultant to Bracket, Prophase, Otsuka, Sunovion, Supernus and Neurocrine; and has received royalties from Springer Press, Johns Hopkins University Press, Oxford Press, UpToDate, and Lexicomp, and compensation for CME activities from American Physician’s Institute, MCM Education, and CMEology. Dr. Kales reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Mulsant has received research support from Brain Canada, the Centre for Addiction and Mental Health, the Canadian Institutes of Health Research, the NIH, Bristol-Myers Squibb (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), Eli Lilly (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), and Pfizer (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial). Within the past 5 years, he also has received travel support from Roche.
Author and Disclosure Information
Martha Sajatovic, MD Professor of Psychiatry and Professor of Neurology Department of Psychiatry and Department of Neurology Case Western Reserve University University Hospitals Cleveland Medical Center Cleveland, Ohio
Helen C. Kales, MD Professor of Psychiatry Department of Psychiatry University of Michigan VA Center for Clinical Management Research Ann Arbor, Michigan
Benoit H. Mulsant, MD, MS Professor and Chair Department of Psychiatry Senior Scientist Centre for Addiction and Mental Health University of Toronto Toronto, Ontario
Disclosures Dr. Sajatovic has received research grants from Alkermes, Merck, Janssen, Reuter Foundation, Woodruff Foundation, Reinberger Foundation, National Institutes of Health (NIH), and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; has been a consultant to Bracket, Prophase, Otsuka, Sunovion, Supernus and Neurocrine; and has received royalties from Springer Press, Johns Hopkins University Press, Oxford Press, UpToDate, and Lexicomp, and compensation for CME activities from American Physician’s Institute, MCM Education, and CMEology. Dr. Kales reports no financial relationships with any companies whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Mulsant has received research support from Brain Canada, the Centre for Addiction and Mental Health, the Canadian Institutes of Health Research, the NIH, Bristol-Myers Squibb (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), Eli Lilly (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial), and Pfizer (medications for an NIH-funded clinical trial). Within the past 5 years, he also has received travel support from Roche.
Antipsychotics are FDA-approved as a primary treatment for schizophrenia and bipolar disorder and as adjunctive therapy for major depressive disorder. In the United States, approximately 26% of antipsychotic prescriptions written for these indications are for individuals age >65.1 Additionally, antipsychotics are widely used to treat behavioral symptoms associated with dementia.1 The rapid expansion of the use of second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs), in particular, has been driven in part by their lower risk for extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS) compared with first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs).1 However, a growing body of data indicates that all antipsychotics have a range of adverse effects in older patients. This focus is critical in light of demographic trends—in the next 10 to 15 years, the population age >60 will grow 3.5 times more rapidly than the general population.2
In this context, psychiatrists need information on the relative risks of antipsychotics for older patients. This 3-part series summarizes findings and recommendations on safety and tolerability when prescribing antipsychotics in older individuals with chronic psychotic disorders, such as schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, depression, and dementia. This review aims to:
briefly summarize the major studies and analyses relevant to older patients with these diagnoses
provide a summative opinion on safety and tolerability issues in these older adults
highlight the gaps in the evidence base and areas that need additional research.
Part 1 focuses on older adults with schizophrenia or bipolar disorder. Subsequent articles will focus on prescribing antipsychotics to older adults with depression and those with dementia.
Schizophrenia
Summary of benefits, place in treatment armamentarium.Individuals with schizophrenia have a shorter life expectancy than that of the general population mostly as a result of suicide and comorbid physical illnesses,3 but the number of patients with schizophrenia age >55 will double over the next 2 decades.4 With aging, both positive and negative symptoms may be a focus of treatment (Table 1).5,6 Antipsychotics are a first-line treatment for older patients with schizophrenia with few medication alternatives.7 Safety risks associated with antipsychotics in older people span a broad spectrum (Table 2).8
Clinical trials.Few studies have evaluated treatment of older adults with schizophrenia.7-13 Two Cochrane reviews found only a handful of randomized controlled trials (RCTs).10,11 The largest RCT was an 8-week prospective, multisite RCT of olanzapine vs risperidone in 175 older adults (age ≥60 years; mean age, 71 years) with schizophrenia.5 Before enrollment, just over one-half (53%) had been treated with FGAs. Both risperidone and olanzapine were flexibly dosed, with a target dose of 3 mg/d for risperidone and 20 mg/d for olanzapine. Median daily doses were 2 mg/d for risperidone and 10 mg/d for olanzapine. Both treatments were associated with symptom improvement, but there was no difference between groups. Approximately 70% of patients in each treatment arm experienced adverse events. The most common adverse effects (similar across groups) were somnolence, insomnia, dizziness, agitation, constipation, headache, and diarrhea. Rates of EPS were lower with both risperidone (9.2% EPS-related adverse effects) and olanzapine (15.9% EPS-related adverse effects) vs patients taking FGAs prior to starting the RCT. Drop-out rates were similar (risperidone, 19.3%; olanzapine, 27.6%). There was greater weight gain with olanzapine vs risperidone (P = .04).5
A 6-week prospective RCT evaluated paliperidone extended-release vs placebo in 114 older adults (age ≥65 years; mean age, 70 years) with schizophrenia.14 There was an optional 24-week extension of open-label treatment with paliperidone. Mean daily dose of paliperidone was 8.4 mg. Efficacy measures did not show consistent statistically significant differences between treatment groups. Discontinuation rates were similar between paliperidone (7%) vs placebo (8%). Serious adverse events occurred in 3% of paliperidone-treated vs 8% of placebo-treated patients. Elevated prolactin levels occurred in one-half of paliperidone-treated patients. There were no prolactin or glucose treatment-related adverse events or significant mean changes in body weight for either paliperidone-treated or placebo-treated patients. Safety findings in the 24-week, open-label extension group were consistent with the RCT results.
Howanitz et al15 conducted a 12-week, prospective RCT that compared clozapine (mean dose, 300 mg/d) with chlorpromazine (mean dose, 600 mg/d) in 42 older adults (mean age, 67 years) with schizophrenia. Drop-out rate prior to 5 weeks was 19% and similar between groups. Common adverse effects included sialorrhea, hematologic abnormalities, sedation, tachycardia, EPS, and weight gain. Although both drugs were effective, more patients taking clozapine had tachycardia and weight gain, while more chlorpromazine patients reported sedation.
There have been other, less rigorous studies.7,8 Most of these studies evaluated risperidone and olanzapine, and most were conducted in “younger” geriatric patients (age <75 years). Although patients who participate in clinical trials may be healthier than “typical” patients, adverse effects such as EPS, sedation, and weight gain were still relatively common in these studies.
Other clinical data. A major consideration in treating older adults with schizophrenia is balancing the need to administer an antipsychotic dose high enough to alleviate psychotic symptoms while minimizing dose-dependent adverse effects. There is a U-shaped relationship between age and vulnerability to antipsychotic adverse effects,16,17 wherein adverse effects are highest at younger and older ages. Evidence supports using the lowest effective antipsychotic dose for geriatric patients with schizophrenia. Positive emission tomography (PET) studies suggest that older patients develop EPS with lower doses despite lower receptor occupancy.17,18 A recent study of 35 older patients (mean age, 60.1 years) with schizophrenia obtained PET, clinical measures, and blood pharmacokinetic measures before and after reduction of risperidone or olanzapine doses.18 A ≥40% reduction in dose was associated with reduced adverse effects, particularly EPS and elevation of prolactin levels. Moreover, the therapeutic window of striatal D2/D3 receptor occupancy appeared to be 50% to 60% in these older patients, compared with 65% to 80% in younger patients.
Long-term risks of antipsychotic treatment across the lifespan are less clear, with evidence suggesting both lower and higher mortality risk.19,20 It is difficult to fully disentangle the long-term risks of antipsychotics from the cumulative effects of lifestyle and comorbidity among individuals who have lived with schizophrenia for decades. Large naturalistic studies that include substantial numbers of older people with schizophrenia might be a way to elicit more information on long-term safety. The Schizophrenia Outpatient Health Outcome (SOHO) study was a large naturalistic trial that recruited >10,000 individuals with schizophrenia in 10 European countries.21 Although the SOHO study found differences between antipsychotics and adverse effects, such as EPS, weight gain, and sexual dysfunction, because the mean age of these patients was approximately 40 years and the follow-up period was only 3 years, it is difficult to draw conclusions that could be relevant to older individuals who have had schizophrenia for decades.
Bipolar Disorder
Summary of benefits, place in treatment armamentarium.Up to 25% of bipolar patients are elderly,22 and that number is projected to increase over the next decade.23 Clinical considerations in older adults with bipolar disorder include medical comorbidity, depression burden, and possible cognitive decline (Table 3).24-27 Along with lithium and mood stabilizers, antipsychotics are a first-line treatment for bipolar disorder.28-30 Most FDA-approved antipsychotics for bipolar disorder are SGAs for bipolar mania. However, olanzapine-fluoxetine combination, quetiapine, and lurasidone are approved for bipolar depression. Aripiprazole, olanzapine, quetiapine, long-acting injectable risperidone, and oral ziprasidone are FDA-approved for longer-term use in adults with bipolar disorder. There are no head-to-head trials of antipsychotics for older persons with bipolar disorder.
Clinical trials: Bipolar depression.A post hoc, secondary analysis of two 8-week, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled studies in bipolar depression compared 2 dosages of quetiapine (300 mg/d and 600 mg/d) with placebo in mixed-age patients.31 In a subgroup of 72 patients, ages 55 to 65, remission occurred more often with quetiapine than with placebo. Study discontinuation rates were similar between older people and younger people (age <55 years): quetiapine, 300 mg/d, 29.2%; quetiapine, 600 mg/d, 48.1%; and placebo, 29.6% in older adults, compared with 37.1%, 45.8%, and 38.1%, respectively, in younger adults. In all patients, the most common reason for discontinuation was adverse events with quetiapine and lack of efficacy for placebo. Adverse event rates were similar in older and younger adults. Dry mouth and dizziness were more common in older adults. Proportions of adults experiencing clinically significant weight gain (≥7% of body weight) were 5.3%, 8.3%, and 0% in older adults receiving quetiapine, 300 mg/d, quetiapine, 600 mg/d, and placebo, respectively, compared with 7.2%, 10.1%, and 2.6% in younger adults. EPS and treatment-emergent mania were minimal.
A secondary analysis of mixed-age, RCTs examined response in older adults (age ≥55 years) with bipolar I depression who received lurasidone as monotherapy or adjunctive therapy.32 In the monotherapy study, these patients were randomized to 6 weeks of lurasidone 20 to 60 mg/d, lurasidone 80 to 120 mg/d, or placebo. In the adjunctive therapy study, they were randomized to lurasidone 20 to 120 mg/d or placebo with either lithium or valproate. There were 83 older adults (17.1% of the sample) in the monotherapy study and 53 (15.6%) in the adjunctive therapy study. Mean improvement in depression was significantly higher for both doses of lurasidone monotherapy than placebo. Adjunctive lurasidone was not associated with statistically significant improvement vs placebo. The most frequent adverse events in older patients on lurasidone monotherapy 20 to 60 mg/d or 80 to 120 mg/d were nausea (18.5% and 9.7%, respectively) and somnolence (11.1% and 0%, respectively). Akathisia (9.7%) and insomnia (9.7%) were the most common adverse events in the group receiving 80 to 120 mg/d, with the rate of akathisia exhibiting a dose-related increase. Weight change with lurasidone was similar to placebo, and there were no clinically meaningful group changes in vital signs, electrocardiography, or laboratory parameters.
A small (N = 20) open study found improvement in older adults with bipolar depression with aripiprazole (mean dose, 10.3 mg/d).33 Adverse effects included restlessness and weight gain (n = 3, 9% each), sedation (n = 2, 10%), and drooling and diarrhea/loose stools (n = 1, 5% each). In another small study (N = 15) using asenapine (mean dose, 11.2 mg/d) in mainly older bipolar patients with depression, the most common adverse effects were gastrointestinal (GI) discomfort (n = 5, 33%) and restlessness, tremors, cognitive difficulties, and sluggishness (n = 2, 13% each).34
Clinical trials: Bipolar mania.Researchers conducted a pooled analysis of two 12-week randomized trials comparing quetiapine with placebo in a mixed-age sample with bipolar mania.35 In a subgroup of 59 older patients (mean age, 62.9 years), manic symptoms improved significantly more with quetiapine (modal dose, 550 mg/d) than with placebo. Adverse effects reported by >10% of older patients were dry mouth, somnolence, postural hypotension, insomnia, weight gain, and dizziness. Insomnia was reported by >10% of patients receiving placebo.
In a case series of 11 elderly patients with mania receiving asenapine, Baruch et al36 reported a 63% remission rate. One patient discontinued the study because of a new rash, 1 discontinued after developing peripheral edema, and 3 patients reported mild sedation.
Beyer et al37 reported on a post hoc analysis of 94 older adults (mean age, 57.1 years; range, 50.1 to 74.8 years) with acute bipolar mania receiving olanzapine (n = 47), divalproex (n = 31), or placebo (n = 16) in a pooled olanzapine clinical trials database. Patients receiving olanzapine or divalproex had improvement in mania; those receiving placebo did not improve. Safety findings were comparable with reports in younger patients with mania.
Other clinical data.Adverse effects found in mixed-age samples using secondary analyses of clinical trials need to be interpreted with caution because these types of studies usually exclude individuals with significant medical comorbidity. Medical burden, cognitive impairment, or concomitant medications generally necessitate slower drug titration and lower total daily dosing. For example, a secondary analysis of the U.S. National Institute of Health-funded Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder study, which had broader inclusion criteria than most clinical trials, reported that, although recovery rates in older adults with bipolar disorder were fairly good (78.5%), lower doses of risperidone were used in older vs younger patients.38
Clinical considerations
Interpretation of the relative risks of antipsychotics in older people must be tempered by the caveat that there is limited high-quality data (Table 4). Antipsychotics are the first-line therapy for older patients with schizophrenia, although their use is supported by a small number of prospective RCTs. SGAs are preferred because of their lower propensity to cause EPS and other motor adverse effects. Older persons with schizophrenia have an EPS threshold lower than younger patients and determining the lowest effective dosage may minimize EPS and cognitive adverse effects. As individuals with long-standing schizophrenia get older, their antipsychotic dosages may need to be reduced, and clinicians need to monitor for adverse effects that are more common among older people, such as tardive dyskinesia and metabolic abnormalities. In healthy, “younger” geriatric patients, monitoring for adverse effects may be similar to monitoring of younger patients. Patients who are older or frail may need more frequent assessment.
Like older adults with schizophrenia, geriatric patients with bipolar disorder have reduced drug tolerability and experience more adverse effects than younger patients. There are no prospective controlled studies that evaluated using antipsychotics in older patients with bipolar disorder. In older bipolar patients, the most problematic adverse effects of antipsychotics are akathisia, parkinsonism, other EPS, sedation and dizziness (which may increase fall risk), and GI discomfort.A key tolerability and safety consideration when treating older adults with bipolar disorder is the role of antipsychotics in relation to the use of lithium and mood stabilizers. Some studies have suggested that lithium has neuroprotective effects when used long-term; however, at least 1 report suggested that long-term antipsychotic treatment may be associated with neurodegeneration.39
The literature does not provide strong evidence on the many clinical variations that we see in routine practice settings, such as combinations of drug treatments or drugs prescribed to patients with specific comorbid conditions. There is a need for large cohort studies that monitor treatment course, medical comorbidity, and prognosis. Additionally, well-designed clinical trials such as the DART-AD, which investigated longer-term trajectories of people with dementia taking antipsychotics, should serve as a model for the type of research that is needed to better understand outcome variability among older people with chronic psychotic or bipolar disorders.40
Bottom Line
There is limited data available on the safety and efficacy of antipsychotics in geriatric patients with schizophrenia or bipolar disorder. When dosed appropriately, second-generation antipsychotics are preferred over first-generation antipsychotics in this population because they are less likely to cause extrapyramidal symptoms and other neurologic adverse effects.
Related Resources
Desai Ak, Seraji M, Redden M, et al. Schizophrenia in older adults. Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(9):22-28,A.
Gareri P, Segura-García C, Manfredi VG, et al. Use of atypical antipsychotics in the elderly: a clinical review. Clin Interv Aging. 2014;9:1363-1373.
Antipsychotics are FDA-approved as a primary treatment for schizophrenia and bipolar disorder and as adjunctive therapy for major depressive disorder. In the United States, approximately 26% of antipsychotic prescriptions written for these indications are for individuals age >65.1 Additionally, antipsychotics are widely used to treat behavioral symptoms associated with dementia.1 The rapid expansion of the use of second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs), in particular, has been driven in part by their lower risk for extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS) compared with first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs).1 However, a growing body of data indicates that all antipsychotics have a range of adverse effects in older patients. This focus is critical in light of demographic trends—in the next 10 to 15 years, the population age >60 will grow 3.5 times more rapidly than the general population.2
In this context, psychiatrists need information on the relative risks of antipsychotics for older patients. This 3-part series summarizes findings and recommendations on safety and tolerability when prescribing antipsychotics in older individuals with chronic psychotic disorders, such as schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, depression, and dementia. This review aims to:
briefly summarize the major studies and analyses relevant to older patients with these diagnoses
provide a summative opinion on safety and tolerability issues in these older adults
highlight the gaps in the evidence base and areas that need additional research.
Part 1 focuses on older adults with schizophrenia or bipolar disorder. Subsequent articles will focus on prescribing antipsychotics to older adults with depression and those with dementia.
Schizophrenia
Summary of benefits, place in treatment armamentarium.Individuals with schizophrenia have a shorter life expectancy than that of the general population mostly as a result of suicide and comorbid physical illnesses,3 but the number of patients with schizophrenia age >55 will double over the next 2 decades.4 With aging, both positive and negative symptoms may be a focus of treatment (Table 1).5,6 Antipsychotics are a first-line treatment for older patients with schizophrenia with few medication alternatives.7 Safety risks associated with antipsychotics in older people span a broad spectrum (Table 2).8
Clinical trials.Few studies have evaluated treatment of older adults with schizophrenia.7-13 Two Cochrane reviews found only a handful of randomized controlled trials (RCTs).10,11 The largest RCT was an 8-week prospective, multisite RCT of olanzapine vs risperidone in 175 older adults (age ≥60 years; mean age, 71 years) with schizophrenia.5 Before enrollment, just over one-half (53%) had been treated with FGAs. Both risperidone and olanzapine were flexibly dosed, with a target dose of 3 mg/d for risperidone and 20 mg/d for olanzapine. Median daily doses were 2 mg/d for risperidone and 10 mg/d for olanzapine. Both treatments were associated with symptom improvement, but there was no difference between groups. Approximately 70% of patients in each treatment arm experienced adverse events. The most common adverse effects (similar across groups) were somnolence, insomnia, dizziness, agitation, constipation, headache, and diarrhea. Rates of EPS were lower with both risperidone (9.2% EPS-related adverse effects) and olanzapine (15.9% EPS-related adverse effects) vs patients taking FGAs prior to starting the RCT. Drop-out rates were similar (risperidone, 19.3%; olanzapine, 27.6%). There was greater weight gain with olanzapine vs risperidone (P = .04).5
A 6-week prospective RCT evaluated paliperidone extended-release vs placebo in 114 older adults (age ≥65 years; mean age, 70 years) with schizophrenia.14 There was an optional 24-week extension of open-label treatment with paliperidone. Mean daily dose of paliperidone was 8.4 mg. Efficacy measures did not show consistent statistically significant differences between treatment groups. Discontinuation rates were similar between paliperidone (7%) vs placebo (8%). Serious adverse events occurred in 3% of paliperidone-treated vs 8% of placebo-treated patients. Elevated prolactin levels occurred in one-half of paliperidone-treated patients. There were no prolactin or glucose treatment-related adverse events or significant mean changes in body weight for either paliperidone-treated or placebo-treated patients. Safety findings in the 24-week, open-label extension group were consistent with the RCT results.
Howanitz et al15 conducted a 12-week, prospective RCT that compared clozapine (mean dose, 300 mg/d) with chlorpromazine (mean dose, 600 mg/d) in 42 older adults (mean age, 67 years) with schizophrenia. Drop-out rate prior to 5 weeks was 19% and similar between groups. Common adverse effects included sialorrhea, hematologic abnormalities, sedation, tachycardia, EPS, and weight gain. Although both drugs were effective, more patients taking clozapine had tachycardia and weight gain, while more chlorpromazine patients reported sedation.
There have been other, less rigorous studies.7,8 Most of these studies evaluated risperidone and olanzapine, and most were conducted in “younger” geriatric patients (age <75 years). Although patients who participate in clinical trials may be healthier than “typical” patients, adverse effects such as EPS, sedation, and weight gain were still relatively common in these studies.
Other clinical data. A major consideration in treating older adults with schizophrenia is balancing the need to administer an antipsychotic dose high enough to alleviate psychotic symptoms while minimizing dose-dependent adverse effects. There is a U-shaped relationship between age and vulnerability to antipsychotic adverse effects,16,17 wherein adverse effects are highest at younger and older ages. Evidence supports using the lowest effective antipsychotic dose for geriatric patients with schizophrenia. Positive emission tomography (PET) studies suggest that older patients develop EPS with lower doses despite lower receptor occupancy.17,18 A recent study of 35 older patients (mean age, 60.1 years) with schizophrenia obtained PET, clinical measures, and blood pharmacokinetic measures before and after reduction of risperidone or olanzapine doses.18 A ≥40% reduction in dose was associated with reduced adverse effects, particularly EPS and elevation of prolactin levels. Moreover, the therapeutic window of striatal D2/D3 receptor occupancy appeared to be 50% to 60% in these older patients, compared with 65% to 80% in younger patients.
Long-term risks of antipsychotic treatment across the lifespan are less clear, with evidence suggesting both lower and higher mortality risk.19,20 It is difficult to fully disentangle the long-term risks of antipsychotics from the cumulative effects of lifestyle and comorbidity among individuals who have lived with schizophrenia for decades. Large naturalistic studies that include substantial numbers of older people with schizophrenia might be a way to elicit more information on long-term safety. The Schizophrenia Outpatient Health Outcome (SOHO) study was a large naturalistic trial that recruited >10,000 individuals with schizophrenia in 10 European countries.21 Although the SOHO study found differences between antipsychotics and adverse effects, such as EPS, weight gain, and sexual dysfunction, because the mean age of these patients was approximately 40 years and the follow-up period was only 3 years, it is difficult to draw conclusions that could be relevant to older individuals who have had schizophrenia for decades.
Bipolar Disorder
Summary of benefits, place in treatment armamentarium.Up to 25% of bipolar patients are elderly,22 and that number is projected to increase over the next decade.23 Clinical considerations in older adults with bipolar disorder include medical comorbidity, depression burden, and possible cognitive decline (Table 3).24-27 Along with lithium and mood stabilizers, antipsychotics are a first-line treatment for bipolar disorder.28-30 Most FDA-approved antipsychotics for bipolar disorder are SGAs for bipolar mania. However, olanzapine-fluoxetine combination, quetiapine, and lurasidone are approved for bipolar depression. Aripiprazole, olanzapine, quetiapine, long-acting injectable risperidone, and oral ziprasidone are FDA-approved for longer-term use in adults with bipolar disorder. There are no head-to-head trials of antipsychotics for older persons with bipolar disorder.
Clinical trials: Bipolar depression.A post hoc, secondary analysis of two 8-week, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled studies in bipolar depression compared 2 dosages of quetiapine (300 mg/d and 600 mg/d) with placebo in mixed-age patients.31 In a subgroup of 72 patients, ages 55 to 65, remission occurred more often with quetiapine than with placebo. Study discontinuation rates were similar between older people and younger people (age <55 years): quetiapine, 300 mg/d, 29.2%; quetiapine, 600 mg/d, 48.1%; and placebo, 29.6% in older adults, compared with 37.1%, 45.8%, and 38.1%, respectively, in younger adults. In all patients, the most common reason for discontinuation was adverse events with quetiapine and lack of efficacy for placebo. Adverse event rates were similar in older and younger adults. Dry mouth and dizziness were more common in older adults. Proportions of adults experiencing clinically significant weight gain (≥7% of body weight) were 5.3%, 8.3%, and 0% in older adults receiving quetiapine, 300 mg/d, quetiapine, 600 mg/d, and placebo, respectively, compared with 7.2%, 10.1%, and 2.6% in younger adults. EPS and treatment-emergent mania were minimal.
A secondary analysis of mixed-age, RCTs examined response in older adults (age ≥55 years) with bipolar I depression who received lurasidone as monotherapy or adjunctive therapy.32 In the monotherapy study, these patients were randomized to 6 weeks of lurasidone 20 to 60 mg/d, lurasidone 80 to 120 mg/d, or placebo. In the adjunctive therapy study, they were randomized to lurasidone 20 to 120 mg/d or placebo with either lithium or valproate. There were 83 older adults (17.1% of the sample) in the monotherapy study and 53 (15.6%) in the adjunctive therapy study. Mean improvement in depression was significantly higher for both doses of lurasidone monotherapy than placebo. Adjunctive lurasidone was not associated with statistically significant improvement vs placebo. The most frequent adverse events in older patients on lurasidone monotherapy 20 to 60 mg/d or 80 to 120 mg/d were nausea (18.5% and 9.7%, respectively) and somnolence (11.1% and 0%, respectively). Akathisia (9.7%) and insomnia (9.7%) were the most common adverse events in the group receiving 80 to 120 mg/d, with the rate of akathisia exhibiting a dose-related increase. Weight change with lurasidone was similar to placebo, and there were no clinically meaningful group changes in vital signs, electrocardiography, or laboratory parameters.
A small (N = 20) open study found improvement in older adults with bipolar depression with aripiprazole (mean dose, 10.3 mg/d).33 Adverse effects included restlessness and weight gain (n = 3, 9% each), sedation (n = 2, 10%), and drooling and diarrhea/loose stools (n = 1, 5% each). In another small study (N = 15) using asenapine (mean dose, 11.2 mg/d) in mainly older bipolar patients with depression, the most common adverse effects were gastrointestinal (GI) discomfort (n = 5, 33%) and restlessness, tremors, cognitive difficulties, and sluggishness (n = 2, 13% each).34
Clinical trials: Bipolar mania.Researchers conducted a pooled analysis of two 12-week randomized trials comparing quetiapine with placebo in a mixed-age sample with bipolar mania.35 In a subgroup of 59 older patients (mean age, 62.9 years), manic symptoms improved significantly more with quetiapine (modal dose, 550 mg/d) than with placebo. Adverse effects reported by >10% of older patients were dry mouth, somnolence, postural hypotension, insomnia, weight gain, and dizziness. Insomnia was reported by >10% of patients receiving placebo.
In a case series of 11 elderly patients with mania receiving asenapine, Baruch et al36 reported a 63% remission rate. One patient discontinued the study because of a new rash, 1 discontinued after developing peripheral edema, and 3 patients reported mild sedation.
Beyer et al37 reported on a post hoc analysis of 94 older adults (mean age, 57.1 years; range, 50.1 to 74.8 years) with acute bipolar mania receiving olanzapine (n = 47), divalproex (n = 31), or placebo (n = 16) in a pooled olanzapine clinical trials database. Patients receiving olanzapine or divalproex had improvement in mania; those receiving placebo did not improve. Safety findings were comparable with reports in younger patients with mania.
Other clinical data.Adverse effects found in mixed-age samples using secondary analyses of clinical trials need to be interpreted with caution because these types of studies usually exclude individuals with significant medical comorbidity. Medical burden, cognitive impairment, or concomitant medications generally necessitate slower drug titration and lower total daily dosing. For example, a secondary analysis of the U.S. National Institute of Health-funded Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder study, which had broader inclusion criteria than most clinical trials, reported that, although recovery rates in older adults with bipolar disorder were fairly good (78.5%), lower doses of risperidone were used in older vs younger patients.38
Clinical considerations
Interpretation of the relative risks of antipsychotics in older people must be tempered by the caveat that there is limited high-quality data (Table 4). Antipsychotics are the first-line therapy for older patients with schizophrenia, although their use is supported by a small number of prospective RCTs. SGAs are preferred because of their lower propensity to cause EPS and other motor adverse effects. Older persons with schizophrenia have an EPS threshold lower than younger patients and determining the lowest effective dosage may minimize EPS and cognitive adverse effects. As individuals with long-standing schizophrenia get older, their antipsychotic dosages may need to be reduced, and clinicians need to monitor for adverse effects that are more common among older people, such as tardive dyskinesia and metabolic abnormalities. In healthy, “younger” geriatric patients, monitoring for adverse effects may be similar to monitoring of younger patients. Patients who are older or frail may need more frequent assessment.
Like older adults with schizophrenia, geriatric patients with bipolar disorder have reduced drug tolerability and experience more adverse effects than younger patients. There are no prospective controlled studies that evaluated using antipsychotics in older patients with bipolar disorder. In older bipolar patients, the most problematic adverse effects of antipsychotics are akathisia, parkinsonism, other EPS, sedation and dizziness (which may increase fall risk), and GI discomfort.A key tolerability and safety consideration when treating older adults with bipolar disorder is the role of antipsychotics in relation to the use of lithium and mood stabilizers. Some studies have suggested that lithium has neuroprotective effects when used long-term; however, at least 1 report suggested that long-term antipsychotic treatment may be associated with neurodegeneration.39
The literature does not provide strong evidence on the many clinical variations that we see in routine practice settings, such as combinations of drug treatments or drugs prescribed to patients with specific comorbid conditions. There is a need for large cohort studies that monitor treatment course, medical comorbidity, and prognosis. Additionally, well-designed clinical trials such as the DART-AD, which investigated longer-term trajectories of people with dementia taking antipsychotics, should serve as a model for the type of research that is needed to better understand outcome variability among older people with chronic psychotic or bipolar disorders.40
Bottom Line
There is limited data available on the safety and efficacy of antipsychotics in geriatric patients with schizophrenia or bipolar disorder. When dosed appropriately, second-generation antipsychotics are preferred over first-generation antipsychotics in this population because they are less likely to cause extrapyramidal symptoms and other neurologic adverse effects.
Related Resources
Desai Ak, Seraji M, Redden M, et al. Schizophrenia in older adults. Current Psychiatry. 2010;9(9):22-28,A.
Gareri P, Segura-García C, Manfredi VG, et al. Use of atypical antipsychotics in the elderly: a clinical review. Clin Interv Aging. 2014;9:1363-1373.
1. Alexander GC, Gallagher SA, Mascola A, et al. Increasing off-label use of antipsychotic medications in the United States, 1995-2008. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2011;20(2):177-184. 2. United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division. World population ageing: 1950-2050. http://www.un.org/esa/population/publications/worldageing19502050. Accessed September 1, 2017. 3. Lawrence D, Kisely S, Pais J. The epidemiology of excess mortality in people with mental illness. Can J Psychiatry. 2010;55(12):752-760. 4. Cohen CI, Vahia I, Reyes P, et al. Focus on geriatric psychiatry: schizophrenia in later life: clinical symptoms and social well-being. Psychiatr Serv. 2008;59(3):232-234. 5. Jeste DV, Barak Y, Madhusoodanan S, et al. International multisite double-blind trial of the atypical antipsychotics risperidone and olanzapine in 175 elderly patients with chronic schizophrenia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2003;11(6):638-647. 6. Kalache SM, Mulsant BH, Davies SJ, et al. The impact of aging, cognition, and symptoms on functional competence in individuals with schizophrenia across the lifespan. Schizophr Bull. 2015;41(2):374-381. 7. Suzuki T, Remington G, Uchida H, et al. Management of schizophrenia in late life with antipsychotic medications: a qualitative review. Drugs Aging. 2011;28(12):961-980. 8. Mulsant BH, Pollock BG. Psychopharmacology. In: David C. Steffens DC, Blazer DG, Thakur ME (eds). The American Psychiatric Publishing Textbook of Geriatric Psychiatry, 5th Edition. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2015:527-587. 9. Cohen CI, Meesters PD, Zhao J. New perspectives on schizophrenia in later life: implications for treatment, policy, and research. Lancet Psychiatry. 2015;2(4):340-350. 10. Marriott RG, Neil W, Waddingham S. Antipsychotic medication for elderly people with schizophrenia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006;(1):CD005580. 11. Essali A, Ali G. Antipsychotic drug treatment for elderly people with late-onset schizophrenia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012(2):CD004162. 12. Scott J, Greenwald BS, Kramer E, et al. Atypical (second generation) antipsychotic treatment response in very late-onset schizophrenia-like psychosis. Int Psychogeriatr. 2011;23(5):742-748. 13. Rado J, Janicak PG. Pharmacological and clinical profile of recently approved second-generation antipsychotics: implications for treatment of schizophrenia in older patients. Drugs Aging. 2012;29(10):783-791. 14. Tzimos A, Samokhvalov V, Kramer M, et al. Safety and tolerability of oral paliperidone extended-release tablets in elderly patients with schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study with six-month open-label extension. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(1):31-43. 15. Howanitz E, Pardo M, Smelson DA, et al. The efficacy and safety of clozapine versus chlorpromazine in geriatric schizophrenia. J Clin Psychiatry. 1999;60(1):41-44. 16. Sproule BA, Lake J, Mamo DC, et al. Are antipsychotic prescribing patterns different in older and younger adults?: a survey of 1357 psychiatric inpatients in Toronto. Can J Psychiatry. 2010;55(4):248-254. 17. Uchida H, Suzuki T, Mamo DC, et al. Effects of age and age of onset on prescribed antipsychotic dose in schizophrenia spectrum disorders: a survey of 1,418 patients in Japan. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(7):584-593. 18. Graff-Guerrero A, Rajji TK, Mulsant BH, et al. Evaluation of antipsychotic dose reduction in late-life schizophrenia: a prospective dopamine D2/3 occupancy study. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(9):927-934. 19. Khan A, Schwartz K, Stern C, et al. Mortality risk in patients with schizophrenia participating in premarketing atypical antipsychotic clinical trials. J Clin Psychiatry. 2007;68(12):1828-1833. 20. Weinmann S, Read J, Aderhold V. Influence of antipsychotics on mortality in schizophrenia: a systematic review. Schizophr Res. 2009;113(1):1-11. 21. Novick D, Haro JM, Perrin E, et al. Tolerability of outpatient antipsychotic treatment: 36-month results from the European Schizophrenia Outpatient Health Outcomes (SOHO) study. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2009;19(8):542-550. 22. Sajatovic M, Blow FC, Ignacio RV, et al. Age-related modifiers of clinical presentation and health service use among veterans with bipolar disorder. Psychiatr Serv. 2004;55(9):1014-1021. 23. Jeste DV, Alexopoulos GS, Bartels SJ, et al. Consensus statement on the upcoming crisis in geriatric mental health: research agenda for the next 2 decades. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1999;56(9):848-853. 24. Sajatovic M, Chen P. Geriatric bipolar disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2011;34(2):319-333,vii. 25. Sajatovic M, Strejilevich SA, Gildengers AG, et al. A report on older-age bipolar disorder from the International Society for Bipolar Disorders Task Force. Bipolar Disord. 2015;17(7):689-704. 26. Lala SV, Sajatovic M. Medical and psychiatric comorbidities among elderly individuals with bipolar disorder: a literature review. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2012;25(1):20-25. 27. Dols A, Rhebergen D, Beekman A, et al. Psychiatric and medical comorbidities: results from a bipolar elderly cohort study. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2014;22(11):1066-1074. 28. Pillarella J, Higashi A, Alexander GC, et al. Trends in use of second-generation antipsychotics for treatment of bipolar disorder in the United States, 1998-2009. Psychiatr Serv. 2012;63(1):83-86. 29. De Fruyt J, Deschepper E, Audenaert K, et al. Second generation antipsychotics in the treatment of bipolar depression: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Psychopharmacol. 2012;26(5):603-617. 30. Nivoli AM, Murru A, Goikolea JM, et al. New treatment guidelines for acute bipolar mania: a critical review. J Affect Disord. 2012;140(2):125-141. 31. Sajatovic M, Paulsson B. Quetiapine for the treatment of depressive episodes in adults aged 55 to 65 years with bipolar disorder. Paper presented at: American Association of Geriatric Psychiatry Annual Meeting; 2007; New Orleans, LA. 32. Sajatovic M, Forester B, Tsai J, et al. Efficacy and safety of lurasidone in older adults with bipolar depression: analysis of two double-blind, placebo-controlled studies. Paper presented at: American College of Neuropsychopharmacology (ACNP) 53rd Annual Meeting; 2014; Phoenix, AZ. 33. Sajatovic M, Coconcea N, Ignacio RV, et al. Aripiprazole therapy in 20 older adults with bipolar disorder: a 12-week, open-label trial. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(1):41-46. 34. Sajatovic M, Dines P, Fuentes-Casiano E, et al. Asenapine in the treatment of older adults with bipolar disorder. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2015;30(7):710-719. 35. Sajatovic M, Calabrese JR, Mullen J. Quetiapine for the treatment of bipolar mania in older adults. Bipolar Disord. 2008;10(6):662-671. 36. Baruch Y, Tadger S, Plopski I, et al. Asenapine for elderly bipolar manic patients. J Affect Disord. 2013;145(1):130-132. 37. Beyer JL, Siegal A, Kennedy JS. Olanzapine, divalproex and placebo treatment, non-head to head comparisons of older adults acute mania. Paper presented at: 10th Congress of the International Psychogeriatric Association; 2001; Nice, France. 38. Al Jurdi RK, Marangell LB, Petersen NJ, et al. Prescription patterns of psychotropic medications in elderly compared with younger participants who achieved a “recovered” status in the systematic treatment enhancement program for bipolar disorder. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(11):922-933. 39. Gildengers AG, Chung KH, Huang SH, et al. Neuroprogressive effects of lifetime illness duration in older adults with bipolar disorder. Bipolar Disord. 2014;16(6):617-623. 40. Ballard C, Lana MM, Theodoulou M, et al. A randomised, blinded, placebo-controlled trial in dementia patients continuing or stopping neuroleptics (the DART-AD trial). PLoS Med. 2008;5(4):e76.
References
1. Alexander GC, Gallagher SA, Mascola A, et al. Increasing off-label use of antipsychotic medications in the United States, 1995-2008. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2011;20(2):177-184. 2. United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division. World population ageing: 1950-2050. http://www.un.org/esa/population/publications/worldageing19502050. Accessed September 1, 2017. 3. Lawrence D, Kisely S, Pais J. The epidemiology of excess mortality in people with mental illness. Can J Psychiatry. 2010;55(12):752-760. 4. Cohen CI, Vahia I, Reyes P, et al. Focus on geriatric psychiatry: schizophrenia in later life: clinical symptoms and social well-being. Psychiatr Serv. 2008;59(3):232-234. 5. Jeste DV, Barak Y, Madhusoodanan S, et al. International multisite double-blind trial of the atypical antipsychotics risperidone and olanzapine in 175 elderly patients with chronic schizophrenia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2003;11(6):638-647. 6. Kalache SM, Mulsant BH, Davies SJ, et al. The impact of aging, cognition, and symptoms on functional competence in individuals with schizophrenia across the lifespan. Schizophr Bull. 2015;41(2):374-381. 7. Suzuki T, Remington G, Uchida H, et al. Management of schizophrenia in late life with antipsychotic medications: a qualitative review. Drugs Aging. 2011;28(12):961-980. 8. Mulsant BH, Pollock BG. Psychopharmacology. In: David C. Steffens DC, Blazer DG, Thakur ME (eds). The American Psychiatric Publishing Textbook of Geriatric Psychiatry, 5th Edition. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing; 2015:527-587. 9. Cohen CI, Meesters PD, Zhao J. New perspectives on schizophrenia in later life: implications for treatment, policy, and research. Lancet Psychiatry. 2015;2(4):340-350. 10. Marriott RG, Neil W, Waddingham S. Antipsychotic medication for elderly people with schizophrenia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006;(1):CD005580. 11. Essali A, Ali G. Antipsychotic drug treatment for elderly people with late-onset schizophrenia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012(2):CD004162. 12. Scott J, Greenwald BS, Kramer E, et al. Atypical (second generation) antipsychotic treatment response in very late-onset schizophrenia-like psychosis. Int Psychogeriatr. 2011;23(5):742-748. 13. Rado J, Janicak PG. Pharmacological and clinical profile of recently approved second-generation antipsychotics: implications for treatment of schizophrenia in older patients. Drugs Aging. 2012;29(10):783-791. 14. Tzimos A, Samokhvalov V, Kramer M, et al. Safety and tolerability of oral paliperidone extended-release tablets in elderly patients with schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study with six-month open-label extension. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(1):31-43. 15. Howanitz E, Pardo M, Smelson DA, et al. The efficacy and safety of clozapine versus chlorpromazine in geriatric schizophrenia. J Clin Psychiatry. 1999;60(1):41-44. 16. Sproule BA, Lake J, Mamo DC, et al. Are antipsychotic prescribing patterns different in older and younger adults?: a survey of 1357 psychiatric inpatients in Toronto. Can J Psychiatry. 2010;55(4):248-254. 17. Uchida H, Suzuki T, Mamo DC, et al. Effects of age and age of onset on prescribed antipsychotic dose in schizophrenia spectrum disorders: a survey of 1,418 patients in Japan. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(7):584-593. 18. Graff-Guerrero A, Rajji TK, Mulsant BH, et al. Evaluation of antipsychotic dose reduction in late-life schizophrenia: a prospective dopamine D2/3 occupancy study. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(9):927-934. 19. Khan A, Schwartz K, Stern C, et al. Mortality risk in patients with schizophrenia participating in premarketing atypical antipsychotic clinical trials. J Clin Psychiatry. 2007;68(12):1828-1833. 20. Weinmann S, Read J, Aderhold V. Influence of antipsychotics on mortality in schizophrenia: a systematic review. Schizophr Res. 2009;113(1):1-11. 21. Novick D, Haro JM, Perrin E, et al. Tolerability of outpatient antipsychotic treatment: 36-month results from the European Schizophrenia Outpatient Health Outcomes (SOHO) study. Eur Neuropsychopharmacol. 2009;19(8):542-550. 22. Sajatovic M, Blow FC, Ignacio RV, et al. Age-related modifiers of clinical presentation and health service use among veterans with bipolar disorder. Psychiatr Serv. 2004;55(9):1014-1021. 23. Jeste DV, Alexopoulos GS, Bartels SJ, et al. Consensus statement on the upcoming crisis in geriatric mental health: research agenda for the next 2 decades. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1999;56(9):848-853. 24. Sajatovic M, Chen P. Geriatric bipolar disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 2011;34(2):319-333,vii. 25. Sajatovic M, Strejilevich SA, Gildengers AG, et al. A report on older-age bipolar disorder from the International Society for Bipolar Disorders Task Force. Bipolar Disord. 2015;17(7):689-704. 26. Lala SV, Sajatovic M. Medical and psychiatric comorbidities among elderly individuals with bipolar disorder: a literature review. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol. 2012;25(1):20-25. 27. Dols A, Rhebergen D, Beekman A, et al. Psychiatric and medical comorbidities: results from a bipolar elderly cohort study. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2014;22(11):1066-1074. 28. Pillarella J, Higashi A, Alexander GC, et al. Trends in use of second-generation antipsychotics for treatment of bipolar disorder in the United States, 1998-2009. Psychiatr Serv. 2012;63(1):83-86. 29. De Fruyt J, Deschepper E, Audenaert K, et al. Second generation antipsychotics in the treatment of bipolar depression: a systematic review and meta-analysis. J Psychopharmacol. 2012;26(5):603-617. 30. Nivoli AM, Murru A, Goikolea JM, et al. New treatment guidelines for acute bipolar mania: a critical review. J Affect Disord. 2012;140(2):125-141. 31. Sajatovic M, Paulsson B. Quetiapine for the treatment of depressive episodes in adults aged 55 to 65 years with bipolar disorder. Paper presented at: American Association of Geriatric Psychiatry Annual Meeting; 2007; New Orleans, LA. 32. Sajatovic M, Forester B, Tsai J, et al. Efficacy and safety of lurasidone in older adults with bipolar depression: analysis of two double-blind, placebo-controlled studies. Paper presented at: American College of Neuropsychopharmacology (ACNP) 53rd Annual Meeting; 2014; Phoenix, AZ. 33. Sajatovic M, Coconcea N, Ignacio RV, et al. Aripiprazole therapy in 20 older adults with bipolar disorder: a 12-week, open-label trial. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(1):41-46. 34. Sajatovic M, Dines P, Fuentes-Casiano E, et al. Asenapine in the treatment of older adults with bipolar disorder. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2015;30(7):710-719. 35. Sajatovic M, Calabrese JR, Mullen J. Quetiapine for the treatment of bipolar mania in older adults. Bipolar Disord. 2008;10(6):662-671. 36. Baruch Y, Tadger S, Plopski I, et al. Asenapine for elderly bipolar manic patients. J Affect Disord. 2013;145(1):130-132. 37. Beyer JL, Siegal A, Kennedy JS. Olanzapine, divalproex and placebo treatment, non-head to head comparisons of older adults acute mania. Paper presented at: 10th Congress of the International Psychogeriatric Association; 2001; Nice, France. 38. Al Jurdi RK, Marangell LB, Petersen NJ, et al. Prescription patterns of psychotropic medications in elderly compared with younger participants who achieved a “recovered” status in the systematic treatment enhancement program for bipolar disorder. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry. 2008;16(11):922-933. 39. Gildengers AG, Chung KH, Huang SH, et al. Neuroprogressive effects of lifetime illness duration in older adults with bipolar disorder. Bipolar Disord. 2014;16(6):617-623. 40. Ballard C, Lana MM, Theodoulou M, et al. A randomised, blinded, placebo-controlled trial in dementia patients continuing or stopping neuroleptics (the DART-AD trial). PLoS Med. 2008;5(4):e76.
Borderline personality disorder (BPD) is associated with impaired psychosocial functioning,1-4 reduced health-related quality of life,5 high utilization of services,6,7 and excess mortality.8-10 Although BPD occurs in up to 40% of psychiatric inpatients11 and 10% of outpatients,12 it is underrecognized.13-15 Often, patients with BPD do not receive an accurate diagnosis until ≥10 years after initially seeking treatment.16 The treatment and clinical implications of failing to recognize BPD include overprescribing medication and underutilizing empirically effective psychotherapies.14
This review summarizes studies of the underdiagnosis of BPD in routine clinical practice, describes which patients should be screened, and reviews alternative approaches to screening.
Underrecognition of BPD
The Rhode Island Methods to Improve Diagnostic Assessment and Services (MIDAS) project is an ongoing clinical research study involving the integration of research assessment methods into routine clinical practice.17 In an early report from the MIDAS project, BPD diagnoses derived from structured and unstructured clinical interviews were compared between 2 groups of psychiatric outpatients in the same practice.15 Individuals in the structured interview cohort were 35 times more often diagnosed with BPD than individuals evaluated with an unstructured clinical interview. Importantly, when the information from the structured interview was presented to the clinicians, BPD was more likely to be diagnosed clinically.
Other studies13,16 also found that the rate of diagnosing BPD was higher when the diagnosis was based on a semi-structured diagnostic interview compared with an unstructured clinical interview, and that clinicians were reluctant to diagnose BPD during their routine intake diagnostic evaluation.
Clinicians, however, do not use semi-structured interviews in their practice, and they also do not tend to diagnose personality disorders (PDs) based on direct questioning, as they typically would when assessing a symptom-based disorder such as depression or anxiety. Rather, clinicians report that they rely on longitudinal observations to diagnose PDs.18 However, the results from the MIDAS project were inconsistent with clinicians’ reports. When clinicians were presented with the results of the semi-structured interview, they usually would diagnose BPD, even though it was the initial evaluation. If clinicians actually relied on longitudinal observations and considered information based on the direct question approach of research interviews to be irrelevant or invalid, then the results from the semi-structured interview should not have influenced the rate at which they diagnosed BPD. This suggests that the primary issue in diagnosing PDs is not the need for longitudinal observation but rather the need for more information, and that there is a role for screening questionnaires.
One potential criticism of studies demonstrating underrecognition of BPD in clinical practice is that patients typically were interviewed when they presented for treatment, when most were depressed or anxious. The possible pathologizing effects of psychiatric state on personality have been known for years.19 However, a large body of literature examining the treatment, prognostic, familial, and biological correlates of PDs supports the validity of diagnosing PDs in this manner. Moreover, from a clinical perspective, the sooner a clinician is aware of the presence of BPD, the more likely this information can be used for treatment planning.
Who should be screened for BPD?
BPD is underrecognized and underdiagnosed because patients with BPD often also have comorbid mood, anxiety, or substance use disorders.20,21 The symptoms associated with these disorders are typically the chief concern of patients with undiagnosed BPD who present for treatment. Patients with BPD rarely present for an intake evaluation and state that they are struggling with abandonment fears, chronic feelings of emptiness, or an identity disturbance. If patients identified these problems as their chief concerns, BPD would be easier to recognize.
Although several studies have documented the frequency of BPD in patients with a specific psychiatric diagnosis such as major depressive disorder (MDD) or attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder,22-26 the MIDAS project examined the frequency of BPD in patients with various diagnoses and evaluated which disorders were associated with a significantly increased rate of BPD.27 The highest rate of BPD was found in patients with bipolar disorder. Approximately 25% of patients with bipolar II disorder and one-third of those with bipolar I disorder were diagnosed with BPD; these rates were significantly higher than the rate of BPD in patients without these disorders (Table 127). The rate of BPD was second highest in patients with a principal diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and MDD; however, the rate of BPD in these patients was not significantly elevated compared with patients who did not have these principal diagnoses. Three disorders were associated with a significantly lower rate of BPD: adjustment disorder, dysthymic disorder, and generalized anxiety disorder.
It would be easy to recommend screening for BPD in all psychiatric patients. However, that is not feasible or practical. In making screening recommendations, absolute risk should be considered more important than relative risk. Clinicians should screen for BPD in patients presenting to a general psychiatric outpatient practice with a principal diagnosis of MDD, bipolar disorder, PTSD, or panic disorder with agoraphobia. That is, I recommend screening for BPD in patients with a principal diagnosis in which the prevalence of BPD is ≥10% (Table 127).
A brief review of screening statistics
Screening tests for most psychiatric disorders are based on multi-item scales in which a total score is computed from a sum of item scores, and a cutoff point is established to determine who does and does not screen positive on the test. However, sensitivity, specificity, and positive and negative predictive values are not invariant properties of a screening test with a continuous score distribution. Rather, the performance statistics of a scale can be altered by changing the threshold score to distinguish cases from non-cases. When the screening threshold is lowered, sensitivity increases and specificity decreases.
For screening, a broad net needs to be cast so that all (or almost all) cases are included. Therefore, the cutoff score should be set low to prioritize the sensitivity of the instrument. A screening scale also should have high negative predictive value so that the clinician can be confident that patients who screen negative on the test do not have the disorder.
Screening questionnaires for BPD
Several questionnaires have been developed to screen for PDs (Table 228-35). Some screen for each of the DSM PDs,28,36-42 and some screen more broadly for the presence or absence of any PD.29,43,44 The most commonly studied self-report scale for BPD is the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder (MSI-BPD),30 a 10-item self-report scale derived from a subset of questions from the BPD module of a semi-structured diagnostic interview.
The initial validation study30 found that the optimal cutoff score was 7, which resulted in a sensitivity of 81% and specificity of 89%. Three studies have evaluated the scale in adolescents and young adults,45-47 and 3 studies examined the scale in adult outpatients.48-50 Across all 6 studies, at the optimal cutoff scores determined in each study, the sensitivity of the MSI-BPD ranged from 68% to 94% (mean, 80%) and the specificity ranged from 66% to 80% (mean, 72%).
Problems with screening questionnaires. Although screening scales have been developed for many psychiatric disorders, they have not been widely used in mental health settings. In a previous commentary, I argued that the conceptual justification for using self-report screening scales for single disorders in psychiatric settings is questionable.51 Another problem with screening scales is their potential misuse as case-finding instruments. In the literature on bipolar disorder screening, several researchers misconstrued a positive screen to indicate caseness.51 Although this is not a problem with the screening measures or the selection of a cutoff score, caution must be taken to not confuse screening with diagnosis.52
Screening for BPD as part of your diagnostic interview
An alternative approach to using self-administered questionnaires for screening is for clinicians to include questions in their evaluation as part of a psychiatric review of systems. When conducting a diagnostic interview, clinicians typically screen for disorders that are comorbid with the principal diagnosis by asking about the comorbid disorders’ necessary features or “gate criteria.” For example, in a patient with a principal diagnosis of MDD, the clinician would inquire about the presence of panic attacks, excessive worry, or substance use to screen for the presence of panic disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, or a substance use disorder. In contrast, for polythetically defined disorders such as BPD, there is no single gate criterion, because the disorder is diagnosed based on the presence of at least 5 of 9 criteria and no single one of these criteria is required to be present to establish the diagnosis.
As part of the MIDAS project, the psychometric properties of the BPD criteria were examined to determine if it was possible to identify 1 or 2 criteria that could serve as gate criteria to screen for the disorder. If the sensitivity of 1 criterion or a combination of 2 BPD criteria was sufficiently high (ie, >90%), then the assessment of this criterion (or these criteria) could be included in a psychiatric review of systems, thus potentially improving the detection of BPD. Researchers hypothesized that affective instability, considered first by Linehan53 and later by other theorists54 to be of central importance to the clinical manifestations of BPD, could function as a gate criterion. In the sample of 3,674 psychiatric outpatients who were evaluated with a semi-structured interview, the sensitivity of the affective instability criterion was 92.8%, and the negative predictive value of the criterion was 99%.
These results from the MIDAS project were consistent with the results of other, smaller studies that found that >90% of patients with BPD report affective instability, and it was the most frequent BPD criterion.55-62 The largest of these studies, the multisite Collaborative Longitudinal Investigation of Personality Study (CLPS), found that sensitivity of affective instability was 94%, which was higher than the sensitivity of the other BPD criteria.62 Moreover, the CLPS examined the sensitivity of the BPD criteria assessed at baseline in relation to a diagnosis of BPD that was made 2 years later.63 Affective instability had a 90% sensitivity and 95% negative predictive value in predicting a future diagnosis of BPD. Both of these figures were the highest of the BPD criteria. Other studies have found a negative predictive value >95%.55,58-61 Therefore,a clinician can be highly confident in ruling out a diagnosis of BPD in patients who do not report affective instability. Table 3 lists questions used to assess affective instability in semi-structured interviews.
Identifying a single BPD criterion that is present in the vast majority of patients diagnosed with BPD will allow clinicians to follow their usual clinical practice when conducting a psychiatric review of systems and inquire about the gate criteria of various disorders. Several studies have found that >90% of patients with BPD report affective instability. However, this does not mean that the diagnosis of BPD can be abbreviated to an assessment of the presence or absence of affective instability. Many patients who screen positive will not have BPD when a more definitive diagnostic evaluation is conducted. In the case of BPD, the more costly definitive diagnostic procedure simply entails inquiry of the other diagnostic criteria.
Bottom Line
BPD is underdiagnosed in clinical practice. Detection of BPD can be improved by careful clinical evaluations that inquire about the features of BPD and the use of screening questionnaires. Affective instability may serve as a gate criterion that can be used to rule out BPD or prompt a more definitive diagnostic evaluation
Related Resources
Leichsenring F, Leibing E, Kruse J, et al. Borderline personality disorder. Lancet. 2011;377(9759):74-84.
Zimmerman M. Improving the recognition of borderline personality disorder in a bipolar world. J Pers Disord. 2016;30(3):320-335.
References
1. Bellino S, Patria L, Paradiso E, et al. Major depression in patients with borderline personality disorder: a clinical investigation. Can J Psychiatry. 2005;50(4):234-238. 2. Skodol AE, Gunderson JG, McGlashan TH, et al. Functional impairment in patients with schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(2):276-283. 3. Gunderson JG, Stout RL, McGlashan TH, et al. Ten-year course of borderline personality disorder: psychopathology and function from the Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2011;68(8):827-837. 4. Zanarini MC, Jacoby RJ, Frankenburg FR, et al. The 10-year course of social security disability income reported by patients with borderline personality disorder and axis II comparison subjects. J Pers Disord. 2009;23(4):346-356. 5. Grant BF, Chou SP, Goldstein RB, et al. Prevalence, correlates, disability, and comorbidity of DSM-IV borderline personality disorder: results from the Wave 2 National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(4):533-545. 6. Bender DS, Dolan RT, Skodol AE, et al. Treatment utilization by patients with personality disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158(2):295-302. 7. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Hennen J, et al. Mental health service utilization by borderline personality disorder patients and Axis II comparison subjects followed prospectively for 6 years. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(1):28-36. 8. Pompili M, Girardi P, Ruberto A, et al. Suicide in borderline personality disorder: a meta-analysis. Nord J Psychiatry. 2005;59(5):319-324. 9. Oldham JM. Borderline personality disorder and suicidality. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(1):20-26. 10. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(3):226-239. 11. Marinangeli M, Butti G, Scinto A, et al. Patterns of comorbidity among DSM-III-R personality disorders. Psychopathology. 2000;33(2):69-74. 12. Zimmerman M, Rothschild L, Chelminski I. The frequency of DSM-IV personality disorders in psychiatric outpatients. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162(10):1911-1918. 13. Comtois KA, Carmel A. Borderline personality disorder and high utilization of inpatient psychiatric hospitalization: concordance between research and clinical diagnosis. J Behav Health Servi Res. 2016;43(2):272-280. 14. Paris J, Black DW. Borderline personality disorder and bipolar disorder: what is the difference and why does it matter? J Nerv Ment Dis. 2015;203(1):3-7. 15. Zimmerman M, Mattia JI. Differences between clinical and research practice in diagnosing borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1999;156(10):1570-1574. 16. Magnavita JJ, Levy KN, Critchfield KL, et al. Ethical considerations in treatment of personality dysfunction: using evidence, principles, and clinical judgment. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. 2010;41(1):64-74. 17. Zimmerman M. A review of 20 years of research on overdiagnosis and underdiagnosis in the Rhode Island Methods to Improve Diagnostic Assessment and Services (MIDAS) Project. Can J Psychiatry. 2016;61(2):71-79. 18. Westen D. Divergences between clinical and research methods for assessing personality disorders: implications for research and the evolution of axis II. Am J Psychiatry. 1997;154(7):895-903. 19. Zimmerman M. Diagnosing personality disorders: a review of issues and research methods. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1994;51(3):225-245. 20. Zanarini MC, Gunderson JG, Frankenberg FR. Axis I phenomenology of borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 1989;30(2):149-156. 21. Zimmerman M, Mattia JI. Axis I diagnostic comorbidity and borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 1999;40(4):245-252. 22. Gunderson JG, Morey LC, Stout RL, et al. Major depressive disorder and borderline personality disorder revisited: longitudinal interactions. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(8):1049-1056. 23. Bayes AJ, Parker GB. Clinical vs. DSM diagnosis of bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder and their co-occurrence. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2016;135(3):259-265. 24. Carpenter RW, Wood PK, Trull TJ. Comorbidity of borderline personality disorder and lifetime substance use disorders in a nationally representative sample. J Pers Disord. 2016;30(3):336-350. 25. Trull TJ, Sher KJ, Minks-Brown C, et al. Borderline personality disorder and substance use disorders: a review and integration. Clin Psychol Rev. 2000;20(2):235-253. 26. Matthies SD, Philipsen A. Common ground in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and borderline personality disorder (BPD)-review of recent findings. Borderline Personal Disord Emot Dysregul. 2014;1:3. 27. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Dalrymple K, et al. Principal diagnoses in psychiatric outpatients with borderline personality disorder: implications for screening recommendations. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2017;29(1):54-60. 28. Magallón-Neri EM, Forns M, Canalda G, et al. Usefulness of the International Personality Disorder Examination Screening Questionnaire for borderline and impulsive personality pathology in adolescents. Compr Psychiatry. 2013;54(3):301-308. 29. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Langbehn DR, et al. The Iowa Personality Disorder Screen. Eur J Psychol Assess. 2010;26(1):11-18. 30. Zanarini MC, Vujanovic AA, Parachini EA, et al. A screening measure for BPD: the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder (MSI-BPD). J Pers Disord. 2003;17(6):568-573. 31. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Hodiamont PP. Results of the search for personality disorder screening tools: clinical implications. J Clin Psychiatry. 2012;73(2):165-173. 32. Hyler SE. Personality diagnostic questionnaire-4. New York, NY: New York State Psychiatric Institute; 1994. 33. First MB, Spitzer RL, Gibbon M, et al. Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Axis II Disorders - Patient edition (SCID-I/P, version 2.0). New York, NY: Biometrics Research Department, New York State Psychiatric Institute; 1995. 34. Bohus M, Kleindienst N, Limberger MF, et al. The short version of the Borderline Symptom List (BSL-23): development and initial data on psychometric properties. Psychopathology. 2009;42(1):32-39. 35. Poreh AM, Rawlings D, Claridge G, et al. The BPQ: a scale for the assessment of boderline personality based on DSM-IV criteria. J Pers Disord. 2006;20(3):247-260. 36. Ekselius L, Lindstrom E, von Knorring L, et al. SCID II interviews and the SCID Screen questionnaire as diagnostic tools for personality disorders in DSM-III-R. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1994;90(2):120-123. 37. Hyler SE, Skodol AE, Oldham JM, et al. Validity of the Personality Diagnostic Questionnaire-Revised: a replication in an outpatient sample. Compr Psychiatry. 1992;33(2):73-77. 38. Davison S, Leese M, Taylor PJ. Examination of the screening properties of the personality diagnostic questionnaire 4+ (PDQ-4+) in a prison population. J Pers Disord. 2001;15(2):180-194. 39. Jacobsberg L, Perry S, Frances A. Diagnostic agreement between the SCID-II screening questionnaire and the Personality Disorder Examination. J Pers Assess. 1995;65(3):428-433. 40. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Masthoff ED, et al. Diagnostic efficiency among psychiatric outpatients of a self-report version of a subset of screen items of the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV-TR Personality Disorders (SCID-II). Psychol Assess. 2010;22(4):945-952. 41. Lloyd C, Overall JE, Click M Jr. Screening for borderline personality disorders with the MMPI-168. J Clin Psychol. 1983;39(5):722-726. 42. Neal LA, Fox C, Carroll N, et al. Development and validation of a computerized screening test for personality disorders in DSM-III-R. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1997;95(4):351-356. 43. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Moran P, et al. The Self-Report Standardized Assessment of Personality-abbreviated Scale: preliminary results of a brief screening test for personality disorders. Pers Ment Health. 2008;2(2):70-76. 44. Moran P, Leese M, Lee T, et al. Standardized Assessment of Personality - Abbreviated Scale (SAPAS): preliminary validation of a brief screen for personality disorder. Br J Psychiatry. 2003;183:228-232. 45. Chanen AM, Jovev M, Djaja D, et al. Screening for borderline personality disorder in outpatient youth. J Pers Disord. 2008;22(4):353-364. 46. van Alebeek A, van der Heijden PT, Hessels C, et al. Comparison of three questionnaires to screen for borderline personality disorder in adolescents and young adults. Eur J Psychol Assess. 2017:33;123-128. 47. Noblin JL, Venta A, Sharp C. The validity of the MSI-BPD among inpatient adolescents. Assessment. 2014;21(2):210-217. 48. Kröger C, Vonau M, Kliem S, et al. Emotion dysregulation as a core feature of borderline personality disorder: comparison of the discriminatory ability of two self-rating measures. Psychopathology. 2011;44(4):253-260. 49. Soler J, Domínguez-Clav E, García-Rizo C, et al. Validation of the Spanish version of the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder. Rev Psiquiatr Salud Ment. 2016;9(4):195-202. 50. Melartin T, Häkkinen M, Koivisto M, et al. Screening of psychiatric outpatients for borderline personality disorder with the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder (MSI-BPD). Nord J Psychiatry. 2009;63(6):475-479. 51. Zimmerman M. Misuse of the Mood Disorders Questionnaire as a case-finding measure and a critique of the concept of using a screening scale for bipolar disorder in psychiatric practice. Bipolar Disord. 2012;14(2):127-134. 52. Zimmerman M. Screening for bipolar disorder: confusion between case-finding and screening. Psychother Psychosom. 2014;83(5):259-262. 53. Linehan MM. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of borderline personality disorder. New York, NY: Guilford Press; 1993. 54. Koenigsberg HW, Harvey PD, Mitropoulou V, et al. Are the interpersonal and identity disturbances in the borderline personality disorder criteria linked to the traits of affective instability and impulsivity? J Pers Disord. 2001;15(4):358-370. 55. Grilo CM, Becker DF, Anez LM, et al. Diagnostic efficiency of DSM-IV criteria for borderline personality disorder: an evaluation in Hispanic men and women with substance use disorders. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2004;72(1):126-131. 56. Korfine L, Hooley JM. Detecting individuals with borderline personality disorder in the community: an ascertainment strategy and comparison with a hospital sample. J Pers Disord. 2009;23(1):62-75. 57. Leppänen V, Lindeman S, Arntz A, et al. Preliminary evaluation of psychometric properties of the Finnish Borderline Personality Disorder Severity Index: Oulu-BPD-Study. Nord J Psychiatry. 2013;67(5):312-319. 58. Pfohl B, Coryell W, Zimmerman M, et al. DSM-III personality disorders: diagnostic overlap and internal consistency of individual DSM-III criteria. Compr Psychiatry. 1986;27(1):22-34. 59. Reich J. Criteria for diagnosing DSM-III borderline personality disorder. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 1990;2(3):189-197. 60. Nurnberg HG, Raskin M, Levine PE, et al. Hierarchy of DSM-III-R criteria efficiency for the diagnosis of borderline personality disorder. J Pers Disord. 1991;5(3):211-224. 61. Farmer RF, Chapman AL. Evaluation of DSM-IV personality disorder criteria as assessed by the structured clinical interview for DSM-IV personality disorders. Compr Psychiatry. 2002;43(4):285-300. 62. Grilo CM, McGlashan TH, Morey LC, et al. Internal consistency, intercriterion overlap and diagnostic efficiency of criteria sets for DSM-IV schizotypal, borderline, avoidant and obsessive-compulsive personality disorders. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2001;104(4):264-272. 63. Grilo CM, Sanislow CA, Skodol AE, et al. Longitudinal diagnostic efficiency of DSM-IV criteria for borderline personality disorder: a 2-year prospective study. Can J Psychiatry. 2007;52(6):357-362.
Mark Zimmerman, MD Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University Rhode Island Hospital Providence, Rhode Island Member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board
Disclosure The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Mark Zimmerman, MD Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University Rhode Island Hospital Providence, Rhode Island Member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board
Disclosure The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Author and Disclosure Information
Mark Zimmerman, MD Professor of Psychiatry and Human Behavior Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University Rhode Island Hospital Providence, Rhode Island Member of the Current Psychiatry Editorial Board
Disclosure The author reports no financial relationships with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.
Borderline personality disorder (BPD) is associated with impaired psychosocial functioning,1-4 reduced health-related quality of life,5 high utilization of services,6,7 and excess mortality.8-10 Although BPD occurs in up to 40% of psychiatric inpatients11 and 10% of outpatients,12 it is underrecognized.13-15 Often, patients with BPD do not receive an accurate diagnosis until ≥10 years after initially seeking treatment.16 The treatment and clinical implications of failing to recognize BPD include overprescribing medication and underutilizing empirically effective psychotherapies.14
This review summarizes studies of the underdiagnosis of BPD in routine clinical practice, describes which patients should be screened, and reviews alternative approaches to screening.
Underrecognition of BPD
The Rhode Island Methods to Improve Diagnostic Assessment and Services (MIDAS) project is an ongoing clinical research study involving the integration of research assessment methods into routine clinical practice.17 In an early report from the MIDAS project, BPD diagnoses derived from structured and unstructured clinical interviews were compared between 2 groups of psychiatric outpatients in the same practice.15 Individuals in the structured interview cohort were 35 times more often diagnosed with BPD than individuals evaluated with an unstructured clinical interview. Importantly, when the information from the structured interview was presented to the clinicians, BPD was more likely to be diagnosed clinically.
Other studies13,16 also found that the rate of diagnosing BPD was higher when the diagnosis was based on a semi-structured diagnostic interview compared with an unstructured clinical interview, and that clinicians were reluctant to diagnose BPD during their routine intake diagnostic evaluation.
Clinicians, however, do not use semi-structured interviews in their practice, and they also do not tend to diagnose personality disorders (PDs) based on direct questioning, as they typically would when assessing a symptom-based disorder such as depression or anxiety. Rather, clinicians report that they rely on longitudinal observations to diagnose PDs.18 However, the results from the MIDAS project were inconsistent with clinicians’ reports. When clinicians were presented with the results of the semi-structured interview, they usually would diagnose BPD, even though it was the initial evaluation. If clinicians actually relied on longitudinal observations and considered information based on the direct question approach of research interviews to be irrelevant or invalid, then the results from the semi-structured interview should not have influenced the rate at which they diagnosed BPD. This suggests that the primary issue in diagnosing PDs is not the need for longitudinal observation but rather the need for more information, and that there is a role for screening questionnaires.
One potential criticism of studies demonstrating underrecognition of BPD in clinical practice is that patients typically were interviewed when they presented for treatment, when most were depressed or anxious. The possible pathologizing effects of psychiatric state on personality have been known for years.19 However, a large body of literature examining the treatment, prognostic, familial, and biological correlates of PDs supports the validity of diagnosing PDs in this manner. Moreover, from a clinical perspective, the sooner a clinician is aware of the presence of BPD, the more likely this information can be used for treatment planning.
Who should be screened for BPD?
BPD is underrecognized and underdiagnosed because patients with BPD often also have comorbid mood, anxiety, or substance use disorders.20,21 The symptoms associated with these disorders are typically the chief concern of patients with undiagnosed BPD who present for treatment. Patients with BPD rarely present for an intake evaluation and state that they are struggling with abandonment fears, chronic feelings of emptiness, or an identity disturbance. If patients identified these problems as their chief concerns, BPD would be easier to recognize.
Although several studies have documented the frequency of BPD in patients with a specific psychiatric diagnosis such as major depressive disorder (MDD) or attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder,22-26 the MIDAS project examined the frequency of BPD in patients with various diagnoses and evaluated which disorders were associated with a significantly increased rate of BPD.27 The highest rate of BPD was found in patients with bipolar disorder. Approximately 25% of patients with bipolar II disorder and one-third of those with bipolar I disorder were diagnosed with BPD; these rates were significantly higher than the rate of BPD in patients without these disorders (Table 127). The rate of BPD was second highest in patients with a principal diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and MDD; however, the rate of BPD in these patients was not significantly elevated compared with patients who did not have these principal diagnoses. Three disorders were associated with a significantly lower rate of BPD: adjustment disorder, dysthymic disorder, and generalized anxiety disorder.
It would be easy to recommend screening for BPD in all psychiatric patients. However, that is not feasible or practical. In making screening recommendations, absolute risk should be considered more important than relative risk. Clinicians should screen for BPD in patients presenting to a general psychiatric outpatient practice with a principal diagnosis of MDD, bipolar disorder, PTSD, or panic disorder with agoraphobia. That is, I recommend screening for BPD in patients with a principal diagnosis in which the prevalence of BPD is ≥10% (Table 127).
A brief review of screening statistics
Screening tests for most psychiatric disorders are based on multi-item scales in which a total score is computed from a sum of item scores, and a cutoff point is established to determine who does and does not screen positive on the test. However, sensitivity, specificity, and positive and negative predictive values are not invariant properties of a screening test with a continuous score distribution. Rather, the performance statistics of a scale can be altered by changing the threshold score to distinguish cases from non-cases. When the screening threshold is lowered, sensitivity increases and specificity decreases.
For screening, a broad net needs to be cast so that all (or almost all) cases are included. Therefore, the cutoff score should be set low to prioritize the sensitivity of the instrument. A screening scale also should have high negative predictive value so that the clinician can be confident that patients who screen negative on the test do not have the disorder.
Screening questionnaires for BPD
Several questionnaires have been developed to screen for PDs (Table 228-35). Some screen for each of the DSM PDs,28,36-42 and some screen more broadly for the presence or absence of any PD.29,43,44 The most commonly studied self-report scale for BPD is the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder (MSI-BPD),30 a 10-item self-report scale derived from a subset of questions from the BPD module of a semi-structured diagnostic interview.
The initial validation study30 found that the optimal cutoff score was 7, which resulted in a sensitivity of 81% and specificity of 89%. Three studies have evaluated the scale in adolescents and young adults,45-47 and 3 studies examined the scale in adult outpatients.48-50 Across all 6 studies, at the optimal cutoff scores determined in each study, the sensitivity of the MSI-BPD ranged from 68% to 94% (mean, 80%) and the specificity ranged from 66% to 80% (mean, 72%).
Problems with screening questionnaires. Although screening scales have been developed for many psychiatric disorders, they have not been widely used in mental health settings. In a previous commentary, I argued that the conceptual justification for using self-report screening scales for single disorders in psychiatric settings is questionable.51 Another problem with screening scales is their potential misuse as case-finding instruments. In the literature on bipolar disorder screening, several researchers misconstrued a positive screen to indicate caseness.51 Although this is not a problem with the screening measures or the selection of a cutoff score, caution must be taken to not confuse screening with diagnosis.52
Screening for BPD as part of your diagnostic interview
An alternative approach to using self-administered questionnaires for screening is for clinicians to include questions in their evaluation as part of a psychiatric review of systems. When conducting a diagnostic interview, clinicians typically screen for disorders that are comorbid with the principal diagnosis by asking about the comorbid disorders’ necessary features or “gate criteria.” For example, in a patient with a principal diagnosis of MDD, the clinician would inquire about the presence of panic attacks, excessive worry, or substance use to screen for the presence of panic disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, or a substance use disorder. In contrast, for polythetically defined disorders such as BPD, there is no single gate criterion, because the disorder is diagnosed based on the presence of at least 5 of 9 criteria and no single one of these criteria is required to be present to establish the diagnosis.
As part of the MIDAS project, the psychometric properties of the BPD criteria were examined to determine if it was possible to identify 1 or 2 criteria that could serve as gate criteria to screen for the disorder. If the sensitivity of 1 criterion or a combination of 2 BPD criteria was sufficiently high (ie, >90%), then the assessment of this criterion (or these criteria) could be included in a psychiatric review of systems, thus potentially improving the detection of BPD. Researchers hypothesized that affective instability, considered first by Linehan53 and later by other theorists54 to be of central importance to the clinical manifestations of BPD, could function as a gate criterion. In the sample of 3,674 psychiatric outpatients who were evaluated with a semi-structured interview, the sensitivity of the affective instability criterion was 92.8%, and the negative predictive value of the criterion was 99%.
These results from the MIDAS project were consistent with the results of other, smaller studies that found that >90% of patients with BPD report affective instability, and it was the most frequent BPD criterion.55-62 The largest of these studies, the multisite Collaborative Longitudinal Investigation of Personality Study (CLPS), found that sensitivity of affective instability was 94%, which was higher than the sensitivity of the other BPD criteria.62 Moreover, the CLPS examined the sensitivity of the BPD criteria assessed at baseline in relation to a diagnosis of BPD that was made 2 years later.63 Affective instability had a 90% sensitivity and 95% negative predictive value in predicting a future diagnosis of BPD. Both of these figures were the highest of the BPD criteria. Other studies have found a negative predictive value >95%.55,58-61 Therefore,a clinician can be highly confident in ruling out a diagnosis of BPD in patients who do not report affective instability. Table 3 lists questions used to assess affective instability in semi-structured interviews.
Identifying a single BPD criterion that is present in the vast majority of patients diagnosed with BPD will allow clinicians to follow their usual clinical practice when conducting a psychiatric review of systems and inquire about the gate criteria of various disorders. Several studies have found that >90% of patients with BPD report affective instability. However, this does not mean that the diagnosis of BPD can be abbreviated to an assessment of the presence or absence of affective instability. Many patients who screen positive will not have BPD when a more definitive diagnostic evaluation is conducted. In the case of BPD, the more costly definitive diagnostic procedure simply entails inquiry of the other diagnostic criteria.
Bottom Line
BPD is underdiagnosed in clinical practice. Detection of BPD can be improved by careful clinical evaluations that inquire about the features of BPD and the use of screening questionnaires. Affective instability may serve as a gate criterion that can be used to rule out BPD or prompt a more definitive diagnostic evaluation
Related Resources
Leichsenring F, Leibing E, Kruse J, et al. Borderline personality disorder. Lancet. 2011;377(9759):74-84.
Zimmerman M. Improving the recognition of borderline personality disorder in a bipolar world. J Pers Disord. 2016;30(3):320-335.
Borderline personality disorder (BPD) is associated with impaired psychosocial functioning,1-4 reduced health-related quality of life,5 high utilization of services,6,7 and excess mortality.8-10 Although BPD occurs in up to 40% of psychiatric inpatients11 and 10% of outpatients,12 it is underrecognized.13-15 Often, patients with BPD do not receive an accurate diagnosis until ≥10 years after initially seeking treatment.16 The treatment and clinical implications of failing to recognize BPD include overprescribing medication and underutilizing empirically effective psychotherapies.14
This review summarizes studies of the underdiagnosis of BPD in routine clinical practice, describes which patients should be screened, and reviews alternative approaches to screening.
Underrecognition of BPD
The Rhode Island Methods to Improve Diagnostic Assessment and Services (MIDAS) project is an ongoing clinical research study involving the integration of research assessment methods into routine clinical practice.17 In an early report from the MIDAS project, BPD diagnoses derived from structured and unstructured clinical interviews were compared between 2 groups of psychiatric outpatients in the same practice.15 Individuals in the structured interview cohort were 35 times more often diagnosed with BPD than individuals evaluated with an unstructured clinical interview. Importantly, when the information from the structured interview was presented to the clinicians, BPD was more likely to be diagnosed clinically.
Other studies13,16 also found that the rate of diagnosing BPD was higher when the diagnosis was based on a semi-structured diagnostic interview compared with an unstructured clinical interview, and that clinicians were reluctant to diagnose BPD during their routine intake diagnostic evaluation.
Clinicians, however, do not use semi-structured interviews in their practice, and they also do not tend to diagnose personality disorders (PDs) based on direct questioning, as they typically would when assessing a symptom-based disorder such as depression or anxiety. Rather, clinicians report that they rely on longitudinal observations to diagnose PDs.18 However, the results from the MIDAS project were inconsistent with clinicians’ reports. When clinicians were presented with the results of the semi-structured interview, they usually would diagnose BPD, even though it was the initial evaluation. If clinicians actually relied on longitudinal observations and considered information based on the direct question approach of research interviews to be irrelevant or invalid, then the results from the semi-structured interview should not have influenced the rate at which they diagnosed BPD. This suggests that the primary issue in diagnosing PDs is not the need for longitudinal observation but rather the need for more information, and that there is a role for screening questionnaires.
One potential criticism of studies demonstrating underrecognition of BPD in clinical practice is that patients typically were interviewed when they presented for treatment, when most were depressed or anxious. The possible pathologizing effects of psychiatric state on personality have been known for years.19 However, a large body of literature examining the treatment, prognostic, familial, and biological correlates of PDs supports the validity of diagnosing PDs in this manner. Moreover, from a clinical perspective, the sooner a clinician is aware of the presence of BPD, the more likely this information can be used for treatment planning.
Who should be screened for BPD?
BPD is underrecognized and underdiagnosed because patients with BPD often also have comorbid mood, anxiety, or substance use disorders.20,21 The symptoms associated with these disorders are typically the chief concern of patients with undiagnosed BPD who present for treatment. Patients with BPD rarely present for an intake evaluation and state that they are struggling with abandonment fears, chronic feelings of emptiness, or an identity disturbance. If patients identified these problems as their chief concerns, BPD would be easier to recognize.
Although several studies have documented the frequency of BPD in patients with a specific psychiatric diagnosis such as major depressive disorder (MDD) or attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder,22-26 the MIDAS project examined the frequency of BPD in patients with various diagnoses and evaluated which disorders were associated with a significantly increased rate of BPD.27 The highest rate of BPD was found in patients with bipolar disorder. Approximately 25% of patients with bipolar II disorder and one-third of those with bipolar I disorder were diagnosed with BPD; these rates were significantly higher than the rate of BPD in patients without these disorders (Table 127). The rate of BPD was second highest in patients with a principal diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and MDD; however, the rate of BPD in these patients was not significantly elevated compared with patients who did not have these principal diagnoses. Three disorders were associated with a significantly lower rate of BPD: adjustment disorder, dysthymic disorder, and generalized anxiety disorder.
It would be easy to recommend screening for BPD in all psychiatric patients. However, that is not feasible or practical. In making screening recommendations, absolute risk should be considered more important than relative risk. Clinicians should screen for BPD in patients presenting to a general psychiatric outpatient practice with a principal diagnosis of MDD, bipolar disorder, PTSD, or panic disorder with agoraphobia. That is, I recommend screening for BPD in patients with a principal diagnosis in which the prevalence of BPD is ≥10% (Table 127).
A brief review of screening statistics
Screening tests for most psychiatric disorders are based on multi-item scales in which a total score is computed from a sum of item scores, and a cutoff point is established to determine who does and does not screen positive on the test. However, sensitivity, specificity, and positive and negative predictive values are not invariant properties of a screening test with a continuous score distribution. Rather, the performance statistics of a scale can be altered by changing the threshold score to distinguish cases from non-cases. When the screening threshold is lowered, sensitivity increases and specificity decreases.
For screening, a broad net needs to be cast so that all (or almost all) cases are included. Therefore, the cutoff score should be set low to prioritize the sensitivity of the instrument. A screening scale also should have high negative predictive value so that the clinician can be confident that patients who screen negative on the test do not have the disorder.
Screening questionnaires for BPD
Several questionnaires have been developed to screen for PDs (Table 228-35). Some screen for each of the DSM PDs,28,36-42 and some screen more broadly for the presence or absence of any PD.29,43,44 The most commonly studied self-report scale for BPD is the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder (MSI-BPD),30 a 10-item self-report scale derived from a subset of questions from the BPD module of a semi-structured diagnostic interview.
The initial validation study30 found that the optimal cutoff score was 7, which resulted in a sensitivity of 81% and specificity of 89%. Three studies have evaluated the scale in adolescents and young adults,45-47 and 3 studies examined the scale in adult outpatients.48-50 Across all 6 studies, at the optimal cutoff scores determined in each study, the sensitivity of the MSI-BPD ranged from 68% to 94% (mean, 80%) and the specificity ranged from 66% to 80% (mean, 72%).
Problems with screening questionnaires. Although screening scales have been developed for many psychiatric disorders, they have not been widely used in mental health settings. In a previous commentary, I argued that the conceptual justification for using self-report screening scales for single disorders in psychiatric settings is questionable.51 Another problem with screening scales is their potential misuse as case-finding instruments. In the literature on bipolar disorder screening, several researchers misconstrued a positive screen to indicate caseness.51 Although this is not a problem with the screening measures or the selection of a cutoff score, caution must be taken to not confuse screening with diagnosis.52
Screening for BPD as part of your diagnostic interview
An alternative approach to using self-administered questionnaires for screening is for clinicians to include questions in their evaluation as part of a psychiatric review of systems. When conducting a diagnostic interview, clinicians typically screen for disorders that are comorbid with the principal diagnosis by asking about the comorbid disorders’ necessary features or “gate criteria.” For example, in a patient with a principal diagnosis of MDD, the clinician would inquire about the presence of panic attacks, excessive worry, or substance use to screen for the presence of panic disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, or a substance use disorder. In contrast, for polythetically defined disorders such as BPD, there is no single gate criterion, because the disorder is diagnosed based on the presence of at least 5 of 9 criteria and no single one of these criteria is required to be present to establish the diagnosis.
As part of the MIDAS project, the psychometric properties of the BPD criteria were examined to determine if it was possible to identify 1 or 2 criteria that could serve as gate criteria to screen for the disorder. If the sensitivity of 1 criterion or a combination of 2 BPD criteria was sufficiently high (ie, >90%), then the assessment of this criterion (or these criteria) could be included in a psychiatric review of systems, thus potentially improving the detection of BPD. Researchers hypothesized that affective instability, considered first by Linehan53 and later by other theorists54 to be of central importance to the clinical manifestations of BPD, could function as a gate criterion. In the sample of 3,674 psychiatric outpatients who were evaluated with a semi-structured interview, the sensitivity of the affective instability criterion was 92.8%, and the negative predictive value of the criterion was 99%.
These results from the MIDAS project were consistent with the results of other, smaller studies that found that >90% of patients with BPD report affective instability, and it was the most frequent BPD criterion.55-62 The largest of these studies, the multisite Collaborative Longitudinal Investigation of Personality Study (CLPS), found that sensitivity of affective instability was 94%, which was higher than the sensitivity of the other BPD criteria.62 Moreover, the CLPS examined the sensitivity of the BPD criteria assessed at baseline in relation to a diagnosis of BPD that was made 2 years later.63 Affective instability had a 90% sensitivity and 95% negative predictive value in predicting a future diagnosis of BPD. Both of these figures were the highest of the BPD criteria. Other studies have found a negative predictive value >95%.55,58-61 Therefore,a clinician can be highly confident in ruling out a diagnosis of BPD in patients who do not report affective instability. Table 3 lists questions used to assess affective instability in semi-structured interviews.
Identifying a single BPD criterion that is present in the vast majority of patients diagnosed with BPD will allow clinicians to follow their usual clinical practice when conducting a psychiatric review of systems and inquire about the gate criteria of various disorders. Several studies have found that >90% of patients with BPD report affective instability. However, this does not mean that the diagnosis of BPD can be abbreviated to an assessment of the presence or absence of affective instability. Many patients who screen positive will not have BPD when a more definitive diagnostic evaluation is conducted. In the case of BPD, the more costly definitive diagnostic procedure simply entails inquiry of the other diagnostic criteria.
Bottom Line
BPD is underdiagnosed in clinical practice. Detection of BPD can be improved by careful clinical evaluations that inquire about the features of BPD and the use of screening questionnaires. Affective instability may serve as a gate criterion that can be used to rule out BPD or prompt a more definitive diagnostic evaluation
Related Resources
Leichsenring F, Leibing E, Kruse J, et al. Borderline personality disorder. Lancet. 2011;377(9759):74-84.
Zimmerman M. Improving the recognition of borderline personality disorder in a bipolar world. J Pers Disord. 2016;30(3):320-335.
References
1. Bellino S, Patria L, Paradiso E, et al. Major depression in patients with borderline personality disorder: a clinical investigation. Can J Psychiatry. 2005;50(4):234-238. 2. Skodol AE, Gunderson JG, McGlashan TH, et al. Functional impairment in patients with schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(2):276-283. 3. Gunderson JG, Stout RL, McGlashan TH, et al. Ten-year course of borderline personality disorder: psychopathology and function from the Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2011;68(8):827-837. 4. Zanarini MC, Jacoby RJ, Frankenburg FR, et al. The 10-year course of social security disability income reported by patients with borderline personality disorder and axis II comparison subjects. J Pers Disord. 2009;23(4):346-356. 5. Grant BF, Chou SP, Goldstein RB, et al. Prevalence, correlates, disability, and comorbidity of DSM-IV borderline personality disorder: results from the Wave 2 National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(4):533-545. 6. Bender DS, Dolan RT, Skodol AE, et al. Treatment utilization by patients with personality disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158(2):295-302. 7. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Hennen J, et al. Mental health service utilization by borderline personality disorder patients and Axis II comparison subjects followed prospectively for 6 years. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(1):28-36. 8. Pompili M, Girardi P, Ruberto A, et al. Suicide in borderline personality disorder: a meta-analysis. Nord J Psychiatry. 2005;59(5):319-324. 9. Oldham JM. Borderline personality disorder and suicidality. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(1):20-26. 10. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(3):226-239. 11. Marinangeli M, Butti G, Scinto A, et al. Patterns of comorbidity among DSM-III-R personality disorders. Psychopathology. 2000;33(2):69-74. 12. Zimmerman M, Rothschild L, Chelminski I. The frequency of DSM-IV personality disorders in psychiatric outpatients. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162(10):1911-1918. 13. Comtois KA, Carmel A. Borderline personality disorder and high utilization of inpatient psychiatric hospitalization: concordance between research and clinical diagnosis. J Behav Health Servi Res. 2016;43(2):272-280. 14. Paris J, Black DW. Borderline personality disorder and bipolar disorder: what is the difference and why does it matter? J Nerv Ment Dis. 2015;203(1):3-7. 15. Zimmerman M, Mattia JI. Differences between clinical and research practice in diagnosing borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1999;156(10):1570-1574. 16. Magnavita JJ, Levy KN, Critchfield KL, et al. Ethical considerations in treatment of personality dysfunction: using evidence, principles, and clinical judgment. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. 2010;41(1):64-74. 17. Zimmerman M. A review of 20 years of research on overdiagnosis and underdiagnosis in the Rhode Island Methods to Improve Diagnostic Assessment and Services (MIDAS) Project. Can J Psychiatry. 2016;61(2):71-79. 18. Westen D. Divergences between clinical and research methods for assessing personality disorders: implications for research and the evolution of axis II. Am J Psychiatry. 1997;154(7):895-903. 19. Zimmerman M. Diagnosing personality disorders: a review of issues and research methods. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1994;51(3):225-245. 20. Zanarini MC, Gunderson JG, Frankenberg FR. Axis I phenomenology of borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 1989;30(2):149-156. 21. Zimmerman M, Mattia JI. Axis I diagnostic comorbidity and borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 1999;40(4):245-252. 22. Gunderson JG, Morey LC, Stout RL, et al. Major depressive disorder and borderline personality disorder revisited: longitudinal interactions. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(8):1049-1056. 23. Bayes AJ, Parker GB. Clinical vs. DSM diagnosis of bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder and their co-occurrence. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2016;135(3):259-265. 24. Carpenter RW, Wood PK, Trull TJ. Comorbidity of borderline personality disorder and lifetime substance use disorders in a nationally representative sample. J Pers Disord. 2016;30(3):336-350. 25. Trull TJ, Sher KJ, Minks-Brown C, et al. Borderline personality disorder and substance use disorders: a review and integration. Clin Psychol Rev. 2000;20(2):235-253. 26. Matthies SD, Philipsen A. Common ground in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and borderline personality disorder (BPD)-review of recent findings. Borderline Personal Disord Emot Dysregul. 2014;1:3. 27. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Dalrymple K, et al. Principal diagnoses in psychiatric outpatients with borderline personality disorder: implications for screening recommendations. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2017;29(1):54-60. 28. Magallón-Neri EM, Forns M, Canalda G, et al. Usefulness of the International Personality Disorder Examination Screening Questionnaire for borderline and impulsive personality pathology in adolescents. Compr Psychiatry. 2013;54(3):301-308. 29. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Langbehn DR, et al. The Iowa Personality Disorder Screen. Eur J Psychol Assess. 2010;26(1):11-18. 30. Zanarini MC, Vujanovic AA, Parachini EA, et al. A screening measure for BPD: the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder (MSI-BPD). J Pers Disord. 2003;17(6):568-573. 31. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Hodiamont PP. Results of the search for personality disorder screening tools: clinical implications. J Clin Psychiatry. 2012;73(2):165-173. 32. Hyler SE. Personality diagnostic questionnaire-4. New York, NY: New York State Psychiatric Institute; 1994. 33. First MB, Spitzer RL, Gibbon M, et al. Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Axis II Disorders - Patient edition (SCID-I/P, version 2.0). New York, NY: Biometrics Research Department, New York State Psychiatric Institute; 1995. 34. Bohus M, Kleindienst N, Limberger MF, et al. The short version of the Borderline Symptom List (BSL-23): development and initial data on psychometric properties. Psychopathology. 2009;42(1):32-39. 35. Poreh AM, Rawlings D, Claridge G, et al. The BPQ: a scale for the assessment of boderline personality based on DSM-IV criteria. J Pers Disord. 2006;20(3):247-260. 36. Ekselius L, Lindstrom E, von Knorring L, et al. SCID II interviews and the SCID Screen questionnaire as diagnostic tools for personality disorders in DSM-III-R. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1994;90(2):120-123. 37. Hyler SE, Skodol AE, Oldham JM, et al. Validity of the Personality Diagnostic Questionnaire-Revised: a replication in an outpatient sample. Compr Psychiatry. 1992;33(2):73-77. 38. Davison S, Leese M, Taylor PJ. Examination of the screening properties of the personality diagnostic questionnaire 4+ (PDQ-4+) in a prison population. J Pers Disord. 2001;15(2):180-194. 39. Jacobsberg L, Perry S, Frances A. Diagnostic agreement between the SCID-II screening questionnaire and the Personality Disorder Examination. J Pers Assess. 1995;65(3):428-433. 40. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Masthoff ED, et al. Diagnostic efficiency among psychiatric outpatients of a self-report version of a subset of screen items of the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV-TR Personality Disorders (SCID-II). Psychol Assess. 2010;22(4):945-952. 41. Lloyd C, Overall JE, Click M Jr. Screening for borderline personality disorders with the MMPI-168. J Clin Psychol. 1983;39(5):722-726. 42. Neal LA, Fox C, Carroll N, et al. Development and validation of a computerized screening test for personality disorders in DSM-III-R. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1997;95(4):351-356. 43. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Moran P, et al. The Self-Report Standardized Assessment of Personality-abbreviated Scale: preliminary results of a brief screening test for personality disorders. Pers Ment Health. 2008;2(2):70-76. 44. Moran P, Leese M, Lee T, et al. Standardized Assessment of Personality - Abbreviated Scale (SAPAS): preliminary validation of a brief screen for personality disorder. Br J Psychiatry. 2003;183:228-232. 45. Chanen AM, Jovev M, Djaja D, et al. Screening for borderline personality disorder in outpatient youth. J Pers Disord. 2008;22(4):353-364. 46. van Alebeek A, van der Heijden PT, Hessels C, et al. Comparison of three questionnaires to screen for borderline personality disorder in adolescents and young adults. Eur J Psychol Assess. 2017:33;123-128. 47. Noblin JL, Venta A, Sharp C. The validity of the MSI-BPD among inpatient adolescents. Assessment. 2014;21(2):210-217. 48. Kröger C, Vonau M, Kliem S, et al. Emotion dysregulation as a core feature of borderline personality disorder: comparison of the discriminatory ability of two self-rating measures. Psychopathology. 2011;44(4):253-260. 49. Soler J, Domínguez-Clav E, García-Rizo C, et al. Validation of the Spanish version of the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder. Rev Psiquiatr Salud Ment. 2016;9(4):195-202. 50. Melartin T, Häkkinen M, Koivisto M, et al. Screening of psychiatric outpatients for borderline personality disorder with the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder (MSI-BPD). Nord J Psychiatry. 2009;63(6):475-479. 51. Zimmerman M. Misuse of the Mood Disorders Questionnaire as a case-finding measure and a critique of the concept of using a screening scale for bipolar disorder in psychiatric practice. Bipolar Disord. 2012;14(2):127-134. 52. Zimmerman M. Screening for bipolar disorder: confusion between case-finding and screening. Psychother Psychosom. 2014;83(5):259-262. 53. Linehan MM. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of borderline personality disorder. New York, NY: Guilford Press; 1993. 54. Koenigsberg HW, Harvey PD, Mitropoulou V, et al. Are the interpersonal and identity disturbances in the borderline personality disorder criteria linked to the traits of affective instability and impulsivity? J Pers Disord. 2001;15(4):358-370. 55. Grilo CM, Becker DF, Anez LM, et al. Diagnostic efficiency of DSM-IV criteria for borderline personality disorder: an evaluation in Hispanic men and women with substance use disorders. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2004;72(1):126-131. 56. Korfine L, Hooley JM. Detecting individuals with borderline personality disorder in the community: an ascertainment strategy and comparison with a hospital sample. J Pers Disord. 2009;23(1):62-75. 57. Leppänen V, Lindeman S, Arntz A, et al. Preliminary evaluation of psychometric properties of the Finnish Borderline Personality Disorder Severity Index: Oulu-BPD-Study. Nord J Psychiatry. 2013;67(5):312-319. 58. Pfohl B, Coryell W, Zimmerman M, et al. DSM-III personality disorders: diagnostic overlap and internal consistency of individual DSM-III criteria. Compr Psychiatry. 1986;27(1):22-34. 59. Reich J. Criteria for diagnosing DSM-III borderline personality disorder. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 1990;2(3):189-197. 60. Nurnberg HG, Raskin M, Levine PE, et al. Hierarchy of DSM-III-R criteria efficiency for the diagnosis of borderline personality disorder. J Pers Disord. 1991;5(3):211-224. 61. Farmer RF, Chapman AL. Evaluation of DSM-IV personality disorder criteria as assessed by the structured clinical interview for DSM-IV personality disorders. Compr Psychiatry. 2002;43(4):285-300. 62. Grilo CM, McGlashan TH, Morey LC, et al. Internal consistency, intercriterion overlap and diagnostic efficiency of criteria sets for DSM-IV schizotypal, borderline, avoidant and obsessive-compulsive personality disorders. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2001;104(4):264-272. 63. Grilo CM, Sanislow CA, Skodol AE, et al. Longitudinal diagnostic efficiency of DSM-IV criteria for borderline personality disorder: a 2-year prospective study. Can J Psychiatry. 2007;52(6):357-362.
References
1. Bellino S, Patria L, Paradiso E, et al. Major depression in patients with borderline personality disorder: a clinical investigation. Can J Psychiatry. 2005;50(4):234-238. 2. Skodol AE, Gunderson JG, McGlashan TH, et al. Functional impairment in patients with schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159(2):276-283. 3. Gunderson JG, Stout RL, McGlashan TH, et al. Ten-year course of borderline personality disorder: psychopathology and function from the Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2011;68(8):827-837. 4. Zanarini MC, Jacoby RJ, Frankenburg FR, et al. The 10-year course of social security disability income reported by patients with borderline personality disorder and axis II comparison subjects. J Pers Disord. 2009;23(4):346-356. 5. Grant BF, Chou SP, Goldstein RB, et al. Prevalence, correlates, disability, and comorbidity of DSM-IV borderline personality disorder: results from the Wave 2 National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69(4):533-545. 6. Bender DS, Dolan RT, Skodol AE, et al. Treatment utilization by patients with personality disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 2001;158(2):295-302. 7. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Hennen J, et al. Mental health service utilization by borderline personality disorder patients and Axis II comparison subjects followed prospectively for 6 years. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(1):28-36. 8. Pompili M, Girardi P, Ruberto A, et al. Suicide in borderline personality disorder: a meta-analysis. Nord J Psychiatry. 2005;59(5):319-324. 9. Oldham JM. Borderline personality disorder and suicidality. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(1):20-26. 10. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord. 2004;18(3):226-239. 11. Marinangeli M, Butti G, Scinto A, et al. Patterns of comorbidity among DSM-III-R personality disorders. Psychopathology. 2000;33(2):69-74. 12. Zimmerman M, Rothschild L, Chelminski I. The frequency of DSM-IV personality disorders in psychiatric outpatients. Am J Psychiatry. 2005;162(10):1911-1918. 13. Comtois KA, Carmel A. Borderline personality disorder and high utilization of inpatient psychiatric hospitalization: concordance between research and clinical diagnosis. J Behav Health Servi Res. 2016;43(2):272-280. 14. Paris J, Black DW. Borderline personality disorder and bipolar disorder: what is the difference and why does it matter? J Nerv Ment Dis. 2015;203(1):3-7. 15. Zimmerman M, Mattia JI. Differences between clinical and research practice in diagnosing borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1999;156(10):1570-1574. 16. Magnavita JJ, Levy KN, Critchfield KL, et al. Ethical considerations in treatment of personality dysfunction: using evidence, principles, and clinical judgment. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. 2010;41(1):64-74. 17. Zimmerman M. A review of 20 years of research on overdiagnosis and underdiagnosis in the Rhode Island Methods to Improve Diagnostic Assessment and Services (MIDAS) Project. Can J Psychiatry. 2016;61(2):71-79. 18. Westen D. Divergences between clinical and research methods for assessing personality disorders: implications for research and the evolution of axis II. Am J Psychiatry. 1997;154(7):895-903. 19. Zimmerman M. Diagnosing personality disorders: a review of issues and research methods. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1994;51(3):225-245. 20. Zanarini MC, Gunderson JG, Frankenberg FR. Axis I phenomenology of borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 1989;30(2):149-156. 21. Zimmerman M, Mattia JI. Axis I diagnostic comorbidity and borderline personality disorder. Compr Psychiatry. 1999;40(4):245-252. 22. Gunderson JG, Morey LC, Stout RL, et al. Major depressive disorder and borderline personality disorder revisited: longitudinal interactions. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(8):1049-1056. 23. Bayes AJ, Parker GB. Clinical vs. DSM diagnosis of bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder and their co-occurrence. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2016;135(3):259-265. 24. Carpenter RW, Wood PK, Trull TJ. Comorbidity of borderline personality disorder and lifetime substance use disorders in a nationally representative sample. J Pers Disord. 2016;30(3):336-350. 25. Trull TJ, Sher KJ, Minks-Brown C, et al. Borderline personality disorder and substance use disorders: a review and integration. Clin Psychol Rev. 2000;20(2):235-253. 26. Matthies SD, Philipsen A. Common ground in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and borderline personality disorder (BPD)-review of recent findings. Borderline Personal Disord Emot Dysregul. 2014;1:3. 27. Zimmerman M, Chelminski I, Dalrymple K, et al. Principal diagnoses in psychiatric outpatients with borderline personality disorder: implications for screening recommendations. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 2017;29(1):54-60. 28. Magallón-Neri EM, Forns M, Canalda G, et al. Usefulness of the International Personality Disorder Examination Screening Questionnaire for borderline and impulsive personality pathology in adolescents. Compr Psychiatry. 2013;54(3):301-308. 29. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Langbehn DR, et al. The Iowa Personality Disorder Screen. Eur J Psychol Assess. 2010;26(1):11-18. 30. Zanarini MC, Vujanovic AA, Parachini EA, et al. A screening measure for BPD: the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder (MSI-BPD). J Pers Disord. 2003;17(6):568-573. 31. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Hodiamont PP. Results of the search for personality disorder screening tools: clinical implications. J Clin Psychiatry. 2012;73(2):165-173. 32. Hyler SE. Personality diagnostic questionnaire-4. New York, NY: New York State Psychiatric Institute; 1994. 33. First MB, Spitzer RL, Gibbon M, et al. Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Axis II Disorders - Patient edition (SCID-I/P, version 2.0). New York, NY: Biometrics Research Department, New York State Psychiatric Institute; 1995. 34. Bohus M, Kleindienst N, Limberger MF, et al. The short version of the Borderline Symptom List (BSL-23): development and initial data on psychometric properties. Psychopathology. 2009;42(1):32-39. 35. Poreh AM, Rawlings D, Claridge G, et al. The BPQ: a scale for the assessment of boderline personality based on DSM-IV criteria. J Pers Disord. 2006;20(3):247-260. 36. Ekselius L, Lindstrom E, von Knorring L, et al. SCID II interviews and the SCID Screen questionnaire as diagnostic tools for personality disorders in DSM-III-R. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1994;90(2):120-123. 37. Hyler SE, Skodol AE, Oldham JM, et al. Validity of the Personality Diagnostic Questionnaire-Revised: a replication in an outpatient sample. Compr Psychiatry. 1992;33(2):73-77. 38. Davison S, Leese M, Taylor PJ. Examination of the screening properties of the personality diagnostic questionnaire 4+ (PDQ-4+) in a prison population. J Pers Disord. 2001;15(2):180-194. 39. Jacobsberg L, Perry S, Frances A. Diagnostic agreement between the SCID-II screening questionnaire and the Personality Disorder Examination. J Pers Assess. 1995;65(3):428-433. 40. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Masthoff ED, et al. Diagnostic efficiency among psychiatric outpatients of a self-report version of a subset of screen items of the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV-TR Personality Disorders (SCID-II). Psychol Assess. 2010;22(4):945-952. 41. Lloyd C, Overall JE, Click M Jr. Screening for borderline personality disorders with the MMPI-168. J Clin Psychol. 1983;39(5):722-726. 42. Neal LA, Fox C, Carroll N, et al. Development and validation of a computerized screening test for personality disorders in DSM-III-R. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 1997;95(4):351-356. 43. Germans S, Van Heck GL, Moran P, et al. The Self-Report Standardized Assessment of Personality-abbreviated Scale: preliminary results of a brief screening test for personality disorders. Pers Ment Health. 2008;2(2):70-76. 44. Moran P, Leese M, Lee T, et al. Standardized Assessment of Personality - Abbreviated Scale (SAPAS): preliminary validation of a brief screen for personality disorder. Br J Psychiatry. 2003;183:228-232. 45. Chanen AM, Jovev M, Djaja D, et al. Screening for borderline personality disorder in outpatient youth. J Pers Disord. 2008;22(4):353-364. 46. van Alebeek A, van der Heijden PT, Hessels C, et al. Comparison of three questionnaires to screen for borderline personality disorder in adolescents and young adults. Eur J Psychol Assess. 2017:33;123-128. 47. Noblin JL, Venta A, Sharp C. The validity of the MSI-BPD among inpatient adolescents. Assessment. 2014;21(2):210-217. 48. Kröger C, Vonau M, Kliem S, et al. Emotion dysregulation as a core feature of borderline personality disorder: comparison of the discriminatory ability of two self-rating measures. Psychopathology. 2011;44(4):253-260. 49. Soler J, Domínguez-Clav E, García-Rizo C, et al. Validation of the Spanish version of the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder. Rev Psiquiatr Salud Ment. 2016;9(4):195-202. 50. Melartin T, Häkkinen M, Koivisto M, et al. Screening of psychiatric outpatients for borderline personality disorder with the McLean Screening Instrument for Borderline Personality Disorder (MSI-BPD). Nord J Psychiatry. 2009;63(6):475-479. 51. Zimmerman M. Misuse of the Mood Disorders Questionnaire as a case-finding measure and a critique of the concept of using a screening scale for bipolar disorder in psychiatric practice. Bipolar Disord. 2012;14(2):127-134. 52. Zimmerman M. Screening for bipolar disorder: confusion between case-finding and screening. Psychother Psychosom. 2014;83(5):259-262. 53. Linehan MM. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of borderline personality disorder. New York, NY: Guilford Press; 1993. 54. Koenigsberg HW, Harvey PD, Mitropoulou V, et al. Are the interpersonal and identity disturbances in the borderline personality disorder criteria linked to the traits of affective instability and impulsivity? J Pers Disord. 2001;15(4):358-370. 55. Grilo CM, Becker DF, Anez LM, et al. Diagnostic efficiency of DSM-IV criteria for borderline personality disorder: an evaluation in Hispanic men and women with substance use disorders. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2004;72(1):126-131. 56. Korfine L, Hooley JM. Detecting individuals with borderline personality disorder in the community: an ascertainment strategy and comparison with a hospital sample. J Pers Disord. 2009;23(1):62-75. 57. Leppänen V, Lindeman S, Arntz A, et al. Preliminary evaluation of psychometric properties of the Finnish Borderline Personality Disorder Severity Index: Oulu-BPD-Study. Nord J Psychiatry. 2013;67(5):312-319. 58. Pfohl B, Coryell W, Zimmerman M, et al. DSM-III personality disorders: diagnostic overlap and internal consistency of individual DSM-III criteria. Compr Psychiatry. 1986;27(1):22-34. 59. Reich J. Criteria for diagnosing DSM-III borderline personality disorder. Ann Clin Psychiatry. 1990;2(3):189-197. 60. Nurnberg HG, Raskin M, Levine PE, et al. Hierarchy of DSM-III-R criteria efficiency for the diagnosis of borderline personality disorder. J Pers Disord. 1991;5(3):211-224. 61. Farmer RF, Chapman AL. Evaluation of DSM-IV personality disorder criteria as assessed by the structured clinical interview for DSM-IV personality disorders. Compr Psychiatry. 2002;43(4):285-300. 62. Grilo CM, McGlashan TH, Morey LC, et al. Internal consistency, intercriterion overlap and diagnostic efficiency of criteria sets for DSM-IV schizotypal, borderline, avoidant and obsessive-compulsive personality disorders. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2001;104(4):264-272. 63. Grilo CM, Sanislow CA, Skodol AE, et al. Longitudinal diagnostic efficiency of DSM-IV criteria for borderline personality disorder: a 2-year prospective study. Can J Psychiatry. 2007;52(6):357-362.